Catálogo FESTO PDF

Learning Systems 2009/2010
www.festo-didactic.com
53084 en 2009 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG

The current range of products from Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training
10
Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century

Festo Didactic brings over 40 years experience to the table when developing solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum
of automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key
position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow
rapidly. And thats why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever
more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.
Everything from a single source
The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in
its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydraulics, electronics, electrical engineering, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC
and fieldbus technology, manufacturing technology and process engineering
as well as mechatronics.
From fundamentals to a complete training centre
From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through
to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and
complete, fully furnished learning centres we have created a world of learning for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and
guaranteed learning success.
Your partner, worldwide
We speak your language! And were just around the corner in more than
100 countries around the world. Well gladly visit you at your office or home
whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products.
Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services were just
a mouse click away!
The Internet marketplace for education and training.
Content
Media............................................................................................................. 10
Workstation systems...................................................................................... 70
Technology-orientated training packages..................................................... 88
Robotino Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 160
Mechatronics and factory automation.......................................................... 168
Process automation and closed-loop control technology............................ 280
Hybrid training factories.............................................................................. 312
Appendix........................................................................................................332
Quality with a certificate
Prized quality
The quality of training concepts, the
quality of the product and the company processes are integral parts of
innovation. As the leading supplier
of automation technology worldwide
we offer you guaranteed quality.
However, the best training concepts
are of little value if the products do
not meet the demands of everyday
practice.
The training hardware and study materials conform to the latest teaching
requirements and perspectives.
Here too, we guarantee 100%

quality:
Festo Didactics training systems
and components meet the requirements of all the relevant standards
and guidelines such as DIN/ISO
and VDE.
Only industrial components are
employed.
Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001
quality certified.
As a solution partner to Siemens
Automation, we offer customised,
forward-looking solutions using
products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives. Qualified product and system expertise
combined with superior solution
and sector competence provide the
basis for this.
As the first choice partner to Siemens Automation Cooperates with
Education (SCE), we offer customised solutions for research, development and training centres.
Our customers opinions are important to us. Thats why we regularly commission customer surveys
via the economic research institute
TNS Infratest.
Festo Didactic is to be awarded the
Worlddidac Quality Charter certificate for excellence in products and
services in the area of training.
The awards speak for themselves:

MecLab
Worlddidac Award 2008
Robotino
reddot Design Award 2006
Learnline
Winner of international design
prizes:
iF product design award 2006
Focus design award in Silver 2005
FluidSIM
digita award 1996
MPS
Service with Value added
We have defined Value added

for you
Festo Didactic is your partner in vo
cational and further training. We
measure our success by your satis
faction which is why we are con
stantly striving to optimize our
products and services to meet your
needs.
The Internet marketplace for

schools and vocational training:
All you need is access to the Inter
net and a web browser to have a
look around, to order products or to
access our extensive range of serv
ices. We are at your service around
the clock.
At your side
We speak your language! And were
just around the corner in more than
100 countries around the world.
Swap shop
If a part is faulty after years of ser
vice and you need an urgent re
placement: no problem. Our replace
ment service offers to replace your
part within a few days for a moder
ate charge. Ask about it!
24-month warranty
Create your customised threedimensional training lab with

LabCreator.
The software for this is now available
free of charge you can download it
at www.festo-didactic.com.
Our quality pays off. Thats why all

of our products with the exception
of parts subject to wear come with
a 24-month warranty. Well be there
for you when you need us even
years later.
Training and Consulting
Success with the right combination

of methods
Consistently adding value
Training
Consulting
Festo Training and Consulting:

40 years experience in training and
20 years experience in process optimisation.
Training and skills development programmes for technical staff and managers from industry.
Identifying and optimising valueadded processes.
Various projects in over 53 countries

worldwide show that we can successfully design change processes
together with our customers.
Seminars, workshops and corporate
strategic planning simulations, public or in-house seminars. Gathering
hands-on experience and learning
using real products and training factories is always top priority. Individual learning success can be measured
and thus the ability to quickly apply
the knowledge gained to day-to-day
work situations is a crucial indication
of the quality of the training.
More than 2,900 events are attended by more than 42,000 participants
annually. Modular and high-quality
course topics in more than 39 languages relate to the topics: people,
technology and organisation.
Public or in-house training sessions
with individually tailored content
hands-on learning with a focus on industry and fast transfer to industrial
applications takes centre stage.
Certified skills development programmes for:
Mechatronics engineers
Production managers
Maintenance managers
Together we trace the flow of information and products through your

company from beginning to end, always with the aim of making it more
efficient and to prevent waste. We
use world-renown methods and tools
which are also implemented at Festo.
Together we define goals by which
we can be measured.
Projects in the areas of:
Production and logistics
Management and teamwork
Skills development
Procurement and SCM
Product development
You can find information,

dates, locations and prices
on the internet:
Media
10
Software......................................................................................................... 12
Digital training programmes/WBTs..................................................................13
Interface EasyPort............................................................................................30
Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM..............................................................32
Projecting/Designing with EPLAN....................................................................34
Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS...........................36
Corporate strategic planning simulation learn2work........................................42
Programming software.....................................................................................43
Visualisation software......................................................................................45
Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant.................................................46
Courseware..................................................................................................... 47
Pneumatics......................................................................................................48
Hydraulics........................................................................................................54
Sensors............................................................................................................60
Electronics/PLC/Electrical closed-loop control technology..............................61
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation................................65
Metal technology/CNC technology...................................................................67
GRAFCET/Automation technology....................................................................68
Working material..............................................................................................69
11
Software from Festo Didactic
Excellent solutions for ...

learning and teaching
programming
experimentation
simulation
visualisation
management
play
operation and observation
... and more in digital format.
12
Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs
From training programme to training portal
Defining skills
Optimising learning
Managing knowledge
Your requirements:
Developing concepts
Defining and describing skills
Assigning profiles according to
function
Developing further training
concepts
Your requirements:
Training in automation technology
and mechatronics
Optimisation of existing production
processes
Implementing training
Your requirements:
Developing concepts
Generating individual contents
Sharing best practices
Our solutions:
Competence Manager
Our solutions:
Learning Management Systems
Our solutions:
Course topics
CD-ROMs
Network solutions
WBTs (SCORM)
Classroom Manager
13
Digital training programmes

Well-prepared knowledge
Festo Didactic training programmes

are flexible; they offer tutors room
to be creative and increase students
motivation.
All our training programmes have the
following features:
Excellent didactic and multimedia
course topics
Scope for self-study during classroom-based training
Learning scenarios can be individually customised
Varied programme functions, such
as a glossary, search function,
notes
Can be used in conjunction with
Classroom Manager
Can be integrated into training
concepts which use other media
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.)
Participant guidance
Monitoring of learning progress
and certification
The training programmes are optionally available as follows:
CD-ROM
Licence for local networks
(on request)
Web-based training (WBT) for
Classroom Manager
For installation on one of your
servers
For use via the internet
(on request)
Should you have any other wishes,
we will be pleased to create an
e-learning package specially tailored
to your needs. We will gladly advise
and guide you through each step,
from the design phase through to the
installation of the complete Learning
Management system.
14
Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com
Overview of our programmes:

Training programmes
Technology and management:
Pneumatics
Electropneumatics
Hydraulics
Electrohydraulics
Electrical engineering 1
Electronics 1
Electronics 2
Sensor technology 1
Sensor technology 2
Actuators DC motor
Open- and closed-loop control
LOGO! Training
Fieldbus technology
GRAFCET
Discover MPS 200
Machine vision
Safety engineering
Process automation
The fascination of technology
Organisation:
Project management
Time management
Internet search
Value stream analysis and
mapping
Poka Yoke
5S Workstation organisation
People:
Customer orientation
Team performance
Personnel management
Management system
Classroom Manager
Pneumatics
Everything on the subject of pneumatics in about 12 hours of learning.

The program is divided into technical
knowledge and coursework.
Technical knowledge
This interactive self-taught program
covers the basics of pneumatic control. Participants learn to find practical and theoretical solutions to the
key tasks of a basic course on pneumatics, e.g. as part of a basic vocational training course.
Course
In this course the theoretically acquired technical knowledge is reinforced. A wide range of exercise
types makes the course interesting
and successful: participants have to
draw symbols and circuit diagrams,
answer multiple-choice questions
and set up and connect circuits in
PC-based video clips.
Electropneumatics
From the contents:

Physical basics (units, properties,
laws)
Energy supply (production, preparation and distribution of compressed air)
Circuit diagram (circuit diagram,
symbols)
Drive components (applications,
linear drives, rotational drives)
Valves (designs, directional valves,
stop valves, pressure control
valves, flow control valves, valve
combinations, logic elements)
Signalling components (manual
signalling, endpoint detection)
Additional requirements
Training time: approx. 12 hours
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 540911
with network licence connector DE/EN/
ES/FR
Order no. 540913
The Electropneumatics training program builds on the Pneumatics training program and reinforces material already learned from practical
projects. Starting with concrete industrial applications, fundamental
electropneumatic circuits are produced. With the help of numerous
exercises, learnt material will be revised, applied and further developed
by you. During an exercise, the programme reacts to each answer with
varying feedback.
The trainee is supported by the basic
knowledge module, which provides
fundamental knowledge on electropneumatics in a structured, systematic manner. In the components
module, the structure, function and
application of typical electropneumatic components is described. Various supporting materials are available to complete the exercise such as
PDF documents, a variety of downloads and a comprehensive glossary.
From the contents:

Advantages and drawbacks of electropneumatics
Safety in electropneumatic circuits
Fundamentals of electrical engineering
Pneumatic circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram
Basic logic functions
Direct and indirect electrical control, time and pressure dependent
process controls
Signal storage in the power and in
the control unit, latching circuit
Documentation for a control unit
Maintenance and repair of electropneumatic systems
Solenoid actuated valves
Double-acting cylinders
Electrical buttons and switches
Sensors
Relays and contactors, timed relays
Pressure switch
Standardised circuit diagrams,
electrical and pneumatic circuit
diagrams
Further languages on request.

Order no. 540923
ES/FR
Order no. 540925
15
Hydraulics
Everything on the subject of hydraulics in about 12 hours of training.

The program is divided into technical
knowledge and coursework.
Technical knowledge
This interactive self-taught program
covers the basics of hydraulic control. Participants learn to find practical and theoretical solutions to the
key exercises in a basic course on
hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic vocational training course.
Course
In this course the theoretically acquired technical knowledge is reinforced. A wide range of exercise
types makes the course interesting
and successful: participants have to
draw symbols and circuit diagrams,
answer multiple-choice questions
and set up and connect circuits in
PC-based video clips.
Electrohydraulics
From the contents:

Physical basics (units, properties,
laws)
Hydraulic systems (principles of a
hydraulic system)
Drive units (components, pumps,
containers, filters)
Drives (single-acting cylinders,
double-acting cylinders, hydraulic motors)
Directional valves (design characteristics, 2/2 directional valves,
3/2 directional valves, 4/2 directional valves, 4/3 directional
valves, special circuits)
Stop valves (non-return valves,
pilot operated non-return valves)
Pressure control valves (pressure
relief valves, pressure regulation
valves)
Flow control valves (throttle valves,
flow control valves)
Additional requirements
Order no. 540917
The Electrohydraulics training program builds on the Hydraulics training program and reinforces material already learnt from practical
projects. Starting with concrete industrial applications, fundamental electrohydraulic circuits are produced. With the help of numerous
exercises, learnt material will be revised, applied and further developed
by you. During an exercise, the programme reacts to each answer with
varying feedback.
The trainee is supported by the basic
knowledge module, which provides
fundamental knowledge on electrohydraulics in a structured, systematic manner. In the components
module, the structure, function and
application of typical electrohydraulic components is described. Various
supporting materials are available to
complete the exercise such as PDF
documents, a variety of downloads
and a comprehensive glossary.
From the contents:

Advantages and drawbacks of electrohydraulics
Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
Fundamentals of electrical engineering
Hydraulic circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram
Basic logic functions
Direct and indirect electrical control, time and path-dependent
process controls
Signal storage in the power and in
the control unit, latching circuit
Documentation for a control unit
Maintenance and repair of electrohydraulic systems
Solenoid actuated valves: spring
return and pulse valves
Double-acting cylinders
Electrical buttons and switches
Sensors
Relays and contactors, timed relays
Standardised circuit diagrams,
electrical and hydraulic circuit diagrams
Documentation of electrohydraulic
controllers
Simulation of a hydraulic and electrical circuit diagram
ES/FR
Order no. 540919

Order no. 540929
ES/FR
Order no. 540931
16
All training programs on CD-ROM or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems with as many licences as you need.
The Electrical Engineering 1 training program is one of a series of new

programs in the field of electrical
engineering and electronics. These
programs are practically oriented
and authentically structured. Case
studies from practice provide a concise illustration of the matters covered. All training content is taught by
means of audio clips. Additionally,
the narrative text can be viewed on
the sitemap.
The Electrical Engineering 2 training program is one of a series of new

training programs in the field of electrical engineering and electronics.
These programs are practically oriented and authentically structured.
Case studies from practice provide
a concise illustration of the matters covered. All training content is
taught by means of audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be
viewed on the sitemap.
Trainees experience a regular exchange of input and output, with

phases of presentation and explanation alternating with phases of activity and interaction. This enhances
motivation and learning.
Content extracts:
Closed circuit
Electrical conductivity
Units and symbols
Ohms Law
Measuring in the circuit
Voltage supplies
The resistor as a component
Series connection of resistors
Parallel connection of resistors
Voltage divider
The resistor as a sensor
Battery-powered screwdriver
Measuring range extension
Temperature controlled heating
Level detection
Progress monitoring exercises are

scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning. The aim of this is
to have trainees repeat, apply and
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorporated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainees answers with the appropriate feedback.
Various tools are built into the training program, such as Excel worksheets, an integrated calculator, PDF
files and various downloads. The
training programs include an extensive glossary and a full text search
facility.
Content extracts:
Electric charge
Capacitor
A capacitor in a DC circuit
A capacitor in an AC circuit
Applications of the capacitor
Variable capacitor
Coil
A coil in a DC circuit
A coil in an AC circuit
Applications of the coil
Physical variables
Calculating with changing values
Light switch-off delay
Electrical behaviour of a grinder
Power generation and transmission
Order no. 549623
Order no. 549626
ES/FR
ES/FR
Order no. 549625
Order no. 549628
Various tools are built-in to the training program, such as Excel worksheets, an integrated calculator, PDF
facility.
17
Electronics 1
The Electronics 1 training program

is one of a series of new programs
in the field of electrical engineering
and electronics. These programs are
practically oriented and authentically
structured. Case studies from practice provide a concise illustration
of the matters covered. All training
content is taught by means of audio
clips. Additionally, the narrative text
can be viewed on the sitemap.
Electronics 2
Content extracts:
Semiconductor technology
Diodes
Bipolar transistors
Field-effect transistors
Regulated power supply
Audio amplifier
Audio amplifier with sound control
The Electronics 2 training program

is one of a series of new programs
in the field of electrical engineering and electronics. These programs
are practically oriented and authentically structured. Real case studies
provide a concise illustration of the
matters covered. All training content
is taught using audio clips. Additionally, the narrative text can be viewed
on the sitemap.
Trainees experience a regular exchange of input and output, with

phases of presentation and explanation alternating with phases of activity and interaction. This enhances
motivation and learning.
Progress monitoring exercises are
scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning. The aim of this is
to have trainees repeat, apply and
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorporated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainees answers with the appropriate feedback.

Order no. 549629
ES/FR
Order no. 549631
facility.
Content extracts:
Signal types
Integrated circuits
Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
AC voltage of various frequencies
Characteristic values of amplifying circuits
Circuit technology of amplifiers
Filters
Bistable flip-flop
Single flip-flop
Sine wave generator
Rectangle generator
Thyristor-controlled drilling machine
Brightness control with triac
Adjusting the speed of an electric
screwdriver
Order no. 549632
ES/FR
Order no. 549634
facility.
18
Sensor technology 1
Sensor technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics
This training program deals in detail with the sensors used to detect
end position on cylinders and with
pressure and flow sensors in pneumatic systems. Based on a complex
example from industrial practice,
trainees are taught to select suitable
sensors. The necessary basic knowledge for this is provided in the Technical Knowledge and Components
modules, to which they can refer at
any time.
Sensors for object detection

This training program deals in detail
with the sensors used to detect objects in automated systems. Based
on a complex example from industrial practice, trainees are taught to
select the suitable sensors. The necessary basic knowledge for this is
provided in the Technical Knowledge
and Components modules, to which
they can refer at any time.
All training content is taught by

the sitemap.
Content extracts:
Project: Selection of sensors in one
of the clamping units of a processing centre
Advantages and disadvantages of
various end position sensors on
cylinders
Simple displacement encoders on
cylinders
Use of pressure sensors to improve
safety in pneumatic systems
Use of flow sensors to safeguard
system cycle times
Output signals from sensors
Connection technology
NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
Closed)
Switching functions
Sensors for end position detection: Pneumatic and mechanical
limit switch, reed switch, transistor
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor
Types of pressure measurement
Sensors for pressure measurement: Mechanical pressure switch,
electronic pressure sensor,
Sensors for flow measurement:
Volumetric flow meter, effective
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss
method
All training content is taught by

the sitemap.
Content extracts:
Project: Selection of sensors in a
milk bottling plant
Object detection in industrial practice
Switching characteristics of proximity switches
Hysteresis
Connection technology: Two-wire
technology, three-wire technology,
four-wire technology
NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
Closed)
Inductive sensors: Construction
and mode of operation, factor-1
sensors, special designs, flush fitting sensors, application examples
Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
through-beam sensor, retro-reflective sensor, background fade-out,
fibre optic cable, light types, reflection types, adjustment, contrast
sensor, colour sensor
Capacitive sensors: Construction,
mode of operation, usage and examples
Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
mode of operation, applications

Order no. 549758
ES/FR
Order no. 549752
Order no. 549761

ES/FR
Order no. 549755
19
Actuators DC motor
Using the everyday example of a

car park access control system, the
trainee learns the basics of a mechatronic system.
The training program uses practical

examples to show the difference between open- and closed-loop control
in automation. Easy-to-understand
tasks are used first to examine the
overall process of a simple functioning system. Later sections then look
at different types of controllers, the
different ways in which signals are
represented and processed and the
ways in which programs are implemented.
Building on this, the training program determines what function the

actuators have in the controller. A DC
motor is then studied in more detail
as an example of a typical actuator,
e.g. its structure and the laws which
govern its operation. Further chapters cover speed control and the use
of data sheets as well as the transmission ratios which can be achieved
by using a gearbox.
From the contents:

The function of actuators in mechatronic systems
Electric motors
DC motor
Torque and current
Behaviour of DC motors
Induced voltage and speed control
Characteristic torque/speed curve
Working with data sheets
Determining the transmission ratio
Order no. 540953
From the contents:

Differences between open- and
closed-loop control (characteristics of controllers, characteristics
of regulators
DIN 19226
Signal types
Differences between types of control
Signal processing (synchronous
control, controlling links, asynchronous control, process control)
Types of control (regulating to
fixed values, tracking values)
Regulators (P, I and D controllers,
combined controllers such as PI or
PID controllers)

ES/FR
Order no. 540955

Order no. 540947
ES/FR
Order no. 540949
20
LOGO! Training
This training program provides an

introduction to logic functions. First
of all, AND & OR functions and their
processing are shown in function tables. Other basic control functions
such as memory, timer and counter
functions round off the contents. The
second part starts by covering the
basics of open-and closed-loop control circuits and describes the elements of a controller. It then takes
a detailed look at minicontrollers
with their features and areas of application.
Fieldbus technology
From the contents:

Basic technical functions (AND &
OR function, memory function, timer function, counter function)
Digital minicontrollers (differentiation between open- and closedloop control)
Control components
Positioning with digital minicontrollers
Design and function of a minicontroller
Cyclical programme processing
Areas of application
Programming languages
The multimedia and interactive training program will teach you the basics of Fieldbus technology. It is suitable for beginners who would like to
get an overview of the subject. Animations are used to illustrate various practical examples. All relevant
terms on the subject of bus technology can be found in the integrated
lexicon.
From the contents:

Advantages of Fieldbus systems
The design of Fieldbus systems
(different areas of application,
open and closed technical concepts such as message-oriented
bus systems, user-oriented bus
systems, multi-master concepts,
database concepts, installation
concepts)
RS 485/RS 422 (introduction, cabling, function)
Topology (introduction, line, ring,
tree)

Order no. 540959
Order no. 540941
ES/FR
ES/FR
Order no. 540961
Order no. 540943
21
GRAFCET
New!
GRAFCET The new specification language for sequential function charts

Good documentation is a prerequisite for the quick construction and
smooth commissioning of a system.
As a result, products reach customers quicker. Furthermore, the sequence description is an important
tool for quickly and accurately locating and eliminating errors and
thus reduces production downtimes.
GRAFCET can describe what the function chart has previously been unable to represent.
Discover MPS 200
From the content:

Definitions
Advantages of GRAFCET
Differentiation from PLC programming language
Configuring a GRAFCET
Graphical representation of the
language elements
Graphical representation of the
sequential structures
Structuring of GRAFCETS
Case studies
Exercises
Glossary
A multimedia introduction makes it

simple to work with the MPS 200
modular production systems by Festo Didactic. First, we introduce you
to the principle behind the complete
system, and then we show you how
to operate and commission it. You
then become familiar with the individual Distribute and Sort stations in the process and learn how
the modules function. You can apply
your new knowledge of MPS 200
in a short test, then relax and play
a game.
Training time: approx. 1 hour

With online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 542682
With network licence connector DE/EN/
ES/FR
Order no. 549834

It introduces the new standard step
by step, with the aid of practice-related examples.

Order no. 557688
ES/FR
Order no. 557689
22
Machine Vision
New!
Machine Vision the use of camera

systems in production is a relatively young, but swiftly growing area in
automation technology. This webbased training unit deals with industrial image processing, from the
creation of images up to the evaluation of the information in the picture. Working from actual practical industrial applications, students
can follow all the steps in the image processing project in a practical
manner. The basic knowledge required for this is clearly explained in
the individual chapters of the technical knowledge module. In the components module, cameras and lighting systems are presented using
examples.
Safety engineering
New!
From the contents:

How does a machine see?
Steps in industrial image processing
Image sensors: CCD and CMOS
Focal length and lens formula
Aperture and depth of focus
Types of illumination: objects subject to backlighting and incident
light
Filters to improve the image
Point operators, local and global
Average and median filters
Sobel operators and Laplace filters
Process for image segmentation
Global and local threshold processes
Tools to calculate characteristics
The classification of parts and characteristic curves
Image processing and computing
times
Intelligent compact vision systems
Lighting systems
Sample applications of industrial
vision systems
This training programme provides an

introduction to the complex subject
of safety engineering in industrial
machines and systems.
The aim is to make participants more
aware of the problems in the design
aspects of safety engineering and
help them understand safety engineering equipment and hazard analysis methods.
The training programme is based on
an amended version of the EC machinery directive 2006/42/EC. Use
of this is binding as of 29 December
2009. The directive 98/37/EC remains valid until this time. There is
no transition period.
How is the overall performance level
of a technical safety measure determined? The training programme explains concepts such as probability
of failure (POF), diagnostic coverage
(DC), common cause failure (CCF), redundancy and diversity. There is also
a detailed explanation of all the components for safety equipment.
From the contents:

Introduction to machine safety
The question of liability (who is liable in the case of an accident?)
European directives
The relationship between directives and standards
The new EU machinery directive
2006/42/EC
The hierarchy of the European
standards for machine safety
Machine safety in the USA
Risk assessment procedure according to EN ISO 14121 and EN
ISO 12100
Definitions
Risk evaluation: determining the
required performance level
Risk reduction measurements: design measures, technical safety
measures, instructional measures
Selecting the safety function
Determining the control category
Training time: about 4 hours
Order no. 549766
ES/FR
Order no. 557691
Order no. 549769

ES/FR
Order no. 557692
23
Process automation
New!
Basic principles of process

automation
The training programme deals with
the broad spectrum of technical
process automation in a concise
way. The characteristics and special
features of process automation are
conveyed in a simple manner via images from actual real-life situations,
graphic representations of physicaltechnical processes and animated
processes which you yourself can
manage and control.
This exciting journey through the history of technology shows how inventions have changed the world.
New forms of work have been created: from the hunter to the engineer.
The fascination of technology is an
interactive journey through the world
of automation. The program contains
many different multimedia components to help you on your journey.
Experience the excitement of discovery and learning this is pure
edutainment! The programme consists of 4 modules:
Content topics:
The three chapters Handling substances, System planning and
Practical processes for process engineering, guide you step-by-step
to a complete on-screen system. The
content of these chapters is reflected
in the MPS PA stations, which you
will use during the practical partof
the training.
Handling substances
Product manufacturing is, for the
most part, subject to defined physical and chemical characteristics.
Students awareness should be
heightened so that theycan assess
production conditions and are able
to deal with them correctly.
System planning
This guides students through a
planning office, providing an insight into the planning and development of a system. Students can
examine all the fundamental activities of the planning phase, from
the basic principles of project management to drawing a circuit diagram, until the system can finally
be built.
Practical processes for process
engineering
The vast number of engineering
processes can be reduced to four
typical ones: filtration, tempering,
mixing and filling. Design and function are analysed using the four
MPS PA stations and the modular product systems from Festo Didactic and any questions that arise
while learning about process engineering are answered.
Technology and automation

Every day we come across technology and automated processes. This introduction illustrates, with practical
examples, just how much life is affected by technology, in earlier times
too but particularly today.
The history of automation
technology
Mankind has always tried to make
work easier through mechanisation
and automation. Fascinating examples show how hard this development has sometimes been and how
impressive the results can be.
Fundamentals of automation
technology
This training module goes more
deeply into practical examples. A
manufacturing process previously
carried out manually is automated:
you learn about the parts (sensors,
actuators) and processes (material
flow, energy flow, signal flow) involved in an automated process.
Technology and ...
Technology and society have always
been closely interwoven. This training module uses easy-to-understand
examples to show how technology
and society influence each other. The
module also covers the limitations of
technology and possible negative
impacts on society.
Order no. 540899
ES/FR
Order no. 540901

Order no. 567705
ES/FR
Order no. 567706
24
Organisation and working techniques
Project management
Successfully manage complex technical projects and systems.
Investing around 60 minutes of your
time in training pays for itself many
times over, through increased professionalism and confidence when
managing projects. The three modules contain essential information
about basic principles and provide
you with lots of practical hints and
tips.
Time management
Optimise the way you manage your
most valuable asset. Create new
freedom, thus generating more energy for new things.
Internet search
Give yourself an advantage by learning quick and easy ways to search
for relevant information on the World
Wide Web.
In this training program you have

the chance to achieve an extremely
high return. The time commitment
is around 60 minutes; the time you
save could be many times more. In
two modules, you will learn the basics of time management and how to
apply it to your everyday work.
In two modules, you will learn to utilise the Internet effectively as an information resource and to use search
methods and tools.
Content topics:
Content extracts:
Basic principles
What is a project?
Project planning
Project organisation
Project documentation
Project in practice
Analysis
Structuring
Time intervals and dates
Resources
Organisation
Documentation
Means of control
4-room apartment method
S.M.A.R.T.
Project structure plan
Work packages and milestones
Network planning
Successive planning
Time and expenditure planning
Adherence to deadlines and
capacity planning
Basics
The time phenomenon
Goal-oriented working
Time robbers
Biorhythms
Day planning
Limits of time management
Application to everyday practice
Goals and tasks
Definition as per S.M.A.R.T.
Setting priorities
Pareto principle
ABC0 analysis
Workplace organisation
ALPEN method
Content extracts:
The Internet as an information
resource
The right preparation
The difference between catalogues
and search engines
Search terms and logic operations
Using filters
Tools and methods
Search processes
Goal description
Consolidation circle
Relevance of search results
Verification of search results
Making content available
Order no. 549759
Order no. 549763
ES/FR
Order no. 549767
ES/FR
Training time: about 1 hour
Order no. 549771

Order no. 540905
ES/FR
Order no. 540907
25
Lean Management/Lean Production

New!
Value stream analysis and mapping

Those who deal with value stream
analysis and value stream mapping
have one goal: to create production and production processes that
achieve a true value stream.
The purpose of value stream analysis is to make all the processes (from
the initial request through to the delivery of the product) transparent.
This can quickly highlight a significant potential for effective reshaping
of processes.
From the contents:
Improving the value stream
Added value and value stream
Value stream analysis
Use of value stream analysis and
value stream mapping
Working with value stream mapping methods
Overview of the ACTUAL situation
Example: The Cycle Accessories
GmbH & Co. KG
Value stream mapping
The seven types of waste
The situation as it SHOULD be
Tasks and exercises
Poka Yoke
Nowadays, Poka Yoke measures are
an established part of quality assurance. Poka Yoke is a well-known
principle, which originated in Japan.
In Japanese, Poka Yoke means avoiding unintentional human error. Poka
Yoke describes a principle that includes technical measures/equipment for preventing errors and eliminating them immediately.
Content topics:
The story of Poka Yoke
Inclusion of the seven types of
waste
The Poka Yoke system
Typical examples of human error
Basic elements of Poka Yoke
Error-oriented approach
Process-oriented approach
Production-oriented approach
Case studies
Tasks and exercises
The objective of the 5S training programme is to become familiar with
methods to create exemplary, wellorganised workstations (both in industrial and administrative areas),
where work can be carried out without searching unnecessarily, without
long transport distances and without
waiting times (i.e. waste-free).
The basic principle of every highquality product or service is a clean
and orderly working environment.
Quality, as a basic customer need,
has the highest priority at such value-added locations and therefore
contributes to securing the order.
Content topics:
General basic principles
The 5S model
The seven types of waste
Visualisation in 5S
The 5S audit and its application
5S in production
5S in administration
5S workshop procedure

Order no. 565018
ES/FR
Order no. 565019

Order no. 565020
Order no. 564623
ES/FR
Order no. 565021
ES/FR
Order no. 564624
26
Cooperation and management

New!
Customer orientation
The subject of customer orientation
is playing an increasingly important
role. The success of a company also
depends on how strongly it focuses
on the needs of its customers.
This training programme offers an introduction to the complex subject of
customer orientation. With the help
of many practical examples, users
learn how to optimally prepare for a
customer meeting, how to successfully deal with customers and how
todevelop long-term business relationships.
Content topics:
How to correctly prepare for a customer meeting
How to proceed during a customer
meeting
Customer expectations
Questioning techniques, paraphrasing
How to correctly communicate
ones own services
How to keep the customer in mind
during discussions
Recognising purchasing signals
Needs analysis
Relationship management
Team performance
Human resources and their integration into teams are becoming more
and more important. What basic
rules should be followed for team
success? How do you motivate team
members and use group dynamics
for improving performance?
Based on specific examples, executive or project managers will learn
the most important success factors
for leading a team.
Content topics:
How does a team work?
Phases of team development
The role of the team leader
Basic communication model
Efficient meetings
Motivation as a success factor
Initiating motivation
Empathy
Group dynamics
Conflict management
Obstacles to project success
Mediation
Discussions about conflict and
criticism
Competent management is not a talent, it can be learned. This training
programme provides a good overview of how to delegate successfully
by using management tools and how
to create a positive working atmosphere with motivated employees
using specific management communication techniques. Furthermore,
users discover how to handle difficult situations and how to manage
crises and conflicts in a positive way.
Some sample topics:
Optimal personnel management
What does personnel management
mean?
Management behaviour and styles
Social competence of executive
managers
Tools for personnel selection
Employee development
Agreeing on objectives
Competence management
with online activation DE/EN
Order no. 567344
Order no. 567345
with network licence connector DE/EN

Order no. 567342
Order no. 567343
Order no. 567340

Order no. 567341
27
Classroom Manager Administration, Evaluation
Structuring and providing simple

digital training aids
Making every day easier:
You can create your own personal
library of training aids using existing and new digital teaching media (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, PDF,
web-based training, jpg, etc.).
Develop individual courses using
digital training aids in no time at
all.
With time frames, classroom-based
lessons, training aids, entry requirements, certification and a variety of communication options,
the course structure makes your
training concept transparent.
As a tutor, you always have an
overview of the progress trainees
are making.
Provide your colleagues with targeted, structured knowledge via
access authorisation. You decide
who has access to what.
28
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com
System requirements
Windows operating system from
Windows 2000 server (web edition).
Flash Player from version 8.0
Administrator access is essential
for installation.
In addition to Classroom Manager, the following free OpenSource
components included in the installation package have to be installed: Apache 2.x, MySQL 4.x or
5.x, PHP 4.x, and Zend Optimizer.
For standard installation, the required ports are Port 80 (Apache)
and 3306 (MySQL).
The hardware should be an Intel/
AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. There
are no minimum requirements for
the CPU, memory or hard drive.
All programmes are available in four

languages, DE/EN/FR/ES, except
those marked with a *.
Note that the CD-ROM version of an

existing web-based training cannot
be subsequently integrated into the
Classroom Manager. To do that, you
require a new version.
Ordering information
Variant 1
Classroom Manager (with up to 200
users registered by name at 20 workstations at the same time), CD ROM
with installation instructions, in DE/
EN/FR/ES.
Use our inexpensive service package

and benefit from the knowledge of
our experts.
Training programme
Training time
in hours
Service package 1
Service package 1 contains the following services: 1-day installation
support, orientation and training onsite in Germany.
Project management
Time management
Internet search
Customer orientation*
Team performance*
Order no.
Personnel management*
Basic principles of accounting*
Service package 2
Service package 2 contains comprehensive hotline support for your administrators. It runs for one year and
includes up to 15 enquiries per telephone or e-mail.
Pneumatics
12
Electropneumatics
12
Hydraulics
12
Electrohydraulics
12
Order no.
Electronics 1
Electronics 2
Update package
Take advantage of our software
maintenance agreement at an annual flat fee. It includes updates, programme improvements and more.
The price of the update package depends on the product it covers.
Sensor technology 1
Sensor technology 2
Actuators DC motor
LOGO! Training
Fieldbus technology
GRAFCET
Order no.
Discover MPS 200
Variant 4
We also provide an ASP solution, in
which the complete system runs on
our server, on request.
Machine vision
Safety engineering
Process automation
Value stream analysis and mapping
Order no.
Poka Yoke
Industrial safety*
General law on equality and discrimination*
Order no. 550804
Variant 2
Classroom Manager (with up to 1000
users registered by name at 100
workstations at the same time), CD
ROM with installation instructions,
in DE/EN/FR/ES. General and vocational/technical schools can use the
Classroom Manager option for 2000
users registered by name at 200
workstations at the same time.
Order no. 550805
Variant 3
Classroom Manager with campus/
enterprise licence.
Order no.
On request
On request
On request
On request
On request
29
Media Software Interface EasyPort
EasyPort USB An interface for measuring, open-loop control,

closed-loop control.
New!
Connection of software/simulation
with actual training equipment/all
PLCs
The principle is simple: the USB interface is connected to the PC. The
connection to the automation equipment is via standard SysLink connectors. Input and output signals can
thus be read into and output from a
PC. So that EasyPort can adapt to different situations, we have developed
software for the device drivers with
a graphical user interface, via which
connections can be made.
Control of numerous practical
process model
Numerous practical process models
can be controlled using any PLC using EasyPort and the EasyVeep simulation software included in scope
of delivery. The models are documented and meet a broad range of
requirements.
Technical data
24 V power supply via separate
screw terminals or via SysLink connectors
Interface to PC (galvanically iso
lated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to
4 modules can be connected via
a USB hub. Transmission speed:
115 kbaud
Analogue interface: sub-D 15-pin
socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 analogue inputs, 2 analogue outputs,
sample frequency 0.5 kHz
Digital interface: 16 digital inputs,
16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin
Centronics sockets with 8 digital inputs each (24 V), 8 digital outputs
(24 V). 24 V power supply. Digital
signals represented by LEDs
Large LCD display, display of channel, unit, trend and measured value (4 digits). Selection of the channel to be displayed and the units
via keys.
Controllable via Activ-X control
from Labview, C++ or Visual Basic
The topics covered include the following:

Level crossings
Multi-storey car parks
Sorting systems
Sluice chambers
Lifts
Washing machines
7-segment display
Garage doors
EasyPort USB 548687

Also order:
For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 34031
Analogue cable, parallel 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with IEEE 488 SysLink connectors at both ends 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with one IEEE 488 SysLink connector and open cable end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with a PLC board:
I/O data crossover cable, with terminal socket 167197
For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
Analogue crossover cable 533039
PLC starter kit 543081
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
EasyPort adapter for slotted profile plate 549806
30
Media Software Interface EasyPort
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications
Measuring
Control (open loop)
Closed-loop control
Controlling a
simulation
PC:
Software and simulations
Fluid Lab-PA
Fluid Lab-P
Fluid Lab-H
Labview
C++
Visual Basic
FluidSIM (only digital)

S7-PLCSIM
CoDeSys Soft-SPS
Labview
C++
Visual Basic
Fluid Lab-PA
Fluid Lab-P
from version 2.0
Labview
C++
Visual Basic
EasyVeep
FluidSIM
CIROS
Labview
C++
Visual Basic
Interface: USB
Interface: USB
Interface: USB
Interface: USB
Interface: digital/analogue
Interface: digital
Simulation box,
digital/analogue
MPS PA
TP 210
TP 610
Simulation box,
digital/analogue
MPS PA
MPS
TP 301
Simulation box,
digital/analogue
MPS PA
TP 210
TP 610
Any PLC
Simulation box,
digital
SPS EduTrainer
SPS Board
EasyPort USB is the PC interface for receiving analogue measurements and

digital signals.
EasyPort USB is the PC interface to control actual

processes or simulations
on a PC via an actual PLC.
EasyPort USB is the PC interface to control an actual closed-loop controlled

system.
Measurement data logged

via:
Fluid Lab-PA
Fluid Lab-P
Fluid Lab-H
Actual process, controlled

via:
S7-PLCSIM
FluidSIM
CoDeSys
Closed-loop controlled
system, controlled via:
Fluid Lab-PA
Fluid Lab-P
from version 2.0
Recommendation:
the PLC starter kit contains
everything that is needed
to start on the subject of
control. See Training packages Electronics/PLCs.
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Real training equipment
Simulated process,
displayed via:
CIROS
FluidSIM
EasyVeep
Scope of delivery
EasyPort USB
24 V connecting cable on 4 mm
safety plugs
USB cable
CD-ROM: EasyVeep, EasyOPC
driver, datasheet, Activ-X control,
examples of control using Labview
31
Media Software Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
FluidSIM 4.2 Pneumatics/Hydraulics

Individual and multiple licenses
It doesnt get much faster than this:

GRAFCET the new graphical description language that describes the
logical behaviour and operation of a
control system or process regardless of the technical software/hardware implementation.
The new FluidSIM Version 4.2 lets
you create GRAFCET plans according to the standard DIN EN 60848
standard. In simulation mode, you
can observe and control the result
step by step.
If you already use FluidSIM 4.x, you
can download the update for free
from the download area of our website.
32
Free demos: www.festo-didactic.com
The versatile software package

FluidSIM can be used to perform
experiments, carry out simulations
in real time and prepare lessons. It
can also be used as a virtual modular
control system and integrated into
blended learning concepts. Version 4
features outstanding dynamic simulation, many new components and
enhanced didactic material.
The lesson preparation tool
Windows functionality: drag &
drop, copy & paste, context-sensitive menus
Copying of text and graphics to
Word and PowerPoint
Print preview, scaling and printing
in all formats
Integrated slide show: basic circuits, animated sectional views, instructional units, support for many
Windows-compatible image and
multimedia file formats
Integrated fundamentals for pneumatics and hydraulics on video CD
Realistic simulations in real time

Calculation of pressure build-up
and flow rate, current and voltage
Consideration of characteristic data for calculating the pressure drop
in valves
Realistic switching times
Calculation of piston acceleration
and speed taking into consideration inertia, stiction and sliding
friction, leakage and end position
cushioning
Proportional and closed-loop-control technology
Digital technology in accordance
with Siemens LOGO! Soft
Cylinder and directional control
valve configurator
Learn simulate apply:

FluidSIM in blended learning
concepts
User-friendly project administration
Detailed description of all components, in most cases with colour illustrations
Application examples in video CD
format
Standard-compliant symbol libraries according to DIN ISO 1219
Integrated learning training program as the ideal complement to
Festos other learning training programs
Variable network licenses or software activation via Internet
Media Software Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
Dynamic simulation
The new simulator, which rivals
those found in much more expensive
professional programs, permits the
simulation of dynamic effects such
as pressure build-up, inertia, acceleration, stiction and sliding friction.
Systems with open-loop and closedloop control can be simulated.
Circuit diagram creation

The component library has been
greatly extended in comparison with
Version 3.6. All the components are
shown in clearly structured trees. In
addition to the enhanced valve configurator, a flexible cylinder configurator is now also available.
FluidSIM 4.2 Pneumatics
FluidSIM 4.2 Hydraulics
with online activation
with online activation
DE 544145
DE 544149
EN 544153
EN 544157
ES 556939
ES 556943
FR 556930
FR 556934
with network licence connector
with network licence connector
DE 544146
DE 544150
EN 544154
EN 544158
ES 556940
ES 556944
FR 556931
FR 556935
Student version
Student version
DE 544143
DE 544147
EN 544151
EN 544155
ES 556937
ES 556941
FR 556928
FR 556932
Documentation
Flexible, highly detailed diagrams
with automatic optimum scaling. Automatic current path numbering, logic element tables, terminal designations and terminal allocation lists in
electrical circuits. Function diagram
editor and parts list generator.
Didactic material
Extended and updated didactic material. Comprehensive descriptions
of the physical/-mathematical models of the components used in FluidSIM. A detailed learning training
program makes it easier to get started with simulation using FluidSIM.
OPC and EasyPort open the

gateway to the world of 24 volts
systems
FluidSIM can also communicate
with other applications. This makes
it extremely easy to use FluidSIM
for process simulation.
Mini control system with 16 I/O

Complete mini control system as a
logic module with up to 16 inputs
and outputs that can access the
EasyPort via OPC or directly.
Further information
Multiple licences for local installation or network installation, with as many licences
as you need and in numerous
other languages.
Visit us on the Internet.
Here you will find all the information you need on currently available versions and
updates.
Network license:
Mobile and flexible
One individual network licence allows you to install
and use FluidSIM on any
number of computers. The
number of users who can simultaneously work with
FluidSIM is limited only by
the number of licences purchased.
System requirements
PC with Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/
XP/Vista
At least Pentium II 500 MHz
At least 128 MB RAM
Sound card
4-speed CD-ROM drive
33
Media Software Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
EPLAN Education
Classroom licence
New!
EPLAN
For more than 25 years EPLAN has
stood for innovative software solutions and service concepts for electrical and fluid engineering, planning
and design. EPLAN Software & Service is the global leader in this branch.
Complemented by its partnership
with Autodesk in the area of mechanical design, EPLAN Soft & Service also offers CAE and CAD know-how on
a global scale.
34
EPLAN Education brings industrial

standards to training and further education. Trainers and teachers benefit from a comprehensive range of
services, a wide range of train-thetrainer options and on-site software
installation.
Your advantages
EPLAN offers users unimaginable
opportunities. EPLAN products not
only offer a graphical approach but
also an object-oriented engineering approach. The system proposes the best handling method for
every stage of production. The user
does not have to predefine anything, but has the freedom to plan
in a way best suited to the workflow, thus determining the systems performance rather than the
system determining the planning.
Trendsetting technologies, such
as the new macro variant feature
makes projects uniquely flexible:
parameterisation instead of (re-)
design saves time from the outset.
Multi-user functionality enables
multi-location, network-wide, global access to a project. The software displays are in the corresponding language for the user.
Unlimited foreign language support and dictionaries, in accordance with ISO 5598, now make global engineering possible.
EPLAN incorporates various standards such as DIN ISO, GOST, NFPA.

With freely configurable page and
component structures in accordance with VDMA standards all possible avenues can be explored.
The EPLAN Data Portal with its
broad range of component data increases the quality of your documentation and simplifies project
planning. Certified equipment and
components from well-known manufacturers can be easily added via
drag & drop. This saves time that
would have otherwise been spent
searching in various manufacturers
catalogues, entering different order numbers and generating your
own macros. You have round the
clock access via the internet to device information such as parts circuit diagrams, schematic diagrams,
preview images and manuals incl.
updates.
Media Software Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
The EPLAN Education package

The EPLAN Education classroom licence includes the following three
programs
EPLAN Electric P8
EPLAN Fluid
EPLAN PPE
The concept deftly bridges the gap
between industrial practice and the
requirements of training and further
education. Integrated electrical and
fluid engineering, electrical, measurement and control technology enable mechatronic design processes to
be conveyed comprehensively.
This means that anyone, whether
during training, studies or later in
practical applications, can design an
entire functional system, because
the knowledge from the classroom
can be transferred to real-life practical applications.
EPLAN Electric P8
The new CAE dimension for effective
planning of complex electro-technical control systems, including support for PLCs, bus systems and assembly planning. A technological
lead can be gained with optional
graphics and object orientation, variant construction and workgroup engineering.
EPLAN Fluid
For specialist and logic controlled
development of hydraulic, pneumatic, cooling, lubrication and refrigeration systems. EPLAN Fluid combines
CAD functionality with unique logic
and automatises documentation, including test functions and standards
compliance checks.
Differences to the industry version

Special data format which is not
compatible with the industry version
Limited export functions
Watermarked printouts
System requirements
PC with Windows XP SP2 or Vista
At least Pentium 4 with 2 GHz
1 GB RAM
4 GB free space on hard disk
DVD-ROM disk drive
Monitor resolution 1280 x 1024
EPLAN PPE
EPLAN PPE (Process Plant Engineering) represents professional planning of electrical, measurement and
control technology and design of
process engineering machines and
systems. The EPLAN PPE engineering
system supports the entire planning
of a system, from the creation of system overviews, P&ID diagrams, management of process control tasks to
comprehensive automation technology documentation.
With a broad range of training documentation, online help and video

demos.
Scope of delivery
The EPLAN Education package contains 25 network licences for use in
the classroom and one single user licence for the trainer for
EPLAN Electric P8
EPLAN Fluid
EPLAN PPE workstation licence for
the lecturer
The software is available in 16 languages: DE, EN, ES, FR, NL, SE,
RU, DK, CN, PL, PT, PT-BR, CZ, HU,
IT, KR
Optional train-the-trainer courses
from the current EPLAN course plan
On-site installation service
Master data and sample projects
Training materials
Scope of software service

Access to the EPLAN Data Portal
Provision of current releases and
service packs free of charge
Special concession for training
course updates
HelpDesk support
E-mail support
Online access to special support
data and information
Completing the software service contract means you gain access to the
EPLAN Data Portal which contains
engineering data from well-known
manufacturers.
Get to know EPLAN for free

As a pupil, student or trainee you can
obtain a free version of EPLAN, limited to the duration of your studies,
in order to produce lab work and final coursework in the area of electrical engineering, fluid engineering and electrical, measurement and
control technology. Using the software for commercial purposes is not
permitted.
Further information at:
www.eplan.de/uk
Classroom Licence 566900

Software-Service 2 years 566902
Software-Service 5 years 566903
35
Media Software Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS
CIROS Automation Suite

Professional training in virtual learning environments
New!
The fascination of 3D simulation

Modern PC technology allows us to
create realistic 3D simulations even
for the most complex of automation systems. These simulations explore the movement dynamics of
mechatronic systems in virtual reality. There is no danger to man or machine. This allows us to take an step
into automation technology without
any worries, providing a great motivational boost.
In industrial applications, 3D simulation systems are considered stateof-the-art.
The ways we work and learn have
changed and the CIROS Automation Suite supports these new methods. The visual conception of ideas
takes centre stage. The attractive
visual representation on the PC motivates and encourages the learning
process.
36
CIROS is a general 3D simulation

system made in Germany. Its flexibility makes it suitable for a great
variety of application areas, it has a
variety of equipment and price options and is efficient and convenient
to use on a daily basis. The CIROS
scope of application is huge. It ranges from applications of 3D simulation
in training and further training and
implementation of the digital factory
in industrial companies to real-time
simulations of complex immersive
virtual worlds.
CIROS Automation Suite is a version of the software used in industry
that has been modified and extended to meet the requirements of training and further training. It consists
of five individual, carefully matched
program packages with a very realistic 3D simulation of simple to very
complex automation systems. The
numerous learning scenarios can be
adapted and extended individually.

The powerful successor to the
COSIMIR. Affordable and flexible
with many different configurations.
Multiple licences
Licensing the individual CIROS
Automation Suite packages is done
via a USB licence plug.
Try it now for free:

The individual packages

CIROS Robotics
CIROS Mechatronics
CIROS Advanced Mechatronics
CIROS Production
CIROS Studio
can be extended independently of
each other with any number of network licences. This can also be done
online at a later stage by a simple
change in the licence plug.
System requirements
The following apply to all CIROS
Automation Suite products:
PC with Windows 2000/XP/VISTA
At least Pentium IV 2 GHz
512 MB RAM
Free hard disk space: 5 GB
Graphics card with Open-GL support, at least 128 MB RAM and
1024 x 768 resolution
DVD-ROM disk drive
Recommended: Internet access
Recommended: E-mail client with
E-mail account on the computer for
upgrading the licence plug
The Automation Suite contains the

following software products:
CIROS Robotics
CIROS Robotics is ideally suited
for learning how to program and
commission industrial robot systems. The program offers a large
number of different robot models.
The integrated training program on
robotics conveys everything from
the basic principles of handling
technology to the use of robots in
space missions.
CIROS Mechatronics
CIROS Mechatronics is the virtual
learning environment for mechatronics with a focus on PLC-controlled
systems. It offers an ideal working
environment for PLC programming
based on Siemens S7 and includes a
virtual learning environment for the
mechatronic training system MPS.
CIROS Advanced Mechatronics enables you to flexibly set up individual
MPS stations for mechatronic plant
The functions at a glance
systems with a distributed control architecture, commission and control

them using the SIMATIC S7.
CIROS Production
The unique software solution for virtual learning environments in industrial factory automation. The planning of manufacturing plants, the
logistics of manufacturing processes
and the design and optimisation of
manufacturing executing systems as
well as product management take
centre stage.
CIROS Studio
CIROS Studio is the professional
tool for creating complex models
and their simulation. The industrially tried, powerful development platform combines the three tools, Simulation, Modelling and Programming,
in one common interface.
Single Licence DE/EN 562162
CIROS
CIROS
CIROS Advanced
CIROS
CIROS
Robotics
Mechatronics
Mechatronics
Production
Studio
3D display (with rendering)
Simulation (multi-robot)
Simulation (Mitsubishi Compiler)
Simulation (KUKA, ABB, Adept-Compiler)
optional
Interface Mitsubishi Controller

Robotics learning cells + user interface
+
+
Mechatronics learning cells + user interface
Simulation (1 PLC + download)
Simulation (multi-PLC + download)

Simulation (multi-PLC)
+
+
Simulation (learning environment for troubleshooting)
+
+
+
+
Modelling (CAD import, mechanisms)
Modelling (layout editor + MPS library)
Modelling (layout editor + iCIM library)
OPC interface (freely configurable)
Permanently configured OPC interface
Manual control environment
Configurable work cell window
+
+
Control station (without HW driver)
Production management
37
The programs in the CIROS Automation Suite

New!
CIROS Robotics
CIROS Robotics is ideally suited for
learning how to program and commission industrial robot systems.
The program offers a large number of
different robot models. The integrated training program on robotics conveys everything from the basic principles of handling technology to the
use of robots in space missions.
All the required basic knowledge
for automation with robots is conveyed by the integrated CIROS
Robotics Assistant which offers
numerous graphics and animations
to explain technical terms and
facts, videos on a large number of
industrial applications involving industrial robots, sample programs
for every robot work cell, technical
documentation including instructions on processing.
3D real-time simulation with all
the features of CIROS Studio.
Programming environment for IRL
(Industrial Robot Language), programming languages Movemaster
Command and Melfa Basic IV for
the class of Mitsubishi robot systems.
38
Comprehensive library with more

than 20 predefined robot work
cells enables you to go directly to
commissioning and programming
of robot applications: from simple pick & place tasks right up to
plants with numerous robot systems.
Licensing is done via a USB licence
plug. You can extend this single licence by any number of network licences at any point. This can also
be done online at a later stage by a
simple change in the licence plug.
CIROS Robotics is contained in the
CIROS Automation Suite as a single licence.
x-licence DE/EN 562169
CIROS Mechatronics
CIROS Mechatronics is the virtual
learning environment for mechatronics with a focus on PLC-controlled
systems. It offers an ideal working
environment for PLC programming
based on Siemens S7 and includes a
virtual learning environment for the
mechatronic training system MPS.
The comprehensive model library
contains 3D process models of all
MPS stations, various conveyor systems and a high bay warehouse. When networked with the
Automation Suite, this can be extended or modified.
Activation of the models can be
done immediately from the integrated virtual S7-PLC, from STEP
7 of the simulated SIMATIC Controller S7-PLCSIM or via the EasyPort of any other external hardware PLC.
In manual mode single-step movements can be performed and compiled to form flow sequences without programming.
Powerful error simulation with

multiple error scenarios incl. adjustment errors for sensors. Setting errors is password-protected.
Locating and eliminating errors can
be logged and the results can be
evaluated, thus enabling you to design effective training for systematic commissioning and repair in the
event of malfunctions within the
simulation environment.
plug. You can extend this individual
licence by any number of network
licences at any time. This can also
be done online at a later stage by a
simple change in the licence plug.
CIROS Mechatronics is contained
in the CIROS Automation Suite as a
single licence.
x-Licence DE/EN 562171

CIROS Advanced Mechatronics enables you to flexibly set up individual
MPS stations for mechatronic plant
systems with a distributed control architecture, commission and control
them using the SIMATIC S7.
Comprehensive model library with
all the current MPS stations from
Festo Didactic.
The convenient layout editor permits setting up, programming and
commissioning mechatronic plant
systems with a distributed control
architecture. A second library also
enables you to design MPS plants
with conveyors.
Distributed control concept: Each
station has its own virtual STEP-7
controller with a separate control
program that can be modified or
created from scratch at any time.
Simple communication programming: during layout planning, all
communication connections are
created automatically.
Commissioning of distributed control systems: Each station of the

plant can be operated in manual
mode. This enables you to commission the control programs in the individual stations step by step and
to test the communication.
Integrated, powerful error simulation. The focus with the error simulation is now on the errors that may
occur as a result of combining different stations.
CIROS Advanced Mechatronics is contained in the CIROS

Automation Suite as a single
licence, but is not available
as a separate product.
CIROS Production
The unique software solution for virtual learning environments in industrial factory automation. The planning of manufacturing plants, the
logistics of manufacturing processes
and the design and optimisation of
manufacturing executing systems as
well as product management take
centre stage.
CIROS Production links the simulation with the control of real plants
and consists of the integrated software components Production Simulation, Supervision and Production
Management.
Production Simulation is used to
create the 3D models of your production line from library elements.
The library has numerous manufacturing, assembly, warehouse
and measuring stations for setting
up an iCIM production line. The stations have integrated control functionalities that can be extended
with CIROS Studio at any time.
The 3D simulation comprises all
the most important components of
a manufacturing system from flexible material flow up to individual sensors, and uses the complex
functionality of CIROS Studio.
The Layout module permits you to
create the layout of future production lines with only a few clicks of
the mouse as well as the 3D model
at the same time.
CIROS Supervision enables you to

create basic versions of an MES system (Manufacturing Executing System) for your production line at the
push of a button, including the functions of a manufacturing control
station with graphic process tracking and a link to the production database.
The integrated constructed process
language of CIROS Supervision can
be used to extend, optimise or completely revise the MES system.
The production management of
CIROS Supervision provides the following data: parts lists with work
schedules, warehouse and resource
administration, as well as order administration and time scheduling of
orders. This enables you to simulate
the basic structures of a planning
system. The database can also be
used in order to integrate an external
planning system or ERP system.
CIROS Production is contained in the CIROS Automation Suite as a single licence,

but is not available as a separate product.
39
The programs in the CIROS Automation Suite

New!
CIROS Studio
CIROS Studio is the professional
tool for creating complex models
and their simulation. The industrially tried, powerful development platform combines the three tools, Simulation, Modelling and Programming,
in one common interface.
3D modelling with the standardised
STEP import filter for external CAD
systems:
CAD basic functions
Definition of local coordinate systems (Master Frames) for simple
relative positioning of objects
Modelling through parameterisation of the shape, the kinematics and the material and physical
properties
Libraries with industrial robot systems and numerous automation
components
Library of powerful automation
mechanisms. Optional: VRML export
40
Robot programming that supports

different programming languages:
IRL (DIN 66312)
Movemaster Command and Melfa
Basic IV for Mitsubishi robots
Programming assistant with syntax
checking and syntax highlighting
Optional: KRL for KUKA robots,
RAPID for ABB robots, V+ for Adept
and Stubli robots
RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots:
powerful interface to the Mitsubishi robot controllers via Ethernet
TCP/IP or serial interface. With a
convenient program editor, program downloads and uploads, online visualisation of robot system
data, program tracking in individual step mode and automatic mode,
project backups.
3D real-time simulation including transport simulation, simulation
of tubing connections and energy
chains, error simulations, sensor
simulations. All 3D objects are controlled by integrated virtual controllers via mechanical or electrical interfaces. This enables very realistic
experiments and analyses:
Transport simulation is a very powerful extension to the 3D simulation core. It is used for the flexible
design of any transport processes.
Collision detection through colour

change or warning messages with/
without acknowledgement. Simple
selection of the objects that are to
be checked for collision.
Sensor simulation: from the inductive sensor to the camera, almost
all sensors and their physical properties can be simulated. In this way
it is possible to analyse realistic
interactions with the peripheral
equipment.
Simulation of tubing connections
and energy chains. Tubing connections and energy chains are not
taken into account in numerous 3D
simulation systems. However, they
are often the reason for collisions
in practical operations.
Error simulation: creation of user
interfaces for configuring error scenarios and for troubleshooting.
Virtual control multitasking: process models can be controlled simultaneously by several robot
and/or PLC controllers (S5 or S7).
OPC client with configuration menu
for communication with any OPC
servers.
CIROS Studio is contained

in the CIROS Automation
Suite as a single licence, but
is not available as a separate
product.
CIROS additional licences and updates

New!
CIROS Automation Suite additional

licences
Can only be installed in combination
with the CIROS Automation Suite,
Order No. 562162.
Licensing the individual CIROS Automation Suite licence is done via a
USB licence plug.
The individual packages
CIROS Robotics
CIROS Mechatronics
CIROS Production
CIROS Studio
can be extended independently of
each other with any number of network licences. This can also be done
online at a later stage by a simple
change in the licence plug.
System requirements
At least Pentium IV 2 GHz
512 MB RAM
Free space on the hard disk: 5 GB
Graphics card with Open-GL support, at least 128 MB RAM and
1024 x 768 resolution
DVD-ROM disk drive
Recommended: Internet access
Recommended: Email client with
email account on the computer,
so as to be able to upgrade the licence plug.
x-license CIROS Robotics
Order no. 565942
x-license CIROS Mechatronics
Order no. 565943
x-license CIROS Advanced Mechatronics
Order no. 564917-A
COSIMIR turns into CIROS Save

on updates now
Update now and discover the advantages of the new CIROS. All COSIMIR models can be further edited
in the CIROS Automation Suite.
The CIROS Automation Suite contains the following software products:
CIROS Robotics
(replaces COSIMIR Robotics)
CIROS Mechatronics
(replaces COSIMIR PLC)
(replaces COSIMIR PLC Advanced)
CIROS Production
(replaces COSIMIR Factory)
CIROS Studio
(replaces COSIMIR Professional)

plug which can be extended by further network licences online at any
point in time.
Please note: the compilers for the
robot programming languages KRL,
RAPID and V+ are not included in the
scope of delivery. You can purchase
these as an option after activation in
your licence plug.
Call us. We will gladly advise you and
prepare an attractively priced offer
for your update to CIROS.
Update 1
Update from COSMIR Professional
incl. all further COSIMIR software
packages to CIROS Automation
Suite (Order No. 565812)
x-license CIROS Production

Order no. 564917-P
x-license CIROS Studio
Order no. 564917-S
Your advantages
All the learning environments for
mechatronics, robotics and factory
automation under one roof!
New activity-based user for tasks
and projects
Attractive learning environments
that you can help design
New online learning assistant
New rendering system permits
clearly improved visualisation of
the 3D simulation
New, very powerful STEP import filter for CAD data
Update 2
Update from COSMIR Robotics or
Educational to CIROS Robotics (Order No. 565940)
Update 3
Update from COSMIR PLC to CIROS
Mechatronics (Order No. 565941)
Update 1 565812
Update 2 565940
Update 3 565941
41
Media Software Corporate strategic planning simulation learn2work
learn2work Professional
Business thinking and hands-on

learning
learn2work simulates all aspects of
a business that pose constant challenges, such as market fluctuations,
employee illness or machine breakdown. With this in mind, learn2work
combines training with motivation,
promotes business thinking and action and offers a wide range of business measures.
Expert support
User training sessions with learn2work as well as train-the-trainer
workshops with certified trainers are
available to help you provide longterm support, thus adding momentum and optimising the application.
Target group
Different degrees of difficulty and an
individualised scenario editor make
for a wide range of possible applications:
School students, trainees
Skilled workers, foremen
Managers
The benefits to you

Recognising corporate contexts
Testing and applying theoretical
knowledge
Understanding downstream and
upstream processes
Learning and motivation through
play
Getting started is made simple

Comprehensive tips make it easy to
get started:
Comprehensive Company manual with tasks and a business glossary (in colour)
Explanation of the basic logic functions in the guided tutorial as part
of the software
Three documented starting scenarios cover a few general business
areas (innovations, personnel restructuring, liquidity squeeze).
Individual training and case studies

You can easily create individual
training scenarios using the editor:
As many personalised scenarios
as you like
Adaptable to the economic environment
Set individual targets
Three preset start scenarios
We offer consultation on request on

how to integrate learn2work into an
existing training portfolio.
Topics
Costing of assignments
Production planning
Investment decisions
Soft skills
Ergonomics
Marketing campaigns
Reference data and costs
Sales management, key account
management
Warehouse management
Controlling
Accounting, financial ratios
learn2work Professional Online
learn2work Online can be used
with all web browsers and FlashPlayer without the need to install
it. This personal licence is valid for
two years. The licences are administered on a convenient platform. If
you buy a licence package, you can
also use the platform to set up learner groups.
learn2work Professional CD-ROM

If no online access is available, learn2work can be installed via CD-ROM.
This single-user licence has unlimited validity.
Advantage:
No Internet connection required
You receive a printed colour manual
for every CD-ROM.
learn2work Enterprise
As part of a project, learn2work can
be adapted to fit individual industrial and corporate processes (on
request).
Demo version:
www.learn2work.de
Advantages:
No installation and maintenance
costs
Access from any computer with
Internet connection
Convenient learner administration
You receive a printed colour manual
for every licence purchased.
1 Licence DE/EN Online 556250

5 Licences DE/EN Online 556251
25 Licences DE/EN Online 556252
1 Licence DE/EN CD-ROM 556253
42
Media Software Programming software
Programming software
FST for FEC

FST for FEC contains convenient
functions for programming, testing,
commissioning and servicing of automation projects. The reliable programming languages statement list
(STL) or ladder diagram (LDR) are
available for programming.
Includes user and training manuals.
Software and training manual on
CD-ROM (DE/EN).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP
CD-ROM drive
DE 537927
MULTIPROG for FEC 3x

MULTIPROG is a standard programming system for programmable
logic controllers. It is based on the
IEC61131 standard and includes all
IEC features.
Programming languages:
Text-based languages Structured
Text (ST) and Statement List (STL)
as well as the graphic languages
Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and Sequential
Function Chart (SFC).
The current version is designed for
programming the SPS FEC-FC34MWT.
EN 537928
Includes manual in PDF format (DE/

EN/FR).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT 4.0
SP5/2000
At least Pentium 350 MHz
128 MB RAM
Approx. 60 MB of hard disk space
Internet Explorer 4 or higher
DE/EN/FR 539005
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package

The standard programming software
for controller type FX from Mitsubishi includes GX Developer for the
programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as
well as GX IEC Developer, the powerful development environment to IEC
61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The
Trainer Package consists of six full
licences andsix student versions on
separate CD-ROMsfor doing homework.
Scope of delivery:
GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)
GX IEC Developer for students
(DE/EN)
GX Developer (DE/EN)
GXDeveloper for students (EN)
Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
RSLogix 500 Starter

The programming software for the
Micro Logix controller type by AllenBradley contains the RSLogix 500
Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for programming LDR. The CD-ROM (EN)
manual incorporates Getting Results
with RSLogix 500.
System requirements
PC with Win NT/2000/XP
At least Pentium II 500 MHz
128 MB RAM
45 MB free space on hard disc
3.5 floppy disc drive
EN 535829
System requirements
PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP
At least PentiumII 450 MHz
64 MB RAM
150 MB free space on hard disk
The Trainer Package is intended exclusively for basic and further training.
DE/EN 541149
43
Media Software Programming software
Programming software Siemens
STEP 7 Trainer Package

The STEP 7 Trainer Package for 12
users contains the programming languages Statement List (STL), Function Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (basic package) as well
as STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and
distributed intelligence iMap. It facilitates the realisation of networked
solutions with SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
SIMATIC C7. The Trainer Package
also contains the S7-PLCSIM simulation software. Using the simulation
software S7-PLCSIM it is possible to
carry out the functional test of the
SIMATIC S7 user blocks on PG/PC
regardless of the availability of the
target hardware. Detection and elimination of program errors are therefore possible at a much earlier stage
in development. The Trainer Package
contains 60 copies (3 x 20 licences)
of the STEP 7 Software for Students
(365-day licence).
S7-PLCSIM can be used for all user
blocks and a selection of existing
system functions which have been
created in one of the following programming languages: STL, LDR, FCH,
STEP 7-GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph,
STEP 7-SCL.
The software and documentation are
supplied on CD-ROM whilst the floating licence is supplied on a USB stick
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for non-industrial users
only.
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade

To the current version of the STEP 7
Trainer Package. Prerequisite: Trainer Package for 12 students. Intended for non-industrial users only. The
Trainer Package contains 60 licences
(3 x 20) for the STEP 7 Software for
Students (365-day licence).
For 12 students. Scope as for STEP 7
Trainer Package (order no. 548573).
STEP 7 Software for Students

The trial licence for 365 days includes the programming languages
Statement List (STL), Function Chart
(FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (basic package), STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7GRAPH, as well as the S7-PLCSIM
simulation software.
supplied on CD-ROM whilst 20 floating licences are supplied on a USB
stick (DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
Prerequisite: S7 Trainer Package for
12 users.
STEP 7 Professional for Training

Contains the programming languages Statement List (STL), Function Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram
(LDR) (basic package) as well as
STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and S7PLCSIM.
supplied on CD-ROM whilst the floating licence is supplied on a USB stick
(DE/EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for industrial users.
System requirements
PC with Win XP PROF/2000 PROF
At least 128 MB RAM
200 430 MB of hard disk space
At least 8-speed CD-ROM drive
STEP 7 Trainer Package DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548574
STEP 7 Software for Students DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548576
STEP 7 Professional for Training DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548575
44
Media Software Programming software/Visualisation software
Visualisation software
WinPisa for SPC 200

WinPISA is software for planning,
commissioning, programming and
servicing pneumatic axes involving
the SPC 200 axis controller. It offers
the following functions:
Convenient management of various
positioning drives in projects
Commissioning and diagnosis of
positioning drives in online mode
Programming of positioning systems in accordance with DIN 66025
Graphic presentation of measured
values
LOGO! Soft Comfort

Powerful programming software for
the creation of LOGO! programs by
means of drag and drop. With simulation and extensive program documentation. Program creation in FCH
or LDR.
WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control
and monitoring system designed for
the visualisation and control of processes, sequences and machines.
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT/2000
At least Pentium
4 MB RAM
Approx. 30 MB of hard disk space
DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
DE 170095
EN 170097
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/2000/ME/
NT/XP
Pentium processor
64 MB RAM
90 MB of hard disk space
The package consists of a configuration (development) system and a

runtime system for 1024 variables
(PowerTags). Coupling with S5, S7,
Profibus (DP) is integrated into the
package. Coupling with other systems on request.
Supplied on CD-ROM, without documentation. Detailed documentation and configuration manuals on
request.
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
At least Pentium 800 MHZ
512MB RAM
Approx. 20 GB of hard disk space
1 licence
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195439
InTouch
InTouch is an interactive system for
visualising, monitoring and controlling industrial processes.
The package comprises the InTouch
development and runtime version for
Windows with 256 PLC variables and
the standard Wizard library.
Includes manual andcontext-related
help texts in the software. Supplied
on CD-ROM with dongle.
Also order:
Intouch manual containing detailed
descriptions of software handling
and the functions for the creation of
visualisation applications (order no.
95241 (German), order no. 95242
(English))
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
1.2 GHz Pentium III
512 MB RAM
2 GB harddisk
CD-ROM drive
6 licences (Trainer Package)

DE/EN 192108
45
Media Software Multimedia data base Mechatronics Assistant
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2
New!
The multimedia tool for training at

school and at work
Structured archive on DVD with
complete documentation
For project work, as well as for
training and preparation for tests
For all training-related areas in the
field of automation technology
For teachers and learners: structure and content have been organised in such a way that trainees
can work independently with the
Mechatronics Assistant on any given task.
Content
Practice and topic related range of
tasks with solutions
Graphics, photos, animations,
videos sequences, presentations
Manuals, operating instructions,
data sheets and circuit diagrams
Additional teaching aids and complete technical documentation, as
well as lots of tips for working with
MPS
Note
Multiple licences for local or network installations with any desired
number of licences, with online activation or dongle
Can be installed in German, English
or Spanish, as well as other languages upon request
Shipped on DVD in Systainer
Your advantages
Training with MPS can begin immediately with ready-to-use tasks
involving modules, stations and
systems.
Various degrees of difficulty for
different levels of learning: from
introductory tasks to complex
projects
Create your own archive: all tasks
can be easily modified and saved
as individualised assignments.
Format documents to suit your individual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
with the Mechatronics Assistant
are available in source format (e.g.
doc, ppt, dxf).
Supplementary information and
cross-references can be accessed
quickly by means of hyperlinks.
The high-performance full text
search function retrieves content
as required. Graphics, animations
and videos are also linked to keywords and can be retrieved using
the search function.
Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download updates, new tasks, sample programmes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assistant develops as your knowledge increases: www.festo-didactic.com.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
Office package
Flash Player
dxf-Viewer
Sound card
DVD drive
Screen resolution:
at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 2.0
6 licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
46
Courseware
Theory and practice. We have a wide

range of courseware tailored to your
needs:
Take a look for yourself and check

out our training offers on the Internet at:
Text books
Standard books imparting basic
knowledge. With many exercises
and practical examples that can be
solved without the hardware. Ideal for self-tuition and as a guide for
trainers.
Workbooks
Practical exercises with supplementary notes, worked examples and
data sheets. The exercises are based
on the various Festo Didactic equipment sets. For comprehensive, practice-focused training.
Dictionaries, manuals and technical
books
Offer specialised information for coverage of various topics in greater
depth. Ideal for self-tuition or reference.
Transparency sets, videos
Didactically designed for easy-to-follow and interesting presentation.
Posters
The large DIN A1 formats are a clear
and striking medium for the presentation of complex subject matter.
Working material
Media for optimum training, reducing preparation time and cutting
classroom time.
47
Media Courseware Pneumatics
Textbooks
Pneumatics
0NEUMATICS
"ASIC,EVEL
%LECTROPNEUMATICS
"ASIC,EVEL
4EXTBOOK40
4EXTBOOK40
Fundamentals of
Pneumatische
Grundsteuerungen
pneumatic control
engineering
Text book
1A1
1B1
1A1
1V1
1V1
12
1S1
1S2
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
EN
Pneumatics, Basic level

This book is intended for basic training in pneumatic control technology
and teaches physical fundamentals
of pneumatics as well as the function
and use of pneumatic components.
Numerous diagrams facilitate and
ensure comprehension. Pneumatic
circuits are explained using examples. Model solutions and detailed
explanations improve the students
knowledge of circuit design and sequences.
P. Croser, F. Ebel
Edition 2003, 280 pages, bound
Electropneumatics, Basic level

This textbookrepresents an impressive synthesis of years of experience
gained in Festo Didactic courses
and the requirements of company
and college training. It explains basic equipment and modern installation-saving components that require
little maintenance. An extensive description of methods of representation showing motion sequences and
circuit states makes complex circuits
easy to understand. A detailed example provides students with the necessary knowledge for planning and
implementing an electropneumatic
circuit.
DE
93130
EN
93131
ES
94384
G. Prede, D. Scholz
FR
93132

DE
91180
EN
91181
ES
90877
FR
90872
Practical knowledge:
Basic pneumatic controllers
Fully revised and extended. Now
over 80 pages:
This booklet has been created for
practitioners who need to implement
small projects quickly and effectively. The various circuit examples facilitate the creation of many simple
tasks. The examples shown are complementary. If something is not clear,
the previous step can be referred
to. This means that even those with
little experience can quickly get to
grips with the subject matter.
DE 151508
Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com
1B1
1B2
Festo Didactic
090851 EN
Fundamentals of pneumatic control

engineering
Fundamentals of control technology, pneumatic controls, circuit design, exercises, and drawing pneumatic symbols are explained in this
textbook. Readers and seminar attendees will be able to solve simple
control problems and develop circuit
diagrams. Includes an introduction
to general fundamentals of control
technology, symbols, definition of
terms, and covers topics from basic
controls to the systematic development of control systems.
J. P. Hasebrink, R. Kobler, S. Idler
Reference work for circuit planning

symbols
A detailed overview of the most important circuit planning symbols
shows the structure of controllers
and gives hints on the practical implementation of circuit diagrams that
have been developed.
Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet
48
3
1
1B2
151508 DE
11/06
W. Braungard, P. Lbelenz, G. Mark
Also order:
FluidSIM Pneumatics. This
software enables you to design and simulate the sample
circuits suppliedon a PC.
1S1
3
1
&ESTO$IDACTIC
1B2
2
12
3
1
14
1B1
12
3
1
1B1
1A1
1V1
14
1S1
1B2
14

DE
90850
EN
90851
The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM
The new training reference on the

fundamentals of pneumatic and
electro-pneumatic control technology from Festo Didactic. These workbooks provide detailed descriptions
of industry-oriented projectswith
problem descriptions, parameters
and project assignments. Worksheets support the students through
the required stages of planning, execution and function testing and provide sample solutions.
0NEUMATICS
"ASIC,EVEL
New topics
Extended fundamentals such as
economy and safety. Our goal is to
empower the participants to make
sound and safe decisions.
Includes the multimedia CD-ROM
containing photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams. Theoretical information is
conveyed using animated cutaway
models for greater clarity. Worksheets and exercise sheets can be
reprinted as necessary.
%LECTROPNEUMATICS
"ASIC,EVEL
Pneumatic drives
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
Workbook TP 220
#$ 2/-INCLUDED
#$ 2/-INCLUDED
CD-ROM included
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
Festo Didactic
EN
EN
559880 EN
Pneumatics Workbook,
Basic level TP 101
Electropneumatics Workbook,
Basic level TP 201
R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger
M. Pany, S. Scharf
Edition 2005, 200 pages, with CD-ROM,
in binder
in binder
DE 540671
DE 540673
Pneumatic drives workbook,

TP 220
Details issues and projects in 16 exercises closely linked to industrialpractice, each comprising a problem
description and work assignment.
EN 541088
EN 541090
F. Ebel, J. Hasel
ES 542503
ES 542505
FR 542507
FR 542509
in folder
Pneumatics Workbook,
Advanced level TP 102
Electropneumatics Workbook,
Advanced level TP 202
EN 559880
R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger
M. Pany, S. Scharf
FR 559882
in binder
in binder
DE 540672
DE 540674
EN 541089
EN 541091
ES 542504
ES 542506
FR 542508
FR 542510
DE 549982
You will need the matching equipment sets to carry out the project
exercises.
Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101
Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102
Electro-pneumatics, Basic level
TP 201
Electro-pneumatics, Advanced level TP 202
Pneumatic drives TP 220
ES 559881
49
Closed-loop and servopneumatics

The amazing world of pneumatics
#LOSED ,OOP0NEUMATICS
3ERVO 0NEUMATIC
0OSITIONING
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK0NEU0OS
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
EN
Closed-loop pneumatics
The 21 exercises contained in this
workbook offer a practical introduction to closed-loop control pneumatics. Besides fundamentals, the workbook also covers subjects such as
the function of various controllers
and control circuits, empirical setting
of controller parameters and the influence of interference variables. You
will need equipment set Closed-loop
control pneumatics, TP 111 to carry
out the exercises.
Servopneumatic positioning
This workbook containing 12 exercises and solutions offers a practice-oriented introduction to servopneumatics. You will need the partial
equipment sets PneuPos to carry out
the exercises.
Amazing world of pneumatics is

not a textbook, but a book full of ideas showing all the different things
you can do with air and giving some
idea of the future development of
pneumatics.
J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz
D. Scholz, H.-J. Eberhardt
Edition 2001, 542 pages, in binder
50
The amazing world of pneumatics

This book uses countless examples
to illustrate the range of applications
of air and also gives a short history
of this technology. But above all, it
shows the direction in which air-driven systems are developing. Vendorindependent and exciting.
DE
94459
Gerhard Vogel, Eugen Mhlberger
EN
94465
DE 192503
ES 533499
EN 196949
DE 53977
FR
ES 533498
EN 54085
94347
BIBB courses
Pneumatics
Pneumatic control technology,

exercises for trainees
Recommended and published by the
Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung
(BIBB) (German Federal Institute for
Vocational Education and Training).
Topics
Compressed air production
Basic terms in control technology
Servicing
Maintenance
Inspection
Repairs
Prerequisite for systematic repair
Procedures
Fault finding
Fault documentation
Fault analysis
Also order:
Pneumatic control engineering,
exercises and solutions
For various questions from the instructors document, order no.
90070. The document contains the
solutions and circuit diagrams for the
11 exercises put to the trainees.
2007 edition, 54 pages, loose-leaf format
DE
Electropneumatic control
technology
Electropneumatic control technology, fundamentals and application
examples. Recommended and published by the German Federal Institute for Vocational Training (Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
Designed for further and vocational
training in the field of electrical control of pneumatic systems.
Also order:
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits
For the BIBB Electropneumatics
course.
Edition 1999, 40 pages, loose-leaf
DE
93080
The BIBB Electropneumatics equipment set is designed for the BIBB

course.
90090
DE
93070
11 exercises
Sealing metal tins
Punching device for veneered
components
Actuation of a swivelling bridge
Squaring shears for veneered
tables
Cutter for cardboard strips
Bonding fixture for labels
Cushion tester
Packing machine
Hoist for packages
Clamping and drilling fixture
Tilting window
The BIBB pneumatics equipment set
has been adapted to the BIBB instruction course.
2007 edition, 160 pages, in a folder
DE
90070
51
Transparency sets and videos

Pneumatics
Fundamentals of pneumatics
This transparency set is used to illustrate the fundamentals of pneumatics, display motion sequences
and circuit states, direct and indirect directionally dependent circuits,
logic AND/OR functions of the startup signal, time-dependent circuits
with a pressure sequence valve and
troubleshooting in simple pneumatic circuits.
Direct Actuation of Cylinders
Single-acting cylinder
Double-acting cylinder
F. Ebel
Edition 2000, 52 transparencies, with CDROM, in binder
DE
95000
EN
95001
ES
95003
The text page contains a complete

image of the transparency with additional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transparency.
TP 101, Transparency 03
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co.
Conversion of Electrical Signals into Pneumatic Signals

2
3
2
unactuated
1
actuated
Fundamentals of electropneumatics
This transparency set is used to illustrate the fundamentals of electropneumatics. The following subject
matter is covered: function and use
of electropneumatic components,
drawing pneumatic and electropneumatic circuit diagrams according to
the standard, representation of motion sequences and circuit states, direct and indirect controls, etc.
F. Ebel
DE
95010
EN
95011
ES
95246
DVD Electropneumatics/
Electrohydraulics, Basic level
This video primarily covers electrical
controllers. In addition to an introduction to electrical engineering, it
shows the most important switching
elements and basic circuits. Practical
applications alternate with animations and circuit examples.
All symbols compliant with DIN/ISO

1219. Includes CD-ROM with PDF
files of slides.
The text page contains a complete

image of the transparency with additional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transparency.
3
2
52

files of slides.
The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,

ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
be selected. The DVD is packed in
the systainer.
48 minutes
Order no. 538487
Set of posters on pneumatics
Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols
Energy conversion
Actuation
Manual actuation
Energy transfer
line
Valves
Directional control valves
line connection
pneumatic
energy source
pneumatic motor with
one flow direction
pneumatic motor with

alternating flow direction
and two directions of
rotation
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle

of rotation
single-acting cylinder,
return motion by
external force
double-acting cylinder
with piston rod at
one end
single-acting cylinder,
return motion by
spring force
with adjustable cushioning
at both ends
double acting cylinder with through piston rod

p1
by
by
by
by
pushing pulling turning lever
crossing line
pressure supply port,

closed
by
roller
by roller lever, actuation in one direction

of travel only
three-way rotary
connection
3
1
3/3-way valve
mid-position closed
magnetic field
actuated
I
0
1
Q
0
1
Negation
I
0
1
Q
1
0
3
1
4/2-way valve
4
reset by
pneumatic
spring
5
1 3
5/2-way valve
fluid separator,
with automatic drain
air dryer
lubricator
gripper, double acting,

with permanent magnet
on the piston
12
I1
0
0
1
1
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
0
1
1
1
Q=I1I2
I1
I2
I1
0
0
1
1
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
0
0
0
1
Q=I1I2
I1
I2
&
Inhibition
I1
0
0
1
1
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
0
0
1
0
Q=I1I2
I1
I2
&
by solenoid coil or manual

override with detent
by solenoid coil or
manual override
reservoir
1
pressure regulator
without vent hole,
adjustable
optical indicator
digital display
1 3
pressure regulator with
vent hole, adjustable
rear
I1
1B1
I2
steps
I2
spring-centred
reset via spring
path
1
2
3
4
5
10*
12
14
P
B
R
A
Y
Z
P
A
R
Z
Z
I2
Adjusting component
I2
2
0
14
I1
12
1S1*1B1
I2
I1
I2
P
B
S
A
R
Y
Z
I1
0
0
1
1
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
1
0
1
1
Q=I1I2
I1
I2
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
1
0
0
0
Q=I1I2
I1
I1
0
0
1
1
I2
0
1
0
1
Q
1
1
1
0
Q=I1I2
I1
I2
I1
I2
&
21
1V1
cylinder advance stroke

forward end position reached
1A1:=0
cylinder return stroke
1
I1
I2
K1
I2
Q
I1
Input components
(forward stroke)
K1
Start
1S1
I2
1B1
I2
Memory
S R Q Q
0 0 qn-1 q n-1
0 1 0 1
1 0 1 0
1 1 0 1
Timer
I texpired Q
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
shuttle valve
R
S
R
S
Q
Q
Input component
(return stroke)
1B2
Q
S
K
shut-off valve
adjustable
switch-on
delayed
Flow control valves

2
flow control valve, fixed

1
Processing component
I2
I1
2
1
quick-exhaust valve
start condition
1A1:=1
1B2
I1
I1
0
0
1
1
t1
Supply components
0Z1
K
I
flow control valve,

adjustable
Timer
adjustable
switch-off
delayed
I texpired Q
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
t2
In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical

signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
and DIN/EN 61346-2.
I
K
I
Q
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
053615 en Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
Pneumatic Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
Electrical and electropneumatic components
Pressure switch
(PE-converter, adjustable)
Limit switch, electrical
GRAFCET (EN 60848)
1V2
dual-pressure valve
Standardised Previous designation

designation
for 2/2-way for 4/2-way for 5/2-way
and 3/2-way and 4/3-way and 5/3-way
ISO 11727 valves
valves
valves
service unit without lubricator

(simplified representation)
I1
I1
I1
piloted non-return
valve with spring
non-return
valve with
spring
2
1
service unit with lubricator

(simplified representation)
Nor
Nand
non-return
valve
detents
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position

(NOT function)
1B2
1V4
I2
2
1
tachometer
1V3
Stop valves
flow meter
3=1
cylinder 1A1
I1
Mechanical components
service unit filter with manual drain, regulator with

manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure
display and lubricator (detailed representation)
sequence valve with

exhaust, adjustable
suction cup
temperature gauge
(thermometer)
Control components
Implication
3
pressure relief valve,

adjustable
by solenoid coil or
manual override and
pilot valve
by solenoid coil and

pilot valve
Port designations
pressure gauge
Accessories
Measurement and display devices
1B1
front
vacuum generator
And
pressure medium converter
fluidic Muscle
(hose cylinder)
1S1 Start
Q
Q
5
1 3
5/3-way valve
mid-position pressurised
directional control valve with

intermediate positions dynamic
control valve
by electric motor with

by stepper motor
continuous rotary motion
Combined actuation
cooler with flow lines
for the direction of flow
of coolant
Q=I
1B2
Or
5
1 3
5/3-way valve
mid-position closed
5
1 3
5/3-way valve
mid-position exhausted
by solenoid coil with two
counter-windings
by solenoid coil with

one active winding
cooler without flow lines

of coolant
Displacement-step diagram
1B1
Representation to
EN 60617-7
electrical
Pressure control valves
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable

cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive)
Electrical actuation
filter
filter with separator,

with manual drain
Q=I
Q
pneumatically pneumatically actuated,
different size control
actuated
areas
quick decoupler with two

non-return valves,
decoupled;
i.e. line closed
p2
pressure booster, single-acting, which

converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into
higher hydraulic pressure p2
Representation to
Symbol to
EN 60617-12 ISO 1219-1
pneumatic
Equation
1
3
3/2-way valve
normally open position
1
3
actuated in initial position
Identity
1
3
3/2-way valve
normally closed position
Pneumatic actuation
Power component
1A1
Designation Function table
1
2/2-way valve
normally open position
1
2/2-way valve
1
2
3
quick decoupler without quick decoupler with

non-return valve, coupled two non-return valves,
coupled
quick decoupler without

non-return valve,
decoupled;
i.e. line open
by
whisker
by
plunger
air outlet with

connection option
1
2
3
by
rocker
Mechanical actuation
silencer
air outlet without

connection option
by
pedal
Comparison of logic elements
2
vacuum pump
compressor
3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated
Stop valves
3/2-way valve
12
(1M1)
adjusting screw
One-way flow control valve
BN
Pressure regulator
2
1
82
2
1
1M1
BK
p
BU
P2
P1
pressure switch: connection to P1

vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: connection to P1 and P2, p1 p2
3
1
82
2
1
Relay
Proximity sensors, electrical
5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated

2
14
(1M1)
A2
Pressure relief valve
5/2-way valve
4
A1
1M1
14
12
5
A2
magnetic
24 V
A1
BN
BK
A2
A1 12
14 22
24
A2
11
21
A1
2
4
A1
Shuttle valve
2
1
BU
A2
0V
inductive
A1 A2
14 12 11
Dual-pressure valve
24 V
BN
BK
3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled
A1
A2
12
5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated

2
BU
0V
12
(1M1)
14
(1M1)
1
capacitive
14
12
(1M2)
Sequence valve
5/3-way valve
4
14
1M2
form 1
12
5
1M1
1M1
BN
24 V
2
12
Quick-exhaust valve
BK
A1
form 2
BU
A2
0V
optical
24 V
12
BN
BK
2
A1
14
BU
0V
A2
Now the updated version of the

popular A1 poster is supplied rolled
up, quickly providing a comprehensive overview. All symbols and terminology correspond to the current
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN
61346-2.
3 2 1
12
Subjects on the poster:

Electrical, pneumatic and logic
symbols
Systematic control diagram of a
pneumatic control system
Electrical and electropneumatic
components
Pneumatic Directional control,
stop and pressure control valves
Pneumatic Power components
12
Everything that you need to know:

5 posters on pneumatics
Pneumatic Power components
Mounting types
Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
cushioning piston
end cap
permanent magnet
piston rod
piston
seal
bearing cap
seal and wiper
piston seal
adjustable
end position cushioning
Cylinder with guide unit
guide bush
cylinder barrel
adjustable
end position cushioning
Single-acting cylinder for proximity sensing
Pneumatic linear drive
Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with

permanent magnet on the piston
Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
DE 193129
EN 551015
ES 551014
FR 551013
Rotary drive/semi-rotary
drive with limited angle
of rotation
Pneumatic gripper, double-acting
53
Media Courseware Hydraulics
Textbooks
Hydraulics
(YDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
%LECTROHYDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
0ROPORTIONAL(YDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
4EXTBOOK40
4EXTBOOK40
4EXTBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
EN
EN
Hydraulics, Basic level

This textbook covers the basics of
hydraulic control technology. Practical exercises with model solutions
are used to explain the most important basic hydraulic circuits. Numerous illustrations help the reader to
understand the descriptions.

Thanks to the use of electrical control systems, many new areas of application have now been found for
conventional hydraulics. The textbookexplains the construction and
mode of operation of the components which are used for electrohydraulic control. In the following chapters, the procedures required to plan
and implement electrohydraulic controls are described using descriptive
and fully substantiated examples.
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level

How can speed be controlled? How
is a position held? How is leakage
avoided? Where and when can energy be conserved? This book provides
a clear and easy-to-understand introduction to the fundamentals of proportional hydraulics.
The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,

ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
be selected. The DVD is packed in
the systainer.
D. Merkle, B. Schrader, M. Thomes

C. Lffler, D. Merkle, G.Prede, K. Rupp,

DE
93280
D. Scholz
EN
93281
ES
93287
DE
93610
DE
94377
48 minutes
FR
93282
EN
93611
EN
94378
Order no. 538487
Also order:
FluidSIM Hydraulics. This
software enables you to design and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.
54
DVD Electropneumatics/
This video primarily covers electrical
controllers. In addition to an introduction to electrical engineering, it
shows the most important switching
elements and basic circuits. Practical
applications alternate with animations and circuit examples.
D. Scholz
Workbooks
Hydraulics
(YDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
(YDRAULICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
%LECTROHYDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
%LECTROHYDRAULICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
EN
EN
EN
Hydraulics, Basic level

The 20 exercises in this book are
used to introduce hydraulic circuits.
The circuit diagrams include circuit
symbols in accordance with DIN/ISO
1219. You will need equipment set
Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to carry out the exercises.
Hydraulics, Advanced level

The exercises in this book are used
to present hydraulic circuits. You will
need equipment set Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and Advanced level
TP 502 to carry out the exercises.
A. Zimmermann

used to introduce basic electrical circuits used in hydraulic control technology. You will need equipment set
Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
to carry out the exercises.
Electrohydraulics, Advanced level

used to introduce basic electrohydraulic circuits. You will need equipment set Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 and Advanced level TP 602
to carry out the exercises.
D. Merkle, H. Werner
T. Ocker

DE
94455
D. Merkle, A. Zimmermann, H. Werner

DE
94454
EN
94468
DE
94014
EN
94470
DE
94456
ES
94428
EN
94015
ES 196953
EN
94471
EN-US 526095
ES
94429
FR
ES 196954
94351
55
Workbooks
Proportional and closed-loop hydraulics
0ROPORTIONALHYDRAULICS
"ASICLEVEL
!DVANCEDLEVEL
#LOSED ,OOP(YDRAULICS
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
EN
EN

The 10 exercises in this book provide
an introduction to proportional hydraulic equipment and circuits. First
the individual devices are presented and their settings tried out. Then
a complete solution is developed
based on a series of graduated exercises. You will need equipment set
TP 701 to carry out the exercises.
Proportional hydraulics, Advanced

level
used to introduce the most important devices and circuits used in proportional hydraulics. You will need
equipment set Proportional hydraulics, Basic level TP 701 and Advanced
level TP 702 to carry out the exercises.
D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann
A. Zimmermann
E. Bauer
56
Closed-loop hydraulics
used to introduce the fundamentals
of analogue closed-loop hydraulics:
pressure and position control with
PID controllers andposition control
with status controllers. You will need
equipment set Closed-loop control
hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the
exercises.
DE
94457
DE
94460
EN
94472
DE
94458
EN
94469
ES
94404
EN
94473
ES
94368
FR
94352
ES
94450
FR
94348
BIBB Course
Hydraulics

German Federal Institute for Vocational Training (Bundesinstitut fr
Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
The BIBB Hydraulics course consists of:

Booklet for instructor
Edition 1993, 112 pages, in loose-leaf
Contents
Physical fundamentals
Power supply unit with gear pump
Filter and tank
Directional-control valves: 3/2-,
4/2- and 4/3-way valve
Non-return valve: flow-control
valve, 2-way flow-control valve,
one-way flow-control valve
Pressure valve and pressure
switch: pressure-relief valve and
pressure-control valve
Accumulator
Application circuits: differential circuit, fast-feed circuit, pressureless
pump circulation, Hydraulic motor
Commissioning and maintenance
with troubleshooting.
folder
DE
93680
Also order:
Workbook
Contains the above three BIBB
course publications and the appropriate solutions. Designed for use
with Festo Didactic equipment sets.
462 pages, in binder
Exercises for students
DE
93024
Edition 1993, 138 pages, in loose-leaf

binder
DE
93685
Exercises and log sheets

DE
93690
Fundamentals and equipment,

calculations and application
examples
Documentation for training and professional use. This book is a standalone reference work that is based
on the chapter structure of the book
of exercises (order no. 93685) and
contains further information.
DE
94558
The BIBB Hydraulics equipment set

is designed for the BIBB course.
57
Transparency sets
Hydraulics
Fundamentals of hydraulics
These transparencies are used to illustrate the most important components used in hydraulic control
technology:directional, pressure
and flow control valves of poppet
and spool design, single and doubleacting cylinders, pumps and measuring devices for pressure and flow
rate.
T. Ocker
Edition 1998, 28 transparencies, in binder
DE
95040
EN
95041
ES
95043
An accompanying sheet with technical and didactic notes is provided for

each transparency.
Electrical power
Fundamentals of electrohydraulics
This transparency set is used to illustrate the following topics: fundamentals of electrohydraulics, function
and use of electrohydraulic components, fundamentals of electrical
engineering, production and interpretation of standard hydraulic and
electrical circuit diagrams.
Hydraulic power

files of slides.
T. Ocker, D. Scholz
DE
95050
EN
95051
ES 549241
The text page includes a complete

image of the transparency, in certain cases with additional explanations and legends which the trainer
can enter on the transparency in the
course of a training session.
+
-
Proportional hydraulics
Festo Didactic
p [bar]
50
40
30
T
20
10
0
200
400 I [mA]
TY
Fundamentals of proportional
hydraulics
This transparency set has been designed in accordance with didactic
and methodological principles and is
used to illustrate the following subjects: fundamentals of proportional
hydraulics, function and use of proportional hydraulic components,
electronic components for the actuation of proportional valves, comparison with electrohydraulic control
systems.
The text page includes a complete

image of the transparency, in certain cases with additional explanations and legends which the trainer
can enter on the transparency in the
course of a training session.
Includes CD-ROM with PDF files of
slides.
F. Ebel, T. Ocker
DE
95060
EN
95061
ES 549242
Pressure relief valve, piloted
701-24-GB
58
Set of posters on hydraulics
Hydraulics Structure of a hydraulic system
Hydraulic symbols
by
turning
by
lever
by pulling
and pushing
Valves
by
rocker
tubing line
Mechanical actuation
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with

two directions of flow and variable displacement
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions
of rotation.
hydraulic motor with

constant displacement/
absorption capacity and
two directions of rotation
crossing
line
closed exhaust
port
plug within a fluid line
pressure supply port,

closed
basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions
hydraulically
actuated
pneumatically
actuated
function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat
motor shaft points to

the right (preferably)
or to the left
directional control valve with intermediate

positions dynamic control valve
A
by solenoid coil with one winding

active direction
active direction
towards the
away from the
valving element
valving element
quick decoupler with

two non-return valves,
coupled
filter
tank ventilation filter

by solenoid coil or
manual override and
pilot valve
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination

indicator and switch
p2
by solenoid coil
or manual override
T
P
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and
limit switch
3/2-way valve with

3 ports and
2 switching positions,
L
P
sequence valve,
self-actuating, with
bypass valve
by solenoid coil or
manual override with
detent
flow control
valve, adjustable
B1
A
one-way flow control
valve, adjustable
Signal
processing
P T
spring-centred
T
shut-off/
counterbalancing valve
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching

positions various mid-position variants
Control energy supply
Energy supply
section
A
A
3-way flow control
valve, adjustable
Directional control valve, pilot actuated

A
4/3-way solenoid valve,

mid-position closed
1M1
1M1
pressure gauge
temperature gauge
(thermometer)
flow rate display
flow meter
fluid level display

(sight glass)
tachometer
pressure switch, electromechanical, adjustable
pressure sensor,
analogue output signal
K2
14
21
14
K2
24
22
K1
11
21
P
A1
0V
1Z1
displacement encoder
with digital output signal
0M1
0P1
5.5 kW
-1
1500 min
16 cm3
Electrical relay technology
1A1 double-acting cylinder
PLC controllers
1B1 limit switch

1B2 limit switch
fluid level switch with

4 normally closed
contacts
0Z2
1Z2
1Z3
11
12
14 .1
21
22
24 .3
21
22
24 .4
31
32
34 .5
31
32
34 .6
41
42
44
41
1M2
42
44
Identification key
1 1
pressure gauge
pressure gauge
pressure gauge
2
component number
0V1 pressure relief valve,

adjustable
adjustable
1V3 non-return valve

1V6 non-return valve
0Z1
adjustable
(counter-pressure valve
for tractive load)
12
14 .2
component designation
circuit number
system number
1V4 2-way flow control valve
with analogue output
signal
optical indicator
1M1
A2
11
b10 = 75
Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2

and DIN/EN 61346-2
Manual control (e.g. excavators)
K2
A2
Variants of signal control section
Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)
A1
K1
10 MPa
digital display
L
1V2 4/3-way solenoid valve,

spring-centred
fluid level indicator
0P1 pump
0M1 electric motor
1Z1
filter
electrical fluid level

monitoring with analogue
output signal and
digital display
Component identification to
ISO 1219-2
Component identification to
DIN/EN 61346-2
P
pumps and compressors:
A
fluid drives:
S
signal input:
V
valves:
Z, or any
all other componets:
letter not yet included in the list
signal receiver:
relay:
electric drives:
B
K
M
Hydraulics Flow control and pressure control valves
Flow control valves

Throttle
Non-return valve, spring-loaded
Pressure relief valve,

internally controlled, damped
Orifice
Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve

P
1A1
1V1
fixed
adjustable
fixed
7
MPa
5
4
3
2
1
0
adjustable
l
l
high-resistance
direction
housing
31
24
22
1B1
12
22x2
0Z2
Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications)
1M2
valve slide
S3
11
1B2
1M2
1V1
0V1
1M2
X
13
1V6
15 MPa
0Z1
Non-return valves
A
1M1
K1
14
8 MPa
Accessories
Measurement and display devices
Hydraulics Directional control and non-return valves
15 MPa
energy conversion
pressure medium
preparation
2-way flow control

valve, non-adjustable
1M1
14
12
1Z2
4/2-way solenoid valve
K2
P
proportional pressure
relief valve, directly
actuated with closed-loop
position control of
solenoid coil and with
integrated electronics
1
2
3
Directional control valves, directly controlled
1M1
X
reset by spring
34
32
31
1V2
S2
5 MPa
Energy control
section
orifice, fixed
B2
A
flow distributor
K1
13
1V5
1V4
1V3
Signal
input
Flow control valves
pressure switch, electronically adjustable,

output signal switching
3-way pressure regulator accumulator charging valve
three-way rotary connection
1
2
3
15 MPa
dual-pressure valve
(AND function)
34
32
1Z3
A2
A1
piloted 2-way pressure

directly actuated
2-way pressure regulator regulator with external
control oil relief
with external control
oil relief
4/2-way valve with

4 ports and
2 switching positions
Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the

mechanical connection.
With more than three detent positions the number
of positions can be displayed above the detent
element.
gas pressure accumulator, separation of

media through:
diaphragm
bladder
piston
(diaphragm
(bladder
(piston
accumulator)
accumulator)
accumulator)
with displacement
with integrated
encoder on the piston rod displacement encoder
B
A2
12
16
Signal flow
directly actuated
pressure relief valve,
adjustable
2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions

for 2 flow directions.
normally closed
normally open
position
position
Mechanical components
heating
A1
16
A1
B1
double non-return valve,
piloted
by solenoid coil
and pilot valve
cooler without flow lines

of coolant
examples for connection

identification:
A = port
B = port
P = pump
T = reservoir
X = control oil supply
Y = control oil relief
1M1
L = leakage oil
M = solenoid coil
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram
using the identification marked on the component,
sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2).
T
Combined actuation
telescope cylinder,
double-acting
quick decoupler with

two non-return valves,
decoupled;
i.e. line closed
by electric motor with

by stepper motor
continuous rotary motion
pressure booster, single-acting, which

converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a
higher hydraulic pressure p2
1M2
X
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction

to and from the valving element
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of

different diameters, with adjustable cushioning
at both ends
1M1
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft

coupling
single-acting cylinder
with piston rod at one end, with piston rod at one end
spring chamber with
leakage oil connection
T
P
4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
position to the pilot stage
Drive section
B2
11
flow control
valve, fixed
1B2
S1
pump shaft points to

the left (preferably)
or to the right
compact gear unit (simplified representation)
A2
shuttle valve
(OR function)
X
Y
T
P
4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid,
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
supply and drain
Electrical actuation
telescope cylinder,
single-acting
T
P
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated
paths and directions of flow through a valve
Control section
1B1
24 V
B
reservoir open to
atmosphere
3-way stop-cock
non-return valve with spring
X2
Pressure actuation
reservoir closed
with cover
electric motor
p1
Power section
Hydraulic power section
1A1
shut-off valve
non-return valve
A X
piloted non-return
valve with spring
4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred
by roller lever, actuation

in one direction of travel
only
P
T
actuated in initial position
tank connection, ending

below and above the oil level
hydraulic
energy source
rotary drive/semi-rotary
drive with limited angle
of rotation and two
directions of flow
by
roller
Signal control section
63/45x300
X1
by
plunger
Valves
Stop valves
B
T
P
4/2-way valve with two
solenoid coils, directly
actuated, with detent
(double solenoid valve)
1M1
0Z3
0Z2
line
connection
T
P
3/2-way valve with
solenoid coil, directly
actuated, reset by
spring and manual
override with detent
Function unit for valves with main ports.

The number of ports corresponds to the number
of lines shown above and below a square.
22x2
by
pulling
16x2
by
pushing
frames for several components

hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation
Valves
Basic symbols
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line,

purging line, exhaust line
16x2
Actuation
Manual actuation
Energy transfer
line, supply line, return line, component framing
and symbol boxed in
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate
Energy flow
Energy conversion
0Z1
0V1
8 MPa
6 l/min 8
system pressure limitation

8 MPa
q
opening characteristics p = f (q)
l>d
0Z4
l << d
adjustment range
Sequence valve,
externally controlled
10 MPa
P
X
Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
flow
direction
return spring
coil
safety valve
10 MPa
helix
P B
1A1
ar mature
1Z1
1V2
manual override
adjustment
range
Y T
1V3
1V1
counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
0Z2
1M1

mid-position closed
Slide principle
A
1M1
Poppet principle
2-way flow control valve
Non-return valve, piloted
0Z1
0V1
1M2
A
A
1M1
2-way pressure regulator
form 1
1A1
form 2
system pressure limitation

8 MPa
0Z3
1M2
10 MPa
safety valve
10 MPa
1Z1
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
flow from A to B
X
1V1
1A1
differential
pressure
regulator
0Z1
0V1
P B
1Z2
brake valve
16 MPa
1V3
P T
1V2
1V1
flow from B to A closed
1Z1
suction
valve
3-way pressure regulator
1V4
suction
valve
brake valve
16 MPa
1M1
1M2
1V5
0Z1
throttle
point
10 MPa
flow from B to A
X
Everything that you need to know:

5 posters on hydraulics
Now the updated version of the
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled
up, quickly providing a comprehensive overview. All symbols and terminology correspond to the current
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN
61346-2.
safety valve and system pressure

limitation 10 MPa
Subjects on the poster:

Hydraulic symbols
Hydraulics Structure of a hydraulic system
Hydraulics Directional control
and non-return valves
Hydraulics Flow control and pressure control valves
Hydraulics Energy supply and
cylinders
Hydraulics Energy supply and cylinders
Filtration
Hydraulic power pack
Hydraulic filters are installed in

different ways, depending on
the application in question.
pressure filter with

contamination indicator
cooling water
circuit
pressure gauge
temperature
gauge
Further application:
bypass filtration
cooler
high-pressure filter
directional
control valve
pressure relief valve
return line
breather filter
hydraulic pump
pump holder
return filter
air filter
suction pipe
filling strainer
suction filter
level indicator
cleaning aperture
electric motor
drain
screw
suction filter
baffle plate
Pump types
DE 196948
Classic filter applications:

return-line, intake-line and pressure
filtration (also in combination)
Schematic
representation
Double-acting cylinder
Designs
DisplaceSpeed
ment
range
volume
3
-1
(cm )
(min )
500 3500 1.2 250
Nominal
pressure
Single-acting cylinder,
hydraulic ram
Designs of cylinders
Overall
efficiency
(MPa)
EN 551012
gear pump,
externally
geared
ES 551011
gear pump,
internally
geared
500 3500
4 250
16 25
0.80 0.91
FR 551010
Screw
pump
500 4000
4 630
2.5 16
0.70 0.84
6.3 16
0.80 0.91
1A1
Designs
Remarks
differential
cylinder
area ratio 2:1

(piston area :
piston ring area)
synchronous
cylinder
pressurised areas
identical in size;
advance and return
speed identical
cylinder with
end position
cushioning
to reduce the speed of

heavy loads and to
prevent heavy impact
telescopic
cylinder
increased stroke travel
pressure
intensifier
gives higher pressure
tandem cylinder
for cases requiring

high forces and where
the available space is
limited
1A1
1Z1
1V1
T
P
Schematic representation
0.80 0.93
vane
pump
960 3000
axial
piston
pump
...... 3000
750 3000
750 3000
100
25 800
25 800
20
16 25
16 32
0.82 0.92
0.82 0.92
0.80 0.92
radial
piston
pump
960 3000
5 160
16 32
0.90
5 160
10 16
0Z1
A1 = A2
0Z1
59
Media Courseware Sensors
Textbooks and workbooks

Sensors
0ROXIMITY3ENSORS
4EXTBOOK&0
Workbook TP 240
Workbook TP 1110
Instructors handbook
CD-ROM included
CD-ROM included
B
UH
&ESTO$IDACTIC
Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic
EN
566910 EN
566920 EN
Proximity sensors
Textbook
This sensor textbook deals in detail
with proximity sensors for handling
and processing systems. The book
can be used both to support basic
and further training programs and for
self-tuition. It is made up of a course
section, a fundamentals section and
a section with solutions to the exercises in the course section. The contents of the book are matched to the
corresponding workbook while a
glossary of keywords provides rapid
access to information on particular
types of sensors.
Workbook
New!
Ten industry-based projects, each
including problem descriptions, parameters and project goals, deal in
detail with the subject of sensors in
pneumatic, control-system environments. The topics of pressure sensors, flow rate sensors, analogue
position transmitters for pneumatic
cylinders, signal converters and sensors for vacuum technology are coveredextensively. You will need the
TP 240 equipment set (sensors in
pneumatics) to carry out the practical exercises.
F. Ebel, S. Nestel
DE
93045
EN
93046
ES
94342
Includes sample solutions
Contains training tips
Includes multimedia CD ROM with
graphics and photos of industrial
applications
110 pages, in colour, in a binder
Students handbook
Worksheets guide students
through all the steps necessary to
carry out the exercises
90 pages, bound
F. Ebel, 2009 edition
Instructors handbook DE 566909

Workbook
New!
Fifteen industry-based projects, each
detail with the subject of sensors
for object detection. The topics include configuration, function and
the influence of material properties
on behaviour, possible applications
and the selection of a sensor based
on the application conditions. The
contents will be covered through
exercises using magnetic, inductive, optical and capacitive proximity
switches. You will need the TP 1110
equipment set (sensors for object
detection) to carry out the practical
exercises.
Containstraining tips
applications
150 pages, in colour, in a binder
Students handbook
110 pages, bound
Students handbook DE 566914

Instructors handbook EN 566910
F. Ebel, 2009 edition
Students handbook EN 566915
Instructors handbook ES 566912
Students handbook ES 566916
Instructors handbook FR 566913
Students handbook FR 566917

60
Transparency set Sensors

This transparency set is designed
to provide an easy-to-understand
presentation of the following topics:
measurement of non-electrical variables, sensor technology, process
data processing, process technology, measurement, open-loop and
closed-loop control technology.
S. Nestel
DE
93960
Media Courseware Electronics/PLC/Electrical closed-loop control technology
Textbooks and workbooks

Electronics/PLC
0ROGRAMMABLE,OGIC#ONTROLLERS
"ASIC,EVEL
0ROGRAMMABLE,OGIC#ONTROLLERS
"ASIC,EVEL
Fieldbus technology
AS-Interface
4EXTBOOK40
7ORKBOOK40
Workbook TP 401
&ESTO$IDACTIC
&ESTO$IDACTIC
Festo Didactic
EN
EN
534272 EN
Programmable logic controllers,

Basic level
This book describes the structure
and mode of operation of PLCs. The
central topic of the book is the DIN
EN 61131-3 programming standard.
This standard takes into account
expansions and developments for
which there was previously no standardised language. Beginners and users will find an easy-to-understand
presentation of modern programming methods in accordance with
the new standard for PLC programming. The solutions to the various
examples are neutral and can therefore be used regardless of the PLC
manufacturer.
Programmable logic controllers in

practice
This book illustrates possible applications of a PLC, in this case the SIMATIC S7, through practice-oriented
exercises. In addition to the classical
programming languages Statement
List (STL), Ladder Diagram (LDR) and
Function Chart (FCH), the book also
contains several programming examples using the sequence language
GRAPH, SCL (Structured Control Language) and HiGraph. The more complex exercises relate to the stations
of Festo Didactics Modular Production System MPS.
Werner Braun
Programmable logic controllers,

Basic level
This workbook covers the structure
and mode of operation of a PLC and
the systematic development of PLC
programs. The content is based entirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3
programming standard. Practical exercises require a PLC and an actual
process (can be represented using
equipment set PLC, TP 301).
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber,
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter
DE
93313
EN
93314
ES
94427

R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber,
DE 193449
Also order:
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter
DE
93310
EN
93311
ES
93317
Solution sections
For Festo FPC 101, Siemens S7-300
or Allen Bradley SLC500. Geared to
equipment set PLC, TP 301.
Available in loose-leaf with program listing
and source program on 3.5 disk
Festo FPC 101 DE
93315
Festo FPC 101 EN
93316
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN
94440
Siemens S7-300 DE
94524
Siemens S7-300 EN
94537
Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/

Profibus-DP
These two workbooks impart knowledge on the application, function,
configuration and programming of an
AS-Interface network or a ProfibusDP network. The exercise section
contains practical exercises based
on components that form part of the
TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The
solution part for these exercises describes the necessary steps for configuration and programming of the
solution based on Siemens STEP 7
software.
The solution programs are provided
on CD-ROM. The theory part contains key information on application,
mode of operation and data transmission.
The Fieldbus technology webbased training program is included
and gives a general overview of the
various fieldbus concepts as well as
the application and function of the
most commonly used fieldbus systems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and
Interbus. An integrated glossary explains fieldbus terms.
M. Bliesener, R. C. Weber, S. Scharf
Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with 2 CDROMs, in binder
AS-Interface DE 534270
Profibus-DP DE 534271
AS-Interface EN 534272
Profibus-DP EN 534273
61
Complementary media
Electronics/PLC/Electrical drive technology
Stefan Hesse
Robotino
Lexikon der elektrischen

Antriebstechnik
Festo Didactic
Festo Didactic
ISBN 3-8127-9265-6
Transparency set
Fundamentals of PLCs
This transparency set was designed
as an introduction to this technology
and also the handling of a programmable logic controller. Based on the
textbook Programmable Logic Controllers, Basic Level, it illustrates
the basic function units of a PLC as
well as the syntax of the programming languages Statement List (STL),
Ladder Diagram (LDR) and Function
Chart (FCH).
EN
95021
Glossary of electrical drive

technology
Modern drive technology is increasingly recognised by the bringing together of electrical and mechanical
components in drive systems. New
and improved drive capabilities can
be achieved through the use of compact power electronics, innovative
motor concepts, optimised mechanical components, new materials and
high-performance communication
technology. This book lists the main
concepts in glossary format and provides brief explanations to facilitate a better understanding of these
drives. However since there is more
to an electrical drive that just the
electric motor, it also touches on areas such as measurement systems,
power electronics, gear units, controllers and components for transmitting power.
544307 EN
Robotino Workbook
New!
Task-based training using the Robotino mobile robot system.
The mechatronic mobile robot system is an attractive innovative platform for implementing task-based
training. The workbook contains
many practical project exercises and
provides an ideal guide for teaching
a wide range of topics:
Sensors
Electrical drive technology
Control technology
Positioning and control of
multi-axis systems
Programming (symbolic/C++)
Image processing
480 pages, in binder.
Consisting of:
Instructions on how to use the mobile robot system during training
Description of project exercises
with worksheets
Theory section
Sample solutions
Exercises allocated according to
topic
CD-ROM with programs for the
project exercises
Students handbook
250 pages, loose leaf.
Consisting of:
Description of project exercises
with worksheets
Theory section
M. Bliesener, Ch. Weber, K. Kling,
U. Karras, D. Zitzmann
2007 Edition
Stefan Hesse
DE 539265

62
Siemens technical books
Automating with SIMATIC

Using the S7-300/400 programmable logic controller as an example,
the reader is given an overview of
the structure and mode of operation
of a modern automation system. The
book also covers project planning
and parameterisation of the controller and the distributed peripherals,
explains communication via network
connections and describes the ways
in which a system can be operated
and monitored. The reader is given
an introduction to the various languages and their differences.
Automation with STEP 7 in STL

and SCL
This book describes the elements
and applications of the text-oriented
programming languages STL (Statement List) and SCL (Structured Control Language), both for the SIMATIC
S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is
designed for all users of SIMATIC S7
controllers. Beginners are given an
introduction to the area of programmable logic controllers, while experienced users are shown the special
applications of the SIMATIC S7 automation system. All programming
examples of the book are available
for download on the publishers Internet site.
Automation with STEP 7 in LAD

and FBD
This book describes the elements
and applications of the graphic-oriented programming languages Ladder Diagram (LAD) and Function
Chart (FBD), both for the SIMATIC
S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is
designed for all users of SIMATIC S7
controllers. Beginners are given an
introduction to the area of programmable logic controllers, while experienced users are shown the special
applications of the SIMATIC S7 automation system. All programming
examples of the book are available
for download on the publishers Internet site.
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP

In addition to basic knowledge of the
PROFIBUS, this book focuses mainly
on PROFIBUS-DP project design using STEP 7. It explains the various
possibilities for data exchange with
application programs and provides
tips for commissioning and troubleshooting. A range of practical application examples on the basis of
SIMATIC programmable logic controllers helps users put theory into
practice.
Hans Berger
Hans Berger
Hans Berger
Josef Weigmann, Gerhard Kilian
DE 194039
DE 194040
DE 194041
DE 194043
EN 540686
EN 540687
EN 540688
EN 540689
The book is excellent for all readers

who have little knowledge in the area and wish to learn more about programmable logic controllers.
This book is particularly well suited

to PROFIBUS planners, project engineers and programmers because
of its practical orientation. The basic and comprehensive presentation
also makes it ideal for students and
instructors.
63
Manuals
Electronics/PLC
Soft Stop SPC11
Manual
Electronic/
Pneumatics
System Description
Soft Stop
TypeSPC11......
Manual
196 724
en 0404b
[683 573]
Manual Siemens S7-300

This documentation package comprises the following manuals:
Setup, CPU data
Module data
Operations list
STEP 7 Fundamentals
The package comprises:
Booklet S7-300 simply assemble
and program
Users manual STEP 7
Programming manual S7-300/400
Converter manual
Edition 2003
Soft Stop SPC 11

The manual contains general, basic
information about the function, assembly, installation and commissioning of pneumatic axes with the Soft
Stop SPC 11 from Festo.
S. Breuer
DE 184557
STEP 7 Fundamentals
EN 184558
DE 184563
DE 196723
S. Breuer
EN 184564
EN 196724
Edition 2003, 450 pages, in binder with
STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD,
Siemens AS-Interface master

Manual for the AS-interface master
CP343-2 including software (FC) and
examples.
FCH)
DE 533029
DE 193132
EN 533520
EN 193133
DE 184565
EN 184566
STEP 7-SCL Manual
STEP 7-GRAPH Manual

DE 193130
Siemens ET 200S Manual

Manual for ET 200S.
Part 1: Decentralised peripheral device
Part 2: Consumer device branches
and safety engineering
DE 533031
EN 533521
LOGO! manual
Operating and programming instructions and sample applications of
LOGO!
DE 526506
EN 193131
The package Siemens documentation for S7/STEP 7 on CD-ROM contains all manuals for:
S7-200/300/400
C7 300/400
STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCL
SIMATIC HMI/NET/DP
LOGO!
System requirements
PC with WIN 95/98/2000/NT/XP
EN 526507
Edition 2003, CD-ROM
64
Pneumatic positioning system

SPC 200
This manual contains general basic
information about the mode of operation, assembly, installation and
commissioning of pneumatic axes
using the pneumatic positioning system SPC 200 from Festo.
slipcase
DE 170245
Instructional material for Siemens

S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals
This CD contains training documents
for Siemens S7/STEP 7 in the form
of a PDF file. It also contains Powerpoint displays on the AS-interface,
distributed automation with Siemens
ET 200S and Profibus-DP as well as
Festo valve terminals.
Order no. 528612
EN 170246
Media Courseware Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
MPS
Prozessoptimierung
Kommunikationsorientiertes
Handeln bei
Strungen in
Anlagen
Ausbildungsunterlage
Leitfaden fr die
Ausbildung
539934 DE
543068 DE
Communication-oriented approach
to system malfunctions
The importance of maintenance and
servicing, in particular with respect
to malfunction management, cannot
be underestimated in production.
The purpose of this textbook is to
teach students how to reduce downtimes. Identifying failure modes, diagnosing malfunctions and fixing
faults requires both specialist knowledge and interpersonal communication skills. This practical textbookaddresses the situation using the case
example of a medium-sized drinks
bottling company: training scenarios
portray realistic situations, that provide instruction in a range of faults
from the simple to the cross-linked.
Includes a CD-ROM with presentations on the topic of communication and troubleshooting, circuit diagrams and function charts for the
MPS distributing and sorting stations plus the textbook.
Walter E. Theuerkauf, Sarah Funke,
Gabriele Graube
Training document
Process optimisation
With the basics of
Analysis of existing systems
Project plan
Planning and optimisation of
automated systems
Value creation and wastage
KANBAN
SMED
TPM
Poka-Yoke
FMEA
The detailed project task, with seven
subsidiary tasks based on the example of the MPS Distribution, Inspection, Processing, Handling and
Sorting stations, enables practical
optimisation of a production process, with material flow analysis, devising and appraising suggestions
for improvement, procurement and
production of components, programming and commissioning the optimised system.
Includes a CD-ROM with circuit diagrams, symbols and sample programs for the Siemens PLC S7-300.
Edition 2006, 144 pages, in binder incl.

CD-ROM
M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber,
DE 543068
G. Schmidt,
Edition 2006, 310 pages, in binder, incl.
CD-ROM
DE 539934
Projects for teaching the topics of

Automation, Operation technology,
Mechatronics
Training topics 1 13
New!
The complete project work to train
as an electronics engineer in automation, operation technology or as a
mechatronics engineer.
Based on the proven modular system from Festo Didactic, Festo and
the German educational publisher
EINS have jointly developed a project
covering all 13 training topics of
electronic engineering. The professional profile of a mechatronics engineer is also covered. Trainees are
guided step by step through different projects. The training aims of a
wide variety of methods and tools
are also explained. The accompanying DVD presents demo versions of
the software products mentioned in
the book as well as support tools for
further practice.
Part 1:
Projects for training topics 1 6
Analysing electrical engineering
systems and testing functions
Planning and executing electrical
installations
Analysing and adapting control
systems
Preparing information technology
systems
Analysing the sorting unit and
verifying its safety
Part 2:
Projects for training topics 7 13
Programming and implementing
new sorting functions
Selecting and integrating drive
systems
Visualising and networking the
sorting unit
Commissioning and releasing
automation systems
Maintaining and optimising the
sorting unit
Planning and implementing a
handling system
Integrating a safety door
Writing documentation with EPLAN
Students handbooks
Includes a work flow for each
project
Includes exercises at various levels
of difficulty
Additionally covers the topics of
Teamwork and Presentation
Includes introductions to the programs as well as tips on working
techniques and methods
Work sheets
Transparency sets
Instructors handbooks
Includes training tips and sample
solutions.
Part 1:
S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
2006 edition, bound
Part 2:
S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
2008 edition, bound
65
Media Courseware Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Mechatronics/Handling technology/Process automation
Station Verteilen
Arbeitsbuch
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
Mechatronik
EduKit PA
Projektbaukasten
Prozessautomation
Mit CD-ROM
538957 DE
11/03
094421 DE
Festo Didactic
563969 DE
548590 DE
Mechatronics
Part A of the Mechatronics workbook contains the required general
knowledge on project planning, material flow, the planning of automation systems and the commissioning,
maintenance and troubleshooting of
complex systems. Part B covers the
theoretical fundamentals in detail.
Includes 8 exercises with solutions.
These exercises require stations
from the MPS program, Festo Didactics Learning System for Mechatronics.
Training documentation MPS

We have put together a complete set
of training documentation for MPS.
MPS PA workbook
Workbook including solutions, for
training in process automation.
Part A, Documentation for trainers,

contains exercises and solutions related to the areas of construction,
commissioning, programming, communication and troubleshooting. Additional information for the trainer is
provided.
This workbook includes tables that

allocate training aims with exercises and components with exercises,
together with the fundamentals of
closed-loop control technology, exercises with all necessary worksheets
and didactic instructions about analysing and inspecting a system,
measuring, open and closed-loop
control, as well as the solutions for
the instructors. The workbook provides detailed descriptions of the
problem definition and parameters.
The worksheets support the students through the required steps
of planning, execution and function
testing.
Part B, Documentation for trainees,

contains solutions for the participants to work through.
F. Ebel, E. v. Terzi
DE
94421
EN
94536
The CD-ROM supplied contains both

the training documentation as a PDF
file as well as worked examples for
the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP.
Training documentation:
MPS Distribution Station
484 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM
DE 538957
MPS Sorting Station
The exercises refer to the filtering,

mixing, temperature maintenance
and bottling processes. The trainees acquire the ability to inspect systems, to describe components and
functions as well as the operation of
systems.
DE 539308
MPS Conveyor project kit
The workbook includes a CD-ROM

with the worksheets and the solutions.

DE 539311
The measurement/open and closedloop control exercises relate to flow,

level and pressure technology.
The workbook includes a CD-ROM
with the worksheets, data sheets
and solutions.
J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann
Edition 2009, workbook 270 pages, with
CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,
Edition 2007, workbook 270 pages, with
bound
CD-ROM, in folder, solutions 160 pages,
DE 563969
bound
EN 563971
DE 548590
ES 563973
EN 548591
FR 563975
FR 548593
This workbook explains the basic

principles of process technology and
provides an introduction to the subject. It covers manual and automated
measurement, open and closed-loop
control and system design topics
such as planning, installation, commissioning, marketing and sales. You
will be provided with exercises including all necessary worksheets as
well as didactic information and solutions as support for trainers. The
workbook contains detailed descriptions of the problems and parameters. The worksheets guide students
through the required steps ofplanning, execution and function testing.
J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann
ES 548592
66
Workbook for EduKit PA

New!
Workbook with solutions for training
in closed-loop control/process technology with EduKit PA.
Media Courseware Metal technology/CNC technology
Metal technology/CNC technology
Finding your way in the learning

field jungle
Introduction to the theory and practice of learning fields. This technical
book describes the origin of learning
fields and provides a step-by-step
explanation of the evolution from
learning situations to learning arrangements.
Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking

professions
Working through learning fields 14 of the reorganised metalworking
professions. Training situations are
described and divided into learning
arrangements. It focuses on methodical aspects, which means that the
content can be easily applied to other projects.
Training project on presses,

trainer manual
Training project on presses for learning fields 1-4 of the reorganised industrial metalworking professions.
Complete documentation set for
trainers with drawings, bills of material, project exercises, didactic handouts, evaluation sheets, solutions
and learning materials.
R. Dierenbach, T. Hug
DE 539764
DE 539765
DE 539760
CNC textbook
Basic principles of numerically controlled machine tools (CNC). Programming in accordance with ISO
and SINUMERIK 840D.
DE 540692
Also order:
Book of solutions for the sample
exercises from the CNC text book
DE 540693

CD-ROM for trainers
T. Hug
DE 539762

student manual
DE 539761

CD-ROM for students
T. Hug
DE 539763
67
Media Courseware GRAFCET/Automation technology
GRAFCET/Automation technology
New!
RE
O
U
R
S
T
S
C
E
E R
2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Anfangsschritt
Initial step
Initial position indicator
P1
S1*1B2*2B1*3B1*B4
3M1:=0
3B2
1B1
4
GRAFCET
DIN EN 60848
Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:
562474
UTO
Ergnzung fr
kontinuierlich wirkende Aktion
Unclamp workpiece
3M2:=1
Structure
To downstream station
Downstream station position

Place workpiece
No more vacuum
3M2:=0
To magazine
Magazine position
Action section
548679 EN
07/07
NTI
Positionierhilfe zum
Anordnen mehrerer Aktionen
Positioning aid for
configuring several actions
Aktion / Action
Ergnzungen fr
speichernde Aktion
Supplements for
stored action
O
CTR
E
L
E
OF
%LENEU
P
TI
MA
RE
SSU
0RE
5N
IT
M
UTO
ATI
ON
LO
NO
H
C
4E
4
ON
I
T
LVE
A
A
6
TOM
!U
IVE
$R
L
A
IC
CTR
E
L
%
C
0RO
Parallele Linie fr Parallelverzweigung

Parallel cable for parallel branching
ESS
H
C
E
RE
T
U
S
K
RUC RES
ES SSES
V
L
6A ROCE $
$EUTSCHn%NGLISCH%NGLISCHn$EUTSCH
'ERMANn%NGLISH%NGLISHn'ERMAN
3E
NS
OR
:YL
IND
Practical knowledge: GRAFCET

The brochure describes the specification language for function charts
of the GRAFCET sequence control.
The contents of the DIN EN 60848
standard are described in detail.
Through examples, the knowledge
imparted is presented with reference
to practice and greater detail is provided. Also highly suitable as a reference work.
GRAFCET drawing template

Drawing assistance for the simple
creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN
EN 60848. All essential components
such as steps, actions and transitions are available. Positioning aids
support alignment of and compliance
with appropriate distances. It is designed in flexible, semi-transparent
plastic, is supplied in two languages
and comes with a ruler.
Dictionary of Automation
Technology
Worldwide use of automation systems and their diverse areas of application have also resulted in a
specialised vocabulary. Reliable
translation of technical terms is an
important prerequisite for successful, unambiguous communication
within the framework of international
collaboration.
Gerhard Schmidt
DE/EN 562474
Edition 2007, 64 pages, brochure
ES/FR 562481
This completely revisedand expanded new edition of this dictionary now

includes more than 16,700 terms,
4,500 new terms have been added.
DE 548678
EN 548679
ES 548680
FR 548681
The terms, designations and definitions included reflect the entire

spectrum of industrial automation
technology, from pneumatics and
hydraulics, as well as electrical engineering, electronics and data
processing right through to administration and training.
DE EN / EN DE
68
$ICTIONARYOF!UTOMATION4ECHNOLOGY
www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de
Workpiece unclamped
3M1:=1
3B1
To magazine
Generate vacuum
2M2
2B1
3M2:=0
Vacuum generated
3M1:=0
3B2
Einschlieender
Schritt
Enclosing step
Magazine position
1M1:=0
1B2
Eject workpiece
2M1
2B1
To downstream station
Workpiece ejected
3M1:=1
3B1
Makro-Schritt
Macro-step
Start condition
3M2:=1
Downstream station position
1M1:=1
Schritt
Step
Initial position
MA
N
O
I
T
A
C
O
M
R
P
Pfeil fr
Rckfhrung
Loop back
arrow
Transition und
Verbindungen
Transition
and links
Supplement for
continuous action
1B2*2B1*3B1
6E
G
%LE
RUN
ISIE 7RTERBUCHDER!UTOMATISIERUNGSTECHNIK
K
I
Y
T
G MA
EL 0
O
L
OE NEU
N
H
RIV 0
C
$
4CETRICAL OF ESSES
Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action
(Ergnzung und Positionierhilfe)

(extension and positioning aid)
GRAFCET
E
D
N
I
#YL
N
3E
CHN ICA
STE CTR
56975
Media Courseware Working material
Working material
Case of cutaway pneumatic models

For visualising the structure and
function of pneumatic components.
All of the cutaway models used are
of industrial design. Dynamic elements and wearing parts correspond
to the original. The models selected are those relevant to pneumatic
training. Some of the cutaway models retain their function or partial
function so that they can be demonstrated in use.
Magnetic symbol sets

For step-by-step development of circuit diagrams. The symbols adhere
to a metal-backed board. Connections and designations are marked
with chalk. The symbol sets are
stored in a Systainer.
Pneumatics/Hydraulics 162340
Drawing template
The drawing templates for control
technology. For fast designing of
pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow
diagrams.
Can be used to draw all electrical
(DIN 40713), electronic (DIN 40719),
pneumatic, hydraulic (DIN/ISO 1219)
and logic symbols (DIN 40700).
Control technology
90021
Program flow chart
90022
The following components are included in a case of cutaway models:

Single and double-acting cylinders
Filter regulator
AND gate
OR gate
Time delay valve
Quick-exhaust valve
Valve slice
Pressure gauge
Roller lever valve
Pressure sequence valve
Pneumatic valve
Order no. 539007
69
Workstation systems
70
Universal laboratory furniture........................................................................ 72

Learnline..........................................................................................................74
Learntop..........................................................................................................80
New!
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering.............................................. 82
Swing...............................................................................................................84
Basic and cabinet systems...............................................................................86
LabCreator.......................................................................................................87
71
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture
The universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop

The modular workstation systems for
basic and further training. With many
practical details to make teaching
and learning easier.
With Learnline, you have an integrated storage principle that can be used
for training in pneumatic, hydraulic
or electrical engineering without the
need for modifications. Design and
function are combined, which is evident in every practical detail. Learnline consists of basic mobile and stationary units with a cable/oil tray,
various modular systems and extension elements, rolling and fixed containers, in addition to special storage
systems, attachments and the corresponding accessories. The modular
workstation system offers a multitude of configurations and mounting
options. Expert consultants in over
50 countries are available to prepare
an individual quotation for you.
Learntop is the least expensive work
top support system for entering the
world of Festo Didactic training packages at a low price.
72
Quality from Festo

We dont make compromises when it
comes to quality. Workmanship and
functionality are of the highest level. The torsionally rigid design and
the high-quality coating of the work
surface and frame guarantee a long
service life despite many stresses
and strains. Learnline can handle the
rigorous routine of everyday teaching as well as a vibrating load during
hydraulic position control. Even high
mechanical forces, e.g. of servo-hydraulics, proportional pneumatics or
robotic superstructures, can be easily accommodated by Learnline.
Versatile, flexible and expandable

One glance at the basic structure
proves that Learnline meets a multitude of requirements. After all,
with just a few individual and well
thought-out components results
can be achieved which are geared
towards the needs of people, the
available space and to any technical challenges. The functional profile
column is a prerequisite for modularity. As the central attachment point,
it opens up a multitude of options for
putting together each desired configuration.
All components can be placed anywhere on the slotted assembly board
and can be fastened tightly and securely in the profile slot with a T-head
nut or the patented Quick-Fix without any effort and without additional tools. On the slotted assembly
board, everything can be exact down
to the last millimetre. A mounting
system for all technologies and applications.
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop
Keeping order
It doesnt matter whether you keep
your training packages in the Systainer or in the container. The storage equipment from Festo Didactic always ensures you have a quick
overview. The lockable containers
are equipped with self-closing drawer runners and a safety stop. Every
drawer holds up to 20 kg. The shipping packaging for the pneumatic
and hydraulic equipment sets can be
used as orderly drawer inserts. That
saves material and gives you a quick
overview of the drawer contents.
Standard for design and function

Learnline Winner of international
design prizes:
iF product design award 2006
Silver Focus design award 2005
Planning with the LabCreator

Define rooms in 2D and design in 3D!
Use our 3D models and keep up to
speed with the automatic software
and library updates. Equip your laboratory with learning systems and
add your own designs. You can create professional laboratories or entire training centres in just a few
steps. The effects will be impressive.
Detailed descriptions are available
for all learning systems. Download
your free LabCreator from the Internet today.
Integrated electrics
With various electrical insert panels, a supply duct and different
superstructures, workstations
can be put to universal use. The
mounting frames can be used
for a large number of assembly
boards and ER units. The ER
mounting frame is compatible
with the electrical components
of the training packages. Alternatively, you can choose an A4
mounting frame according to the
electrical engineering standard.
Learnline online configurator

Familiarise yourself with Learnlines
functional design and configure your
workstation quickly and easily on the
Internet according to your individual
requirements. Opt for a predefined
standard workstation or put together your own configuration according to your wishes. Slotted assembly
boards, drawer units and accessories
can be easily selected and added to
your configuration. The result is a
graphic representation of your selection with a parts list.
73
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learnline
Learnline mobile
More versatile than ever!
Flexible and modular

Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use of
space
Individual or group training workstations can be created with a minimum of effort wherever they are required. Transport through doorsis
also possible. This mobile workstation is designed in such a way as to
permit several people to work simultaneously. This is further facilitated
by the two integrated fixed drawer
unitsthat ensure quick and easy access to the required components of
the Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of the international design
prices
74
Optimum use of space

The positioning of the storage plate
means that the free space beside the
fixed drawer units can be used for
Systainer or other storage systems.
The hydraulic power unit with single
pump fits conveniently beside the
1100 mm profile plate.
Hydraulics for advanced trainees

The double pump power unit fits
neatly on the frame beside the fixed
drawer units with no additional attachment required. The discharge
measuring container also fits beside
the 1100 mm profile plate.
Pneumatic and electrotechnical

training
The storage plate can hold up to
two compressors. Further mounting
frames for electronic components
in A4 format, for example, can be
used in addition to the 700 mm profile plate.
Vertical or inclined?
Choose the vertical profile plate if
you want to use the worktop for
books or laptops for example. Or if
the workstation is to be used from
both sides, opt for the inclination
unit with an additional profile plate
to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
75
Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution

With the stationary workstation systems, Learnline combines the requirements for typical desk systems
with high functionality. They provide ample desk space and legroom
thanks to the roller container. The
containers also ensure quick and
easy access to any required components.
Vertical or inclined?
The reliable profile plate is fastened
to the stable profile of the angle adjustment. The inclination of the slotted profile plate can be infinitely
adjusted, all the way down to a horizontal position. The workstation arrangement thus always offers the
best ergonomic position for any exercise.
Learnline
Winner of the international design
prices
76
Move up into another dimension:

profile columns as set-up space
Use the versatile profile columns
as a set-up space, compatible with
Quick-Fix, for equipment sets or for
attaching additional components
vertically. Further components, for
example cylinders with a 400 mm
stroke, can be mounted on the angle
adjustment profile.
Optimum space utilisation

Thanks to the angle adjustment, the
profile plate can be lowered into a
horizontal position. Use the available
space for A4 or ER mounting frames.
Pneumatic and electrical training

In addition to the 700 mm profile
plate, additional mounting frames
can be inserted for electronic components.
Ergonomic connections
With the supply duct, you have all
important interfaces within reach.
Not only the electrical and pneumatic
supply, but also PC interfaces, such
as USB, Ethernet or serial interfaces,
can be integrated in the supply duct.
The preferred choices, advantageously priced. Flexible and expandable.

(Outside dimensions W 1512 x D 780 x H 1718)
3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct
On request
77
Your individual design
Basic units
Stable and with a high-quality coating, the basic worktables are guaranteed to fulfil your high requirements.
1 Basic mobile unit
With castors and wheel brakes. The
high worktop ensures a comfortable
working position when standing. The
flexible design of this workstation
makes it ideally suited to simultane-
ous use from both sides.

W 1556 x D 780 x H 815.
2 Basic stationary unit
The height of the worktop ensures a
comfortable working position when
seated. With height-adjustable design and continuously variable tilting
of the profiled plate.
W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.
1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835
Drawer units
3/4 Fixed drawer unit for
installation in mobile workstations
Drawer unit with fully extending,
lockable steel drawers with safety
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load
20 kg per drawer. External dimensions of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592,
usable inner dimensions W 375 x
D 700.
5/6 Wheeled drawer unit for

stationary workstations
Wheeled drawer unit with fully extending, lockable steel drawers with
safety stop. Fronts can be labelled.
Load 20 kg per drawer. External dimensions body W 476 x D 788 x H
657, usable inner dimensions W 375
x D 700. All wheels freely movable, 2
wheels with lockable brake.
3 Fixed drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539026
5 Wheeled drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535834
6 Wheeled drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539731
Mounting frame/mounting sets

Versatile profile columns form the
core of the Learnline system. They
are used to mount the profile plate
frame, to attach components or as an
alternative mounting surface for your
training components.
7 For vertical mounting of the
profile plate
The profile plate support is mounted between the profile columns, the
profile plate is securely screwed to
the mounting frame and the frame
structure. This makes the workstation extremely strong and resilient
and means that the profile plate can
be used from both sides.
8 For inclined mounting of the

profile plate
The profile plate support can be
mounted at any height between the
two profile columns, ensuring workstation ergonomics tailored to your
requirements. You can also place the
components from the training package directly on the mounting frame,
thereby freeing up additional workspace.
Please order one mounting set per
profile plate (Not shown).
7 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
8 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032

78
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735
Accessories
1/2 Aluminium profile plates

The anodised aluminium profile plate
forms the basis for all Festo Didactic
training packages. All of the components fit securely and safely on the
profile plate. There are grooves on
each side and, if required, both sides
can be fitted with components.
The grooves are compatible with the

ITEM profile system. Side caps included. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
10
11
12
For installation on tables we recommend the appropriate rubber feet

(Order no. 158343).
1 1100 x 700 mm 159411

2 700 x 700 mm 159410

700 x 550 mm (Not shown) 159409
ER and DIN A4 mounting frames

The mounting frames for the workstations are designed to hold a large
number of exercise boards and ER
units from the Learning System for
Automation. This compatibility also
extends to electrotechnical equipment in A4 format. It is thus possible
to obtain a satisfactory solution to
almost any specific task.
3/5 Mounting frame
(1500 mm wide)
The mounting frame mounted on the
profile column is height-adjustable
and holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units.
One mounting frame can be attached

to each side of the mobile workstation.
4/6 Mounting frame
(700 mm wide)
The small mounting frame permits
the use of ER/A4 components to the
direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
profile plate. The ER mounting frame
can be used from each side of the
mobile workstation.
3 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

4 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
5 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
6 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
Accessories
7 Universal bracket
Permits the mounting of up to 2 hydraulic power units with single
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring
containers or holders for storing hoses. W 50 x D 275 x H 130.
Order no. 539736
8 Oil spillage/protective mat

Black, with rubber border. Protects
the tabletop of the Learnline system
and keeps it clean.
312 x 1512 mm 541133
9 Storage plate
Fits into the mobile frame in addition
to 2 drawer units and offers installation space for 2 JunAir compressors
(order no. 91030) for example.
W 748 x D 403 x H 30.
10 Hose holder
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Provides neat storage and protects hose
couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737
11 Cable guide
For a set of laboratory cables. Ensures that cables are kept neatly and
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
Order no. 535812
12 Table extension
For easy attachment to the profile
column of a mobile workstation.
The height of the table can be adjusted to between 700 and 815 mm.
The tabletop dimensions are W 780
x D 600.
Order no. 566435
Order no. 539729
79
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learntop
Learntop
The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the

world of training packages from Festo Didactic: Enjoy the advantages of
the profile plate and the ER mounting frame when carrying out your
pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor or PLC
training. The devices can be clearly
arranged and ensure an ergonomic working position at your existing
work tables and benches.
Mounting parts and instructions
for mounting the profile plates are
included. It is recommended that
Learntop be fastened to the table for
security reasons.
Learntop-S
The versatile equipment holder for
all technologies. Mobile Can be
simply set up on an existing work table/bench. Versatile Can be used
from both sides. Ergonomic the
angled profile plate enables components to be easily assembled.
Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm
(order no. 159411).
Profile plates not included.
Order no. 540668
Learntop-A
Equipment holder for use on one
side of the workstation. Ergonomic
arrangement of components thanks
to theinclined profile plate. Not suitable for hydraulic training.
Can hold up to 2 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or one profile plate of size 700 x
1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Order no. 540670
Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable for
hydraulic training.
Order no. 540669
80
Workstation systems Universal laboratory furniture Learntop
Accessories
1 Aluminium profile plate

The anodised aluminium profile
plate forms the basis for all Festo Didactic training packages. All of the
components fit securely and safely
into the grooves on the profile plate.
There are grooves on each side and,
if required, both sides can be fitted
with components. The grooves are
compatible with the ITEM profile system. Side caps included. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
(order no. 158343).
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250
mm supplied without side caps.
350 x 1100 mm 162360
1100 x 700 mm 159411
6 Slotted mounting plate

All components with the Quick-Fix
system can be mounted on the slotted mounting plate. The slotted
mounting plate can be installed in
the conventional A4 mounting frame
or on the tabletop. It is not compatible with the A4 table mounting
frame.
Overall dimensions: 532 x 297 mm.
Order no. 159331
7 A4 table mounting frame

Allows A4 units to be installed on a
universal mobile rack.
Order no. 536582
8 Rubber feet
For non-slip, protective mounting
of profile plates on tabletops of any
type. Set (4 pieces).
Order no. 158343
2 Cable guide
For a set of laboratory cables. Ensures that cables are kept neatly and
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
Order no. 535812
3 Hose holder
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Provides neat storage and protects hose
couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737
4 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S

workstation
Dimensions: 1160 mm x 760 mm
9 Plug-in adapter set

The plug-in adapter set can be used
to mount the ER units directly on the
blue plug-in board or on the aluminium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
8
4
Order no. 541122
10 A4 ER mounting frame
The ER mounting plate can be installed in any A4 mounting frame. A
cut-out permits installation of 2 large
or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units.
5
10
Order no. 536200
Order no. 357283
5 Mounting kit for hydraulic

cylinder with weight
When this mounting kit is mounted on Learntop-S, the pulling and
pushing load of the basic hydraulics
package can be realised with it. For
this purpose, the cylinder (order no.
152857) and the weight (order no.
152972) are mounted on the mounting kit. The cover (order no. 152973)
provides additional security.
Order no. 526847
81
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering

New!
Professional laboratory equipment

Intelligent and innovative laboratory
solutions for electrical engineering
from single workstations to complete
laboratories.
Together with our partner Haid KG,

we are developing the Swing laboratory furniture series. Haid KG specialises in consulting, developing,
planning and producing equipment
for electronic and electrical engineering, laboratory furniture systems for
research and training, as well as ergonomically designed laboratory and
assembly workstations.
Choose from a multitude of matching modular workstations, intelligent and reliable solutions for power
supply, device technology, cabinet
systems and all the necessary highquality accessories. It goes without
saying that all products have been
tested for safety.
82
Festo Didactic is the sole supplier

of Haid KG products on the didactic
market. We are happy to assist you
with planning, selecting and sizing
your workstation or laboratory.
Give us a call!
Table substructures
A wide spectrum of workbench substructures form part of the Swing
program. Under-workbench units
and roller containers with drawers in
various depths, either with or without pull-out shelf, form the basic
equipment. It is also available in ESD
version, installations for electronic
and electrical engineering. We offer
special floor units for PCs.
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems
Swing profile columns

The Swing profile solution optimally
meets all demands in terms of visual
appearance, functionality as well as
both flexibility and modularity. The
cable duct integrated into the profile facilitates the concealed laying
of cables and compressed air supply
lines. The cable duct and any unused
connection elements are sealed with
cover profiles to keep them clean.
Levelling screws in all table legs
round off the overall concept.
Basic is the functional, inexpensive laboratory equipment system

for electrical engineering, with solid worktop supports made of powder-coated steel tubes. It consists of
workbenches in six different widths
and three depths.
The floating tabletop

The Swing profile and the worktop are connected via delicate
yet stable connecting components, making the entire system transparent. Swing add-on
workbenches are connected to
the basic workbench. The heightadjustable worktops lock into
one another seamlessly and are
all supported by the legs in the
centre.
In addition, you can completely

equip your laboratory space with
multimedia workstations and cabinet systems.
83
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Swing
Swing
Configuration example
New!
Versatility for your individual needs

Swing stands for the unlimited possibilities for individual training laboratory design. Workbenches are created from a few basic components
in nearly all thinkable dimensions.
Three depths and six widths as well
as various working heights are provided for by the standard construction kit. Whether 19 top elements,
mounting frames for experimentation plates or perforated metal grid
we will deliver the right solution.
Intelligent solutions
The Swing system already offers fully integrated vertical and horizontal
cable conduits as a standard feature.
The cable duct in the Swing system
profile permits a comfortable vertical
cable guide. The basic equipment also includes cable connections which
are mounted in a concealed position
on the rear cross frame.
84
24-month Festo Didactic warranty
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Swing
Supply duct with electrical system,

compressed air and communication
The aluminium supply duct can be
made to various lengths, depending
on requirements. The various mounting options, such as directly on the
workbench or raised up as a cockpit, make for a tidy work surface. All
frequently required interfaces can
be optimally arranged to be within
reach.
Choose from insert panels, such as

safety and switching elements for AC
current (230 V or 400 V) with key actuators, indicator lamps, motor protection switches, fault current circuit
breakers or emergency stop buttons.
Depending on the application, you
can equip the duct with CEE or earthing contact sockets or safety sockets
for three-phase current, direct current or alternating current. Integrate
a compressed air outlet via various
one-touch fittings.
The most important PC interfaces,
such as USB, RS232 or Ethernet can
also be integrated in the supply duct.
This enables the PC to be connected
quickly and ergonomically to various
control components.
Worktop components and cockpits

with laboratory devices
Alternatively to the supply channel,
worktop elements and cockpits in
3 or 6 RU can be integrated. Raised
structures are visually elegant and
offer optimal utilisation of the worktop. Based on a modular basic grid,
each workstation can be individually
equipped. Changes, modifications or
subsequent extensions can be made
at any time.
We offer numerous devices such as

infinitely variable voltage devices,
lab power supply units, three-phase
supplies, fixed voltage devices, adjustable isolating transformers for
AC/DC and three-phase current, devices for test engineering and also
compressed air supplies.
Variable equipment with 19 segments in cassette design or as insert
panels is available, according to your
wishes and requirements. It goes
without saying that all insert panels
for power supply and communication
can also be integrated.
85
Workstation systems Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering Basic and cabinet systems
Basic and cabinet systems

Functional diversity for your labs
New!
86
Basic the functional lab equipment

system for electrical engineering
A functional equipment system with
solid workstation frames made from
powder-coated steel tubes forms the
basis of the Basic product family.
Our under-bench units and roller

containers provide plenty of storage space and make for a tidy workstation. Various depths and drawer
configurations leave nothing to be
desired.
It consists of workbenches in six different widths and three depths. The

design is so rigid that it can also support heavy superstructures. Both
raised supply bridges and equipment
placed directly on the workbench are
possible with this system. Furthermore, superstructures can be used
as partitions or extremely flat cassette tops.
And EDP isnt missed out either. Special under-bench units for computers and printers, pull-out keyboard
shelves and PC racks are among the
wide selection.
Multimedia workstations
Various designs for attractive multimedia workstations are available:
PC desks with sliding slides, cable
ducts, cable guides, linking elements,
PC racks, substructures or socket
strips. Furthermore, diverse workstations and furniture for teaching
theory are available: C-shape tables, four-legged tables, mobile table frames, laptop trolleys, swivel
chairs, skid base chairs, four-legged
chairs, tables, flip charts, projection
screens. All with integrated design,
reliable high quality and functionally
sound, made in Germany!
Ask us and we will help you find the

perfect solution.
Cabinet systems
We offer an extensive range of cabinets, harmonised with the design of
our workstation systems. Based on a
simple framework, various tall cabinets, medium-high cabinets, storage
cabinets, tall corner cabinets and
top cabinets are available to choose
from. The modular system offers
maximum possible combinations and
optimal design flexibility with an attractive price/performance ratio.
Shelf inserts with grooved mats

for orderly storage of experimentation plates are just as much part
of the range as strengthened lower
shelves. We supply spacious shelf inserts specially for ESD cabinets. Be it
cabinet layout, duct systems or various locking systems we offer the
right solution.
And if you have any other special
wishes, we will be happy to manufacture to meet your exact requirements.
Workstation systems LabCreator
LabCreator
The professional design programme for laboratories
New!
LabCreator:
The new, professional design
programme for laboratories
Create professional layouts and individually equipped laboratories for

basic and further training in just a
few easy steps. The effects are amazing!
The laboratories can be equipped
with Festo Didactic model products
or you can create your own personal
designs and 3D models.
With automatic software and library
updates, youll always be at the cutting edge.
In German, English, Spanish and
French. Includes a detailed help
function.
Download now for free!
The benefits to you

Create plans and layouts quickly and simply thanks to intuitive
prompting. The integrated help
function offers additional guidance.
LabCreator generates rooms to
scale; the walls are full-size and
can be fitted with windows and
doors to help you avoid planning
errors.
Switch between 2D layout and 3D
view. Move the observation point
around the room to get a realistic
impression of the design progress.
Extensive model library with partially animated learning systems,
equipment, infrastructure and
model people. This means that, for
example, robot stations can be animated, giving a more lifelike impression of the laboratory.
Adaptable to new equipment and
fully customisable. Drag and drop
to import VRML files into the design and create your own 3D models.
Worldwide platform for exchanging

models. The integrated LabCreator server and online library provide you with immediate access to
models designed by other LabCreator users.
Use textures to give your models a
realistic look.
Use the flight recorder to create
automatic tours which show your
laboratory from a number of different viewpoints. Export the finished
flight as a video to complement a
presentation of your ideas.
Export the laboratory design as a
VRML, PDF or one of many picture
formats.
Generate a complete proposal for
equipping your laboratory at the
click of a mouse.
The finished laboratory is saved in
XML-Format. These files are very
small and can easily be sent by
email to other users.
Detailed information on all the
Festo products you need for your
laboratory.
87
Technology-orientated training packages
88
Innovative training packages......................................................................... 90

Pneumatics......................................................................................................92
Hydraulics......................................................................................................111
Sensors..........................................................................................................122
Electronics/PLC..............................................................................................124
Fieldbus.........................................................................................................140
Electrical drives..............................................................................................144
Accessories and optional components...........................................................146
Change from Blue to Silver.............................................................................159
89
Innovative training packages

with detailed practical functions
Festo Didactics training packages

are of modular design. This means
that you can start today with the basic pneumatics level and then continue to the advanced level tomorrow,
or start again with electropneumatics the choice is yours.
Would you like your training to focus
on a special theme? All of the equipment set components can be individually ordered to supplement your existing equipment sets with suitable
teachware:
90
Plug in clamp youre done

Using the patented QuickFix mounting system you can mount components on the profile plate easily,
safely and with little effort. Dont forget almost all pneumatic, hydraulic
and electrical connections are on the
top of the components where they
can be easily accessed.
The perfect storage system

The drawer insert serves as an organiser for quick and orderly storage
of individual parts in the workstation
drawer units included in the scope
of delivery of the training packages.
The new pneumatic training packages are supplied in the practical Systainer whose inserts also fit into the
drawer units.
State-of-the-art coupling
technology
Leak-proof hydraulic couplings mean
less pollution, thus protecting the
environment. The quick coupling
sockets are self-sealing when decoupled. During the coupling process,
only the face of the coupling is coated with oil.
Open for all systems

The EduTrainer concept enables the
principles of industrial controllers
to be taught in a classroom setting.
The system supports the integration
of PLCs from other manufacturers
thanks to the SysLink and 4 mm connector interfaces.
New subjects:
Equipment set TP 220 Advanced
level: Drives in pneumatics
Equipment set TP 240 Advanced
level: Sensors in pneumatics
Equipment set TP 1110:
New Equipment sets for PLC and
electronics training:
EduTrainer Universal
Industrial applications at your

fingertips
Learning through innovative technology. Practice-oriented training
and vocational training using industrial components provides you with
the necessary confidence for your
daily work. The selection of components and the versions for the training packages have been especially
matched to the projects in the workbook. With this, the essential learning objectives can be taught with a
reasonable investment.
Blended learning package for

equipment sets
The training package, software
for designing circuits or simulation, training software, textbooks, workbooks containing
exercises and worksheets, cutaway models as well as videos in
a variety of languages provide a
convenient training environment,
whatever the subject matter.
New teaching concept:

Project-oriented teachware includes a multimedia-CD-ROM:
Projects develop out of exercises.
Complexity increases from project
to project and information just
learned is consolidated infollowon projects. Containing photos and
videos of industrial applications
and circuit diagrams. Theoretical
information is conveyed using animated cutaway models for greater
clarity. Worksheets and exercise
sheets can be reprinted as necessary.
Practice-related problems taken

from actual industrial applications:
The projects are selected to represent actual industrial scenarios.
Drawings, pictures and videos are
additionally used to visualise the
actual application.
With extended part on fundamentals: If you want to work competently with pneumatics, you need
to know more than just about components and circuits: physical basics, technical calculations, safety,
working economically, analytical
fault-finding and professional documentation. Now in the enhanced
workbook.
91
Technology-orientated training packages Pneumatics
Equipment set TP 101 Basic level

Basic pneumatics training
Pneumatics, Basic level.

The fully revised classic
Further enhanced and updated
throughthe lessons learned from
over1,000 seminars on pneumatics.
With brand-new industrial components, enabling you to teach tomorrows industrial standardtoday.
Theworkbook contains a series of graduated project exercises based on actual industrial
applications,an enhanced section
on fundamentals and a multimedia
CD-ROM.
The number of components and the
design are specially tailored to the
projects contained in the workbook
so that the mainfundamentals can
be imparted withlittle outlay. Supplied in the practical Systainer.
92
Training aims
Structure, function and application
of single-acting and double-acting
cylinders
Calculating basic parameters
Direct and indirect actuation
Application and function of 3/2 and
5/2-way valves
Methods of actuation of directional
control valves
Analysing circuits
Options for pressure measurement
Pressure-dependent control systems
Distinguishing flow control methods and using them as intended
Explaining and building latching
circuits
Logic operations: explaining and
implementing AND/OR/NOT operations
Combining logic operations
Function and application of limit
switches
Time delay valves
Realising oscillating movement
Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components
Performance through close

proximity
Switches and valves should be
mounted as close to the actuator as
possible for optimumperformance.
You can now apply the same principle when designing your circuits
thanks to the new components. Furthermore, this approach also provides you with an easy way of demonstrating the performance of a
one-way flow control valve. You can
even record the measured values
and analyse the results, for example
using the TP 210!
Worldwide standards ISO valves
All inputs and outputs are accessible
andcompatible with the widest possible range of applications.
Time delay valve
The pneumatic time delay valve permits precise adjustment and can be
read easily from the front pneumatics at its finest!
Complete equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer 540710
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
The most important components at a glance:

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
6 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
10 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides 539769
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 539773
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
Accessories, also order:
Aluminium profile plate 1100 x 700 mm 159411
Compressor
An impressiveblended learning
package for TP
0NEUMATICS
"ASIC,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
#$ 2/-INCLUDED
91030
Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM containing photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams.
Theoretical information is conveyed
using animated cutaway models for
greater comprehension and worksheets and exercise sheets can be
DE 540671
EN 541088
ES 542503
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
The workbook
Provides detailed descriptions of industry-related projects with problem
descriptions, parameters and project
orders. Worksheets support the students through the required stages
testing and provide sample solutions. New topics include economic
considerations and notes on safety.
FR 542507
Complementary media
Design and simulation using
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Pneumatics
Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
Cutaway model case
22
93
Equipment set TP 102 Advanced level

Advanced pneumatics training
Develop the training aims from

TP 101 and consolidate your
knowledge.
Fully revised: The new workbook
contains a series of graduated
project exercises based on actual
industrial applications and an enhanced section on fundamentals. It
also includes a multimedia CD-ROM.
The foundation for competent training. Place your order now!
The number of components and the
design are specially tailored to the
so that the main training aims can be
achieved with little outlay. Supplied
in the practical Systainer.
Components from the equipment set
TP 101 are required to carry out the
projects.
94
Training aims
Binary reducing stages
End positions without limit switches
Latching circuits
Converting 5/2-way valves
Function of a back pressure end
stop
Basic stepper control (continuous cycle)
Stepper control with operating
modes or idle step
Setting and coordinating time delays
Variable step repetition using a
predetermining counter
Input circuit with self-latching loop
and auxiliary functions
Evaluating and using sensors for
material sensing
Realising stepper control with protected pilot air and auxiliary functions
Proximity sensors in the end positions and in the partial stroke
range
Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
Inversion of a timer signal
Varying end-position cushioning
Using and adjusting different sensor types
Performance through close

proximity
Switches and valves should be
mounted as close to the actuator as
possible for optimumperformance.
You can now apply the same principle when designing your circuits
thanks to the new components that
can be plugged in directly. Furthermore, this approach also provides
you with an easy way of demonstrating the features of a one-way flow
control valve. You can even record
the measured values and analyse the
results, for example using the new
TP 210!
Lever valves
All of the lever valves contained in
the training packages 101 and 102
are equipped with a pilot control,
which means they require a low actuating force and deliver high reliability.
10
11
12
13
14
15

2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
7 1x Shuttle valve, 3-fold (OR) 152882
9 1x Dual-pressure valve, 3-fold (AND) 152883
10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
Compressor
An impressiveblended learning
package for TP
0NEUMATICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
#$ 2/-INCLUDED
91030
Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM containing photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams.
16
DE 540672
EN 541089
ES 542504
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
The workbook
FR 542508
Complementary media
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Pneumatics
Cutaway model case
95

Basic electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Basic level.

The most important basic principles
in one compact book.
Theworkbook contains a series of
graduated project exercises based
on actual industrial applications, an
enhanced section on fundamentals
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foundation for competent training. Place
your order now!
The number and the design of components are specially tailored to the
achieved withlittle outlay. Supplied
96
Training aims
Structure, function and application
of single-acting and double-acting
cylinders
Calculating basic parameters
Direct and indirect actuation
Application and function of 3/2 and
5/2-way solenoid valves
Analysing circuits
Options for pressure measurement
Pressure-dependent control systems
Latching circuits
Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT
Combining logic operations
Function and application of limit
switches
End-position monitoring using
electronic proximity sensors
Time delay valves
Realising oscillating movement
Economic considerations of using
Troubleshooting simple electropneumatic circuits
Electronic proximity sensors

compatible and reliable
These proximity sensors are based
on the same slot mounting system
as the pneumatic proximity sensors
in TP 101. We opted for short circuitproof, electronic proximity sensors
due to their long service life in training applications.
Worldwide standards ISO valves
The new ISO valves with manual
override and M8 connection technology. The worldwide standard enables you to apply what you have
learned to a wide range of different situations,including in different
countries a must forglobal players.
All inputs and outputs are accessible
and compatible with the widest possible range of applications.
An impressive blended learning

package for TP
The workbook
DE 540673
EN 541090
ES 542505
FR 542509
Complementarymedia
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Electropneumatics
Textbook Electropneumatics,
Basic level
Transparency set, Fundamentals of
electropneumatics
DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics
10
11
12
13
14
15

1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity switch, optical 178577
6 2x Electronic proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 539776
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 539777
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 539778
10 1x Pressure sensor with Indicator 539757
Compressor
91030
Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame Page 146
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs 167091
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from

Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a complete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
16
Recommended training media and accessories: See TP 201

Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 TP 201 in the Systainer 540717
6 2x Electronic Proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
97

Advanced electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Advanced level:

Advanced training in a Systainer!
This training package supplements
the training aims of TP 201.
The new workbook contains a series
of graduated project exercises based
on actual industrial applications, an
enhanced section on fundamentals
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foundation for competent training. Place
your order now!
The number and the design of components are specially tailored to the
achieved withlittle outlay. Supplied
Components from the equipment set
TP 201 are required to carry out the
projects.
98
Training aims
Describing the structure and application of valve terminals
Realising sequence controls with
signal overlap solution according to the group method, sequence
chain with spring-return valves
and sequence chain with bistable
valves
Describing and setting operating
modes
Describing the function and application of a predetermining counter
Explaining and realising an emergency-off function using spring-return valves
Emergency-off conditions
Explaining the function and application of a 5/3-way solenoid valve
Describing and setting the operating mode Set
Troubleshooting in complex electropneumatic circuits
Fundamentals of modern
pneumatics valve terminals
This training course helps you to lay
the foundation for using valve terminals. Designed for a wide range of
industries, requirements and applications, valve terminals are sturdy
and durable an investment in the
future. The MPA valve terminal used
consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid
valves and 2 x 5/2-way double solenoid valves.
Electrical emergency-off pushbutton
Safety engineering is an important
topic, but one that is often neglected in training. The new TP 202 takes
an in-depth look at the emergencyoff function and also describes the
emergency-off function under special
conditions. After all, you dont want
to end up with a pressure-less and
voltage-less system after pressing
the emergency-off button!

3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347
6 1x Proximity switch, inductive 178574
7 1x Proximity switch, capacitive 178575
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696
Compressor
91030
An impressive blended learning

package for TP
%LECTROPNEUMATICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
#$ 2/-INCLUDED
Includes multimedia-CD-ROM containing photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams.
DE 540674
EN 541091
ES 542506
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
The workbook
FR 542510
Complementary media
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Electropneumatics
99

Measurement and control in pneumatics with Fluid Lab-P Version 2
New!
Fit for tomorrow?

The TP 210 equipment builds on the
training content of the TP 101 and
TP 201 equipment sets on the topic of pneumatic measurement and
control. The training content ranges
from the simple measurement of individual, pneumatic components,
basic principles of status monitoring
(condition monitoring) to (closedloop) control technology with discontinuous (two-step action controller) and continuous controllers (PID
controller).
In addition, great emphasis is placed
on raising awareness of how to handle compressed air responsibly as a
form of energy.
Exercises for measuring and analysing system and control behaviour
help you to get prepared for a future
in which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance and saving energy are
becoming increasingly important.
100
Something extra special

In order to the complete the exercises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow
and proximity switches) are connected to the inputs and control signals are guided to the EasyPort USB
outputs. The signals are interpreted
and visualised on computer by the
Fluid Lab-P software included in
the scope of delivery. Analogue values are displayed as measurement
curves.
Instructions on how to complete the
exercises, positional sketches and
block circuit diagrams are included
with each exercise, so that you are
guided step by step through each of
the tests. Measured results are then
interpreted, compared with sample solutions and you will be asked
to answer questions about comprehension.
Course topics
Basic principles of analogue data
processing
Application and adaptation of
sensors
Interpretation of measurement
results
Reading and understanding of
technical data and measurement
curves
Fluid engineering components,
their influence and function
Demonstrating fluid engineering
effects and special features
Analytical fault finding
Saving energy
Evaluation of changes in status
Proportional technology
Control technology with continuous and discontinuous controllers
The benefits to you

Fast, PC-supported recording of
measured values
Greater training success through
measurement of components and
interpretation of results
Sensors that enable students
to look into the circuit and
components
Suppositions regarding system
behaviour can be easily proven
Learning the principles of measurement and analysis and applying
them directly in other circuits
Demonstrating and understanding the principles of fluid engineering faster
System analysis via PC: state-ofthe-art diagnostic method
Better understanding of fluid engineering components and processes
and thus higher quality of training
10
11
12

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends
34031
2 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231

3 1x Connection unit, analogue 162247
4 1x I/O data cable, analogue 189551
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687
6 1x EasyPort adapter for profile plate 549806
8 1x Flowrate sensor with display 539758
9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
11 3x Flow control valve 193972

1x Fluid Lab-P 2.0 individual workstation licence 556241
2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
For piston force measurement exercises the force sensor not included in scope of delivery
is required.
Force sensor 539780
Compressor 230 V
91030
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs Complete set of cables 167091
Fluid Lab-P version 2 inclusive

The Fluid Lab-P version 2 software
for recording measured values is an
important component of the training
package TP 210. Just a few simple
steps are needed to configure the
interface, adapt the sensors and select the language. Exercises can then
be started.
System requirements
PC with Windows XP/Vista
1 GB RAM
CD-ROM disk drive
USB 2.0
1280 x 1024 pixels
NI LabView 8.2.1 Runtime
(included in scope of delivery)
These are divided into the areas basic tests, cylinder controls, proportional technology and control technology. Exercises are supported by
connection diagrams, descriptions
and sample solutions. The measurement process is also software-controlled. Results can be measured
with measuring points, printed out
or exported to a spreadsheet program. The software also includes the
complete book of exercises in PDF
format.
Components from the TP 101 and

TP 201 equipment sets are required
in order to complete the exercises.
101

Drives in pneumatics
Optimum drive
The TP 220 supplements the TP 201
training package by teaching the basics of pneumatic drives. The training content features the selection
and sizing of various state-of-the-art
drive types, taking into account their
individual properties as well as commercial and safety considerations.
Each drive unit remains clearly defined as an individual design, and so
meets the needs of the various entry
levels. Use of industrial components
throughout emphasises the essential
practicality and ensures rapid transfer of knowledge from training into
practice.
We recommend connection to a compressed air system delivering approx. 100 l/min.
Training aims
Designing a compressed air network
Sizing the pneumatic power section
Influence of tubes and fittings on
speed
Reducing cost by using different
pressures for advance and return
strokes
Reducing cost by avoiding leakage
Operating behaviour of linear
drives
Calculation of mass moment of inertia
Operating characteristics of rotary drives
Function, control and selection of
the fluidic muscle
Comparison between standard cylinders and the fluidic muscle
Response of pneumatic controls to
power failure
The workbook
Describes in detail the issues and
projects in 16 exercises closely
linked to industrial practice, each
comprising a problem description
and work assignment. Worksheets
support the students through the
required stages of planning, execution and monitoring. Includes sample
solutions and detailed background
knowledge for the theoretical fundamentals.
Includes a multi-media CD-ROM
containing photos and videos of industrial applications and circuit diagrams. The theoretical information
is conveyed using animated cutaway
models for greater comprehension
and worksheets and exercise sheets
can be reprinted as necessary.
DE 549982
EN 559880
ES 559881
FR 559882
102
Pneumatic drives
Workbook TP 220
CD-ROM included
Festo Didactic
559880 EN
10
11
12

1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312
6 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132
8 1x Proximity switch, electronic 548589
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Air pressure reservoir 152912
Recommended accessories
Fluidic muscle
The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator
which imitates the action of a biological muscle. Judder free, it offers up
to 10 times the initial force of normal
cylinders of the same diameter. You
will learn how the muscle can be deployed as a single-acting actuator.
Semi-rotary drive
In a semi-rotary drive the force is
transmitted directly to the drive shaft
via a rotary vane. The swivel angle
is freely adjustable from 0 to 184.
You will learn the significance of the
mass moment of inertia to a semi-rotary drive, and how its operating behaviour under load can be influenced
in various mounting positions.
Linear drive
The rodless cylinder is mechanically
coupled to the slide unit, which directly supports loads. You will learn
the steps needed to attain optimum
operating behaviour, and which applications are most suited to the various options.
103

New!
The purpose of a pneumatic control

system
By using the TP 240 equipment set,
you can expand the course topics of
the TP 201 training package to include the topic of sensors in pneumatics.
With topics such as the application
of pressure and flow rate sensors,
the use of analogue position transmitters including the integration of
signal converters and sensors for
vacuum technology the special requirements of sensors in pneumatic control-system environments are
covered extensively.
Components from the TP 201 are required to carry out the projects.
104
The special feature

The new advanced level is all about
the subject of sensors in pneumatic
control systems.
Hands-on experience plays a decisive role in teaching the contents.
Examples are used to demonstrate
the general operational principles of
different sensors. Special attention is
paid to the selection of the right sensor, its connection, the correct setting and functional checking.
With the TP 240 a basic knowledge
of sensors in pneumatics can be conveyed thoroughly.
Course topics
Basic principles of connection and
circuit technology
Basic principles of measured data
acquisition and processing
Configuration, function and application options of the sensors used
Selecting appropriate sensors by
taking into account certain parameters
Various methods of pressure and
flow measurement
Differences between absolute,
relative and differential pressure
measurement
Setting and checking sensors
Using signal converters
10
11
12

1 1x Position transmitter, 0 50 mm, analogue 560124
2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621
3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 10 bar 548622
4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 10 l/min, analogue 548626
5 1x Flow sensor, -1 1 l/min, analogue 548625
6 1x Pressure switch, 0 -1 bar 548624
7 1x Vacuum generator 548628
8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630
12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832
The workbook
Workbook TP 240
CD-ROM included
applications
In colour, in folders
Students handbook
through all the steps necessary
to carry out the exercises
Bound
Festo Didactic
566910 EN
Ten industry-based projects, each

detail with the subject of sensors in
pneumatic, control-system environments. The topics of pressure sensors, flow rate sensors, analogue
position transmitters for pneumatic
cylinders, signal converters and sensors for vacuum technology are covered extensively.

Supplementary media
Digital training programme, sensor
technology 1:
Textbook: Proximity switches
105
BIBB pneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course
BIBB Pneumatics 2007/2008

The new edition of the Pneumatic
control technology training course
is recommended and published by
the Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for
The Festo Didactic Plus

A CD-ROM complete with all circuit
diagrams for all the exercises and
activities is an integral part of the
scope of delivery. These are in CT file
format for FluidSIM Pneumatics and
in PDF file format.
Festo Didactic offers the suitable

equipment set for this course.
It goes without saying that all equipment set components are compatible
with the Festo Didactic training package components.
Whats new?
The 2007/2008 edition contains a
few new additions compared with
the 1999 edition:
Piloted non-return valves to stop
pneumatic drives in any position in
case of a drop in pressure.
Pneumatic proximity sensors as a
modern alternative to roller lever
valves for cylinder sensing.
Getting started in vacuum technology: vacuum generation with
a venturi nozzle/laval nozzle and
simple handling with suction grippers.
106
This means you can either supplement your TP 101 with the BIBB
pneumatics equipment set or your
BIBB pneumatics equipment set with
the TP 101.
A wealth of information on the basic
principles of pneumatics!
Pneumatic control technology

exercises for trainees
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for
Pneumatic control technology

exercises and solutions
In addition to 11 exercises, which

require the BIBB pneumatics equipment set, the following topics are
also included:
Compressed air generation
Basic terms in control technology
Servicing
Maintenance
Inspection
Repair procedure
Fault finding/analysis/documentation
The Pneumatic control technology,

exercises for trainees book contains
questions for trainees about the 11
exercises, as well as the solutions
and circuit diagrams.
DE
90070
DE
90090
Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in the Systainer 549840
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694
7 1x 5/3-way valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides, normally closed 541138
8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
11 3x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
17 1x Vacuum generator, Laval nozzle 0.45 mm 548628
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889

Aluminium profile plate
1100 x 700 mm
Order no. 159411
Compressor
Order no.
91030
Complementary media
Digital pneumatics training program
FluidSIM Pneumatics design and
simulation program
Cutaway model case
Set of posters on pneumatics
Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
Workbook: Pneumatics, Basic
level TP 101
Workbook: Pneumatics, Advanced
level TP 102
GRAFCET drawing template
107
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course
Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in equipment tray 184462

2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244


Compressor 230 V
10
11
12
91030
13
14
Training aims
Physical fundamentals of electrics
and pneumatics
Function and application of electropneumatic devices
Representing motion sequences
and switching states
Constructing control systems
using relays
Electrical latching circuits
Using magnetic proximity sensors
Using pressure switches
Directionally dependent control
systems using sensors
Directionally dependent control
systems using predetermining
counters
Controllers with parameters
(e.g. single/continuous cycle,
EMERGENCY-OFF)
Step diagram controls/processcontrolled sequence controls
Timing controls/time-controlled
sequence controls
Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
Troubleshooting large electropneumatic control systems
The selection of components complies with the German Federal Institute for Vocational Training (Bundesinstitute fr Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.
108
Recommended training media
Self-tuition program Electropneumatics, Basic level

Design and simulation program,
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Also order:
BIBB Electropneumatics course
DE
93070
and accompanying exercises, log

sheets and exercise circuits
DE
93080
Equipment set TP 111

Basic closed-loop pneumatics training
Complete equipment set TP 111 in equipment tray 184467
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
14 2x Air pressure reservoir 152912
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight
34065
20 2x Shock absorber
34572
1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177
1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441
Compressor 230 V
91030
Oscilloscope 152917
Digital multimeter
35681
Function generator 152918

Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
Training aims
Controlling pressure and position
Action sequence of a control circuit: controlled, manipulated, disturbance and reference variables
Activity and timing of control units:
discontinuous and continuous controls, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls,
status controls
Behaviour of control sequences:
transfer characteristics, transient
response, system with and without
compensation, system of first, second and third order, idle times
Interaction of closed-loop controls
and control systems, control circuit optimisation, stability considerations
Setup, commissioning and optimisation of closed-loop control assemblies, devices and systems
with analogue controller cards

Self-tuition program, Fundamentals of pneumatics
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Also order:
Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
DE
94459
EN
94465
ES 533499
FR
94347
Partial equipment sets for controlling

pressure and position on request.
Note:
The linear drive and linear potentiometer are mounted perpendicular
to the profile slot.
109
Equipment set PneuPos

Configuration, programming and control of pneumatic axes
Equipment set for the set up and

commissioning of single and multiaxis pneumatic positioning systems
or gantry systems in conjunction with
the SPC 200 axis controller. The complete equipment set consists of three
partial equipment sets. The equipment sets are supplied as individual
components, as set up and commissioning are training aims.
We recommend connection to a
compressed air system delivering
approx. 350 l/min.
PneuPos 1
Pneumatic positioning with a pneumatic NC axis.
PneuPos 2
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade to a two-axis system. Requires
equipment set PneuPos 1.
PneuPos 3
Supplementary equipment set for
pneumatic grippers for performing pick-and-place tasks. Requires
equipment sets PneuPos 1 and 2.
Partial equipment set PneuPos 1

Pneumatic positioning with a
pneumatic NC axis
Training aims
Set up and commissioning of a
pneumatic NC axis
Using digital technology to realise powerful servopneumatic drive
control circuits
Programming numerically controlled axes as per DIN 66025
3ERVO 0NEUMATIC
0OSITIONING
7ORKBOOK0NEU0OS

Programming software WinPisa
for SPC 200
Operating instructions
for SPC 200
Analysing and optimising control

response
Visualising and assessing motion
response
Troubleshooting NC axes
EMERGENCY-OFF circuits for NC
axes

Supplementary equipment set to
upgrade to a two-axis system
Training aims
Set up and commissioning of multiaxis pneumatic positioning systems
Mechanical and electrical set up of
a two-axis gantry system
Programming multi-axis positioning systems as per DIN 66025
Analysing and optimising control
response
Visualising and assessing motion
response
Troubleshooting NC axes
EMERGENCY-OFF function in a twoaxis system

pneumatic grippers for performing
pick-and-place tasks
Training aims
Assembling and commissioning a
gripper
Programming and implementing
handling tasks
PneuPos 1 192490
PneuPos 2 192496
PneuPos 3 192502
Necessary accessories
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m 526337
Also order:
Workbook Servo-Pneumatic Positioning
DE 192503
EN 196949
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
ES 533498
Options
Profibus DP plug-in card for SPC 200 170224
110
I/O terminal (SysLink)
34035
Mounting kit
35644
Technology-orientated training packages Hydraulics

Basic hydraulics training
Complete equipment set TP 501 in equipment tray
80246
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

1 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve 152974
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with recirculating mid-position 152977
3 1x Pressure relief valve/Pressure sequence valve 152848
4 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
5 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850
6 1x 2-way flow control valve 152851
8 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
9 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
10 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857
11 1x Weight 152972
12 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845
16 1x Shut-off valve 152844
17 7x Branch tee 152847
Hydraulic power unit Page 154
8 Hose lines with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960
Measuring case 177468
Pressure relief unit 152971
Protective cover for weight Page 151
Training aims
Learning about valves and devices
Function and application of various
valves and devices
Measuring variables such as pressure, flow and time
Calculating surface ratio, force,
output and speed
Physical fundamentals of hydraulics
Applying basic hydraulic equations
Using symbols according to DIN/
ISO 1219
Drawing displacement-step diagrams
Drawing hydraulic circuits
Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including troubleshooting
Basic hydraulic circuits such as
pressure sequence circuits, pump
bypasses, differential circuits, feed
and return circuits, bypass circuits,
counterpressure and bypasses using a non-return valve

Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
Digital training program Hydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Transparency set Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Hydraulics, Basic level
(YDRAULICS
"ASIC,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
DE
94454
EN
94468
ES
94428
EN-US 526095
111

Advanced hydraulics training
Complete equipment set TP 502 in equipment tray
80247

1 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with closed mid-position 152975
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with relieving mid-position 152976
3 1x 2/2-way stem-actuated valve 152978
4 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
4
5 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968

10 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
10
unmounted
10
mounted
Training aims
Hydraulic motor
One-way restrictors and flow
control valves for setting speed
Pressure-relief valves
Fast traverse circuit
Differential circuit
Rectifier circuit
Memory circuit
Pressure sequence circuit
Pressure regulator
2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and 4/3-way valves
Hydraulically delockable nonreturn valve
Flow divider

Digital training program Hydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Hydraulics, Advanced
level
(YDRAULICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
DE
94014
EN
94015
ES
94429
Equipment set TP 501 is needed to

carry out the exercises in the workbook.
112

Basic electrohydraulics training
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve 167082
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
18 1x Weight 152972
Training aims
Learning about valves and devices
and their function
Learning about electrical components
Using symbols according to DIN/
ISO 1219
Drawing displacement-step diagrams
Drawing electrical and hydraulic
circuit diagrams
Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including troubleshooting
Basic hydraulic circuits, e.g. pressure sequence circuits, pump bypasses and differential circuits

Self-tuition program, Fundamentals of electrohydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Textbook Electrohydraulics, Basic level
electrohydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Electrohydraulics,
Basic level
DE
94455
EN
94470
ES 196953
FR
94351
Note:
An additional pressure switch (order
no. 167080) is required for exercises
5, 10 and 11 of the workbook Electrohydraulics, Basic level. A second
cylinder (order no. 152857) is required for exercise 13.
113
Supplementary equipment sets

Hydraulics
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501

to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 TP 601 in equipment tray 167104


Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and

Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
Training aims: see equipment set Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 TP 601 167105

114

Advanced electrohydraulics training
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

2 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347
10 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
13 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968
15 1x Pressure switch 167080
Training aims
Rapid traverse feed circuit
Rapid traverse feed circuit with
backpressure
Rapid traverse feed circuit with
use of 2-way and 3-way flow control valves
Non-deleting sequencer
Pressureless tank bypass circuit
Integrating an EMERGENCY-OFF
function
Using the flow divider
Hydraulic speed-equalising circuit
Single and continuous cycle
Memory circuit
Speed control
Two-hand safety control
Self-tuition program,Fundamentals ofelectrohydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Electrohydraulics,
Advanced level
%LECTROHYDRAULICS
!DVANCED,EVEL
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
DE
94456
EN
94471
ES 196954

115

Measurement in hydraulics with Fluid Lab-H
Open to more: Diagnosis and

PC-supported system analysis
The equipment set TP 610Measurment in hydraulicsenables you to
expand the training aims of TP 501
and 601 to include the topic of measurement in hydraulics: from simple
measurement regarding individual
components to PC-supported system
analysis of hydraulic circuits. Prepare
for a futurein which diagnostics will
become more and more important
with exercises for measuring and analysing system behaviour.
116
The special feature

Sensors (e.g. for measurement of
pressure and flow) are directly connected to the new EasyPort included
in the scope of delivery. The signals
are compiled and transferred to the
PC using the Fluid Lab-H measurement software also included in the
scope of delivery. You can start with
the various exercises straight away
and apply what you have learned to
practical applications, for example
on an MPS Punching station.
Training aims
Fundamentals of analogue data
processing
Interpreting measurements
Reading and understanding data
sheets and measurement characteristics
Fluid engineering components and
their influence and function
Demonstrating fluid engineering
effects and special features
Analytical troubleshooting
Using and adapting sensors
Your benefit
Fast PC-supported recording of
measured values, instead of recording individual measurement
points using a stopwatch and paper
Greater training success through
measurement and interpretation of
components instead of learning using complicated cutaway models
Sensors that enable students to
look into the circuit and components
Suppositions regarding system behaviour can be easily proven
Learning the principles of measurement and analysis and applying
them directly in other circuits
Demonstrate and understand the
principles of fluid engineering
faster
System analysis via PC: State-ofthe-art diagnostic method
Better understanding of fluid engineering components and processes
and thus higher quality of training
Complete equipment set TP 610 540702

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m
34031

3 1x Connection unit, analogue 162247
4 1x PC data cable RS232 male female, 1.5 m 162305
5 1x I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551
6 1x EasyPort USB 548687
7 3x Pressure sensor nominal size 4 525964
8 1x Flow measuring device 183736
9 1x Fluid Lab-H single licence DE/EN/ES/FR 525276
Includes a software package for

measured values: Fluid Lab-H
TheFluid Lab-H software for recording measured values is an important
component of the training package
TP 610. Just a few simple steps are
needed to configure the interface,
adapt the sensors and select the language (DE/EN/ES/FR). Exercises relating to the recording of measured
values can then be started. Each exercise consists of a detailed connection plan of the hydraulic and electrical components as well as a help
text on how to perform the experiment. The software also controls the
measurement tasks and furthermore
results can be printed out. The software scope also includes a manual
and documentation on the set of exercises with worked resultsin PDF
format.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 or XP
At least Pentium500 MHz
64 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
Serial interface (RS232)
Components from the training packages 501 and 601 are needed to carry out the exercises.
117
BIBB hydraulics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course lessons A-H
Complete equipment set BIBB exercises A-H in equipment tray
80147

3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valvewith recirculating mid-position 167085
4


13 1x Shut-off valve 152844
10
11
12

20 1x Weight 152972
Relay, three-fold 162241
Signal input, electrical 162242
13
14
15
Complete equipment set BIBB additional exercises
80148

21 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with relieving mid-position 167084
16
17
18
19
20
21

22
118
23
24
Training aims
The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydraulics course teach the fundamentals
of hydraulic control engineering.
These training aims are divided into
8 different training units with the following contents: Power supply unit,
Directional control valves and drives,
Non-return and flow control valves,
Pressure valves and switches, Hydraulic accumulators, Application
circuits, Commissioning and maintenance.
The additional exercises equipment

set allows further interesting training
aims: Lifting a load, Rectifier circuit,
Idling of pump output.
Self-tuition program, Fundamentals of hydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Also order:
BIBB Hydraulics course Page 57

Basic proportional hydraulics training
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 167086
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 167087
9 1x Pressure filter 548609
10 1x Pressure balance (Proportional flow control valve) 159351
18 1x Weight 152972
Training aims
Learning about proportional amplifiers (basic flow, maximum flow,
nominal values)
Recording characteristics of the
proportional discharge valve
Using the proportional pressure relief valve for setting the maximum
system pressure
Learning about pump circuits
Characteristics of the 4/3-way proportional valve
Setting various speed profiles
Feed/rapid traverse control
EMERGENCY-OFF circuit
Pressure sequence circuit
Also order:
Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level

Self-tuition program,Fundamentals ofelectrohydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Textbook Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level
proportional hydraulics
DE
"ASICLEVEL
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
94457
EN
94472
ES
94404
FR
94352
119

Advanced proportional hydraulics training

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257


13 1x Linear potentiometer, 200 mm stroke 167090
14 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
10
11
12

Digital multimeter
35681

13
14
Training aims
Controlling pressure and position
Determining the displacement-voltage characteristic of a linear position encoder
Functional description of a comparator card
Controlling the speed of a hydraulic motor
Reversing a hydraulic motor
Learning about and constructing
various sequence controls (pathdependent, time-dependent, loadindependent, pressure-dependent)
Determining the pressure-voltage
characteristic of a pressure sensor
Developing a stroke speed and rotary speed control
Self-tuition program, Fundamentals of electrohydraulics

FluidSIM Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
Advanced level
DE
94458
EN
94473
ES
94450

120

Basis closed-loop hydraulics training
10
11

1 1x Pressure filter 548609
7 1x PID controller 162254
8 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 167088
9 1x Status controller 162253
10 1x Linear drive, 200 mm stroke 167089
11 2x Weight
34065
Digital multimeter
35681
Cushioning cylinder 152295

Function generator 152918
Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC-BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
Oscilloscope 152917
Training aims
Recording the characteristics of
pressure sensors, position encoders and a control valve
Measuring and calculating characteristic values of a control system
Modifying the control system with
greater volume and additional mass
Characteristic values of control elements such as P, I and D controllers and their combinations, and of
status controllers
Set-up of a control circuit with setting of control quality, empirical
parameterisation
Measuring and calculating contouring errors
Influence of disturbance variables
such as pressure loss and leakage
Influence of an active, braking load
Self-tuition program Fundamentals
of electrohydraulics
Design and simulation program
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Also order
Workbook Closed-loop control
hydraulics
#LOSED ,OOP(YDRAULICS
7ORKBOOK40
&ESTO$IDACTIC
EN
DE
94460
EN
94469
ES
94368
FR
94348
Partial equipment sets for controlling

pressure and position on request.
121
Technology-orientated training packages Sensors

New!
The purpose of automation

technology
The subject of sensors for object detection is covered extensively in the
TP 1110 equipment set. The topics
include configuration, function, areas of application and the selection of
sensors based on the requirements
of an application.
The equipment set contains sensors
with analogue and binary output signals, although the focus is on binary
output signals. These sensors are
called proximity switches.
The following types are contained in
the equipment set:
Magnetic proximity switches
Inductive proximity switches
Optical proximity switches
Capacitive proximity switches
Inductive sensors (analogue)
122
The special feature

Hands-on experience plays a central
role in teaching the fundamentals
of sensors for object detection. Examples are used to demonstrate the
general operational principles of different sensors. Special attention is
paid to the selection of the right sensor, its connection, the correct setting and functional checking.
With the TP 1110 students can acquire a thorough, basic knowledge
about sensors for object detection.
Course topics
Configuration, function and coefficients of the sensors used
Basic principles of connection and
circuit technology
Influence of shape, material, surface and colour of the object on
the switching characteristics of
sensors
Terms which describe coefficients
and functional behaviour
Configuration of logic circuits
Selecting appropriate sensors by
taking into account certain parameters
Technology-orientated training packages Sensors
10
11
12
13
14
15

1 1x Proximity switch, magneto-resistive 566199
2 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M12 548643
3 1x Proximity switch, inductive, M18 548645
4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644
5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647
6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648
7 1x Fibre-optic unit 548655
8 1x Fibre-optic cable 548659
9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649
10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650
11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656
12 1x Capacitive sensor, 1 8 mm, N/O contact 548651
14 1x Positioning slide 549842
15 1x Set of test objects 549830
The workbook
Workbook TP 1110
CD-ROM included
applications
In colour, in a binder
Students handbook
Bound
Festo Didactic
566920 EN
Fifteen industry-based projects, each

detail with the subject of sensors
for object detection. The topics include configuration, function and
the influence of material properties
on behaviour, possible applications
and the selection of a sensor based
on the application conditions. The
contents will be covered through
exercises using magnetic, inductive, optical and capacitive proximity switches.

Supplementary media
Digital training programme,
sensor technology 2:
Textbook: Proximity switches
123
Technology-orientated training packages Electronics/PLC
Learning systems overview for industrial and commercial

electricians
124
Equipment sets
Electropneumatics
Equipment sets
Electrical drives
Equipment sets
Electrohydraulics
EduTrainer Compact
Equipment sets
Sensors
Starterkits
PLC technology
Frequency converter
Equipment sets
PLC technology
Fieldbus technology
MPS Transfer system
Robotino Learning with robots
MPS Transfer system The Modular Production System
AFB factory Training factories for the hybrid production
Seminars and workshops
Software and Courseware
Digital training programs Electrical engineering/Electronics
125
Choose your process model
With an EduTrainer or any PLC,

you can control the process of
your choice
1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and

display of the PLC outputs
2. Control of virtual processes
3. Process model:
Control of actual modules
The programmer (PC), controller

and processes are connected via
various interfaces.
Testing a PLC program using the

simulation box.
Industry-oriented, cost effective PLC

training by means of simulation software, e.g. CIROS Mechatronics.
Using equipment sets, MPS stations or MPS PA stations.
EduTrainer or PLC of your choice
I/O data cab

with SysLink connectors for
EduTrainer at both ends (order
no. 034031/167197) or with SysLink connectors at one end and
open cable end sleeves for any
PLC (order no. 167122)
Interface
EasyPort USB (order no. 548687)
directly or via 4 mm plugs:
Universal connection unit (SysLink) (order no. 162231)
Cable
Cable set with safety plugs
(order no. 167091)
Process model
Digital simulation box (order
no. 170643) or Digital/analogue simulation box (order no.
526863)
Simulation software:
CIROS Mechatronics
FluidSIM
EasyVeep
Equipment sets, MPS stations
or MPS PA stations
126
Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training
Discover the new variety for PLC and

electronics training:
Books and working materials
Programming software and
training programmes
Starter kits for introduction by
subject
Classical training packages for
practical basic training
EduTrainer Universal in
A4 format
EduTrainer Compact in
ER format
First-choice partner
Siemens Festo
Benefit from the cooperation of two
market leaders. Siemens control systems and software are standard in
all equipment sets. As a first-choice
partner of Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education, or SCE for
short, we offer customised solutions
for research, development and training facilities worldwide.
The EduTrainer Concept

Industrial controls in their original
design are only suitable for use in
training under certain circumstances.
The EduTrainer Concept meets the
necessary requirements as the PLC
is built into a housing. This means it
can be used in nearly all laboratory
and equipment systems and solutions for almost all applications are
available via the universal interfaces.
You can design your own individual

learning environment with the new
EduTrainer Universal. The universal, flexible holder system in DIN A4
enables you to equip different holder formats with a variety of PLCs and
simulation modules in a 19 format.
Now you can simply configure online
or select one of the numerous preferred versions.
The EduTrainer Compact fits in the

ER mounting frame of many laboratory systems, but can also be used
as a tabletop device or be mounted
ona slotted profile plate. The sensors and actuators can be connected
to the inputs/outputs of the PLC via
4 mm safety sockets. The connection
to all equipment sets from Festo Didactic can be established via the universal I/O interface socket SysLink.
127
Individual configuration of holders, modules and PLCs
New!
The new universal, flexible holder

system in DIN A4 enables you to
equip different holder formats with
a variety of PLCs and simulation
modules.
Carry out a simple configuration
online now.
Or choose one of our many preferred, fully-assembled EduTrainer
Universal models and customise it
with simulation models to suit your
needs.
128
The benefits to you:

Two lengths for individual
configurations
The A4 holder is available in a width
of 305 mm or 458 mm for a wider
range of configurations.
Customisable
Design your own model on an experimentation plate in DIN A4 format.
This enables you to combine any CPU
with any input and output modules,
including simulation technology and
4 mm connection technology.
Retroactive upgrades
The EduTrainer Universal can also
be retroactively upgraded with additional modules for the PLC and with
19 simulation modules.
Versatile: table and installation
variants
The rack variant of the EduTrainer
Universal can be stood on a table or
hung in A4 frames of laboratory furniture as an A4 variant.
Networked and stand-alone
With the EduTrainer Universal, it
is just as simple to set up a standalone system as a networked system.
Robust construction
The stable, powder-coated steel
housing guarantees a long service
life.
Built-in power supply
The built-in 4.5 A power supply unit
is designed to meet all the demands
of basic and further technical training.
Interface totraining systems
The EduTrainer Universal can be integrated into existing systems using
a range of interfaces.
Preferred versions
New!
The preferred versions are fully assembled Edutrainer Universal models and can be ordered simply using
the part number.
Available as a table model (A4 rack)
with or without analogue value
processing
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with

analogue value processing
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack

without analogue value processing
EduTrainer Universal A4 with

analogue value processing
Power supply unit not included

(e.g. for MPS PA)
Power supply unit included

(e.g. for MPS)
Power supply unit included
Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-313C;

19 SysLink; incl. MMC 64 KB
Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-313C-2DP;

NT; 19 SysLink; incl. MMC 64 KB
S7-313C 567098
S7-313C-2DP 567103
Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/

DP; S7-300 module 16DIN/16DOUT,
4AIN/2AOUT; 19 SysLink; incl. MMC
512 KB
Rack size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/

DP; S7-300 module 16DIN/16DOUT;
NT; 19 SysLink; incl. MMC 512 KB
A4 size 2 (458 mm), S7-313C-2DP;

SM334; 19 16DIN; 1916DOUT;
19 4AIN/2AOUT; NT; 19 SysLink;
incl. MMC 64 KB
S7-313C-2DP 567108
S7-315F-2PN/DP 567104
S7-315F-2PN/DP 567099
Rack size 2 (458 mm), CPX-FST;

CPX module 16DIN, 16DOUT, 2AIN,
2AOUT; 19 SysLink
or in a variant to be hung in A4 profile frames.
A4 size 2 (458 mm), S7-314C-2DP;

19 16DIN; 19 16DOUT; 19 4AIN/
2AOUT; NT; 19 SysLink; incl. MMC
64 KB
Rack size 1 (305 mm), FEC 640; NT;

19 SysLink
S7-314C-2DP 567109
FEC 640 567105
CPX-FST 567100
Rack size 1 (305 mm), FX1N; NT;

19 SysLink
A4 size 1 (305 mm), S7-315F-2PN/

DP; 16DI/16DO; 4AIN/2AOUT; NT;
19 16DI/DO; 19 AI/AO; 19 SysLink; incl. MMC 512 KB
Rack size 1 (305 mm), FX1N; FX module 2AIN/1AOUT; 19 SysLink
FX1N 567106
S7-315F-2PN/DP 567110
F1XN 567101
Rack size 1 (305 mm), ML1500; ML

module 6DIN/4DOUT, NT; 19 SysLink
Rack size 1 (305 mm), ML1500; ML

module 6DIN/4DOUT, 4AIN/2AOUT;
19 SysLink
ML1500 567107
2.5 m
2.5 m
34031
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends
2.5 m
Single cable with 4 mm safety plug

Page 147
Other accessories
Programming cable according to
control system
Programming software according
to control system
2 m 529141
Mains cable for power supply unit

Page 146
34031
Mains cable for power supply unit

Page 146
Analogue cable, parallel

2 m 529141
34031
ML1500 567102
Other accessories
control system
to control system
Other accessories
control system
to control system
Feet for table rack
129
Online configurator
New!
Holder systems
New!
The online configurator: it couldnt

be easier.
The choice is yours:
Size:
Two different sizes, as a table variant

(rack) or to hang in A4 profile frames.
On the back of the holder, you will
find a 120/230 V AC electrical connection and a handle for easy use.
305 mm length
458 mm length
Select a holder system

Select a controller manufacturer
Select a controller range and
controller type
Select a module for the controller
Select a 19 simulation module
Send off your completed request
Give us a call; well be happy to help.
Online configurator:
www.festo-didactic.de
Format:
A4 for installation in the A4 profile
frames of laboratory furniture or in
an inclined position on a table.
An A4 variant can easily be converted to a rack variant by attaching feet
(available separately) and slightly altering the mechanics.
Rack with additional feet. For mounting on tables.
With a simple mechanical alteration,
the rack version can also be used in
A4 frames.
130
Control systems
and PLC modules
New!
19 simulation module
New!
Choose from a wide range of controllers and modules:
Choose from a variety of simulation

modules.
19 module 16IN
Also available individually for retroactive upgrades of the EduTrainer

Universal.
19 module 16OUT
Siemens S7-300 CPU and modules

Siemens LOGO! CPU and modules
Festo FEC CPU
Festo CPX CPU
Allen-Bradley CPU and modules
Mitsubishi CPU and modules
and more
A detailed overview of all the available controllers and modules can be

found on the Internet.
With the online configurator, you
can put together your own individual EduTrainer and request a quote
online. If you cant find your own favourite module, please contact us.
Order no. 567111
Order no. 567112
19 module 8IN
More simulation modules available
on request.
Order no. 567113
19 module 8OUT
Order no. 567114
19 module 4AIN/2AOUT
Order no. 567119
19 module word processing

Order no. 567118
19 module system connector 37-pin

Order no. 567116
19 module system connector

SysLink
Order no. 567122
19 blanking plate 3TE

Order no. 567126

Order no. 567125

Order no. 567124

Order no. 567123
131
EduTrainer Compact
Equipment
Without analogue processing
With analogue processing
With AS-Interface and PROFIBUS
Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP
With PROFIBUS

Siemens EduTrainer 313C-2DP with SIM
Siemens EduTrainer ET 200S

Siemens EduTrainer 314C-2DP with SIM
With AS-Interface
Without bus
The EduTrainer Compact fits in the

ER mounting frame of many laboratory systems, but can also be used
as a tabletop device or be mounted
on a slotted profile plate. The sensors and actuators are connected to
the inputs/outputs of the PLC via
4 mm safety sockets. The inputs can
be simulated with switches and potentiometers. With the universal I/O
interface socket SysLink the connection to all equipment sets from
Festo Didactic.
Siemens EduTrainer 313C

Siemens EduTrainer 312C Start
Siemens EduTrainer LOGO!
Siemens EduTrainer TP LOGO!
Festo FEC EduTrainer FST/MWT
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer ML 1200
First-choice partner:
Siemens Festo
Benefit from the cooperation of two
market leaders. Siemens control systems and software are standard in
all equipment sets. As a first-choice
partner of Siemens Automation Cooperates with Education, or SCE for
short, we offer customised solutions
for research, development and training facilities worldwide.
The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular
PLC system from Siemens for industrial use. The PLC has been integrated in the didactic environment
of the Festo Didactic ER format (S7
EduTrainer Compact) for use in basic and further training.
132
Siemens EduTrainer 313C

Siemens EduTrainer 313C with SIM
EduTrainer Compact
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact

The S7 EduTrainer Compact is
equipped with the compact version
of the S7-300 series, the S7-313C
with integrated digital and analogue
inputs and outputs or the S7-313C2DP with integrated digital inputs
and outputs as well as Profibus-DP
or the S7-314C-2DP with integrated
digital and analogue inputs and outputs as well as Profibus-DP.
Interfaces
2 SysLink sockets to IEEE 488 each
for 8 digital inputs/outputs
15-pin Sub-D connector for analogue inputs/outputs (if module
present)
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V operating voltage (external power supply unit required)
MPI interface or additional Profibus-DP interface for CPU S7-313C2DP/S7-314C-2DP
AS-interface connection socket (reserved for ASi)
EMERGENCY-OFF function
Notes
Housing dimensions 145 x 240 x
170 mm (H x W x D).
A CD-ROM included in the scope
of delivery contains examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as Powerpoint slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profibus-DP and valve terminals (DE)).
The S7/STEP7 documentation on
CD-ROM (in 5 languages) is included in the scope of delivery.
The S7 is connected to the programming device or the PC via the
integrated MPI interface and the
PC adapter cable, and programmed
using STEP 7.
The units are supplied fully assembled.
Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of delivery).
S7-300 individual components on
request.
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact with

CPU 313C-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533018
CPU 313C-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 533020
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
CPU 313C-2DP-D-SIM (16DE/16DA/SIM) 533023
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
CPU 313C-2DP-D-A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533022
CPU 313C-2DP-D-Asi (16DE/16DA/ASI) 527424
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536905
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 536907
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 536906
Documentation
Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557
Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
STEP 7 Documentation on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
PC adapter RS232 184555
PC adapter USB 539006
For digital processing:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m
34031
For analogue processing:

Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551
133
EduTrainer Compact
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Start

The smallest processor in the S7-300
family, the 312C with 10 inputs and
6 outputs (digital) is used as the
CPU. The EduTrainer is therefore
especially suited to an introduction
to PLC technology and the control
of small applications with a small
number of digital inputs and outputs.
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S

The S7 EduTrainer ET 200S is an intelligent Profibus-DP slave that can
be connected to any Profibus-DP network. It can also be used as a standalone device, or for preprocessing
of data on the Profibus-DP, as it has
an integrated PLC (IM151/CPU) similar to the S7-314.
This S7 EduTrainer offers 3 interfaces for controlling processes:

4 mm safety sockets. These can be
used for the direct connection of
components from the electropneumatics (TP 201/202) and PLC technology (TP 301) equipment sets.
Phoenix screw terminal plug for
practical connection of sensors
and actuators without 4 mm technology.
SysLink socket to IEEE 488 for each
8 digital inputs and outputs for
connecting a simulation box of an
EasyPort for a process or process
simulation.
As a result, the unit is suitable for

S7/STEP7 training with mediumsized programs. 8 inputs and 8 outputs are wired to a SysLink socket. If
a universal connection unit is used,
these can be connected to 4 mm
safety sockets. A control panel with
1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated pushbuttons and 1 switch is integrated.
An EMERGENCY-STOP function is implemented.
Notes
Housing dimensions 115 x 240 x
170 mm (H x W x D)
The scope of delivery includes a
CD-ROM containing examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as PowerPoint slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profibus-DP and valve terminals (German).
The ET 200S is connected to the
programming device or the PC via
the integrated MPI interface and
the PC adapter cable, and programmed using STEP 7.
Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of delivery)
EduTrainer Start with 10 inputs and 6 outputs 535255

EduTrainer ET 200S with 12 inputs and 10 outputs 527425
Documentation
Siemens ET 200S Manual DE 533031
Siemens ET 200S Manual EN 533521
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
STEP 7 Documentation on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
134
34031
Siemens Trainer Packages

Siemens components for EduTrainer
Trainer package
CPU315F-2 PN/DP Profinet
Comprising:
Mounting rail L = 480 mm
Power supply PS 307, AC 120/
230 V, DC 24 V, 5 A
CPU315F-2 PN/DP with 256 kbyte
main memory
Micro memory card 512 kbyte
Digital modules SM 323, 16 DI and
16 DO, DC 24 V, 0.5 A, 40-pin
Front-panel connec. for SM, 40-pin
Analogue modules SM 334,
4AI/2 AO, 20-pin
Front-panel connector for SM, 20-pin
Distributed safety, floating license
System requirements:
Win 2000 Pro/XP Pro
Step 7, version 5.3 SP3 or higher
Order no. 549835
Trainer package F technology

S7-300 Profinet
Comprising:
F digital input SM 326, 24 DI
F digital output SM 326, 8 DO;
DC 24 V, 2 A
Separator module
2 x front-panel connector for SM,
40-pin
Order no. 549836
Trainer package ET 200S Profinet

Comprising:
ET 200S, digital input, 2DI HF, DC
24 V, 5 P. (Total 10 DI) 1 x ET 200S,
digital output, 2DO HF, DC 24 V,
0.5 A, 5 P. (Total 10 DO)
2x ET 200S, power module, PM-E,
DC 24 48 V
2x ET 200S, terminal module,
TM-E15S24-A1 5 P. (Total 10) 2x
ET 200S, terminal module, TMP15S23-A0
ET 200S, interface module IM151-3
PN HF 2 bus connections via RJ 45
Micro memory card 64 kbyte 1x
standard mounting rail 35 mm,
L = 483 mm
Order no. 549848
Trainer package F technology

ET 200S Profinet
Comprising:
ET 200S, F digital input, 4/8 F-DI,
DC 24 V
ET 200S, F digital output, 4 F-DO,
DC 24 V/2 A
2x ET 200S, terminal module,
TM-E30S44-01
Order no. 549837
Trainer Package
Internet link S7-300,
CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM
CP343-1 Advanced is the
communication module for the
SIMATIC S7-300 for connecting to
industrial Ethernet:
10/100 Mbit/s
Connection for RJ45
CP 343-1 Advanced offers the same
communication possibilities as the
S7-300 with:
PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA
PG/OP communication:
Cross-network functionality thanks
to S7 routing, TCP/IP transport
protocol and UDP (client, server,
multiplexing)
IT communication:
HTTP communication via web
browser, FTP communication,
e-mail, IP address allocation via
DHCP, access protection, comprehensive diagnostic features
Order no. 533027
Siemens components for

EduTrainer
AS-interface master CP343-2
AS-interface specification: V2.1
Bus cycle time: 5 ms for 31 slaves
AS-interface connection:
S7-300 front-panel connector
Order no. 526853
Front-panel connector, also order:
20-pin 184554
40-pin 660560
Micro Memory Card

For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
ET 200S with IM151/CPU.
RAM: 64/512 KByte
64 kByte 533030
512 kByte 536740
PC adapter
Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
2000/XP.
with RS232 cable 184555
LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V

FluidSIM contains a softwarebased minicontroller, e.g. as an
introduction to the LOGO!, the
minicontroller from SIEMENS. We
offer an attractively priced set of
5 LOGO! modules. For industrial
colleges and training centres.
Package includes:
Set of 5 LOGO! 12/24RC
Programming software LOGO! Soft
Comfort
1 USB programming cable
with USB cable 539006
Order no. 556235
LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V

FluidSIM contains a softwarebased minicontroller, e.g. as an
introduction to the LOGO!, the
minicontroller from SIEMENS. We
offer an attractively priced set of
5 LOGO! modules. For industrial
colleges and training centres.
Package includes:
Set of 5 LOGO! 230 RC
Programming software LOGO! Soft
Comfort
1 USB programming cable
Order no. 556236
LOGO! PC cable set

Set of 4 LOGO! USB PC cables
Order no. 556237
Touch Panel TP177B

and
Operator Panel OP177B
Page 251
Special licence rules apply

for schools and educational
institutes in the commercial
sector.
135
EduTrainer Compact
LOGO!
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact and

LOGO! EduTrainer TP Compact
Compact trainers that allow users
to be given an introduction to logical signal processing within a minicontroller.
Features of the LOGO! modules used:
Relay outputs of max. 10 A output
current
Integrated display panel
Integrated pushbutton control
panel
Integrated basic and special
features
Integrated memory EEPROM for
switching program and setpoints
200 connectable functions
4inputs as analogue inputs (0
10 V), also usable as digital inputs
Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT,
NAND, NOR, XOR, positive/negative signal-edge detection
27flags (including startup flag)
Integrated remanence
Password protection
The digital inputs and outputs on

the LOGO! EduTrainer Compact are
connected to a IEEE 488-compliant
SysLink socket and 2 analogue inputs are connected to a 15-pin Sub-D
socket. If a universal connection unit
or analogue connection unit is used,
these can be connected to 4 mm
safety sockets. A control panel within which 1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated
pushbuttons and 1 switch are integrated. An EMERGENCY-STOP function is implemented.
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP: A
compact trainer with integrated connection technology for 4 mm laboratory connectors. 8 digital inputs and
4 digital relay outputs facilitate actuation of simple electropneumatic
exercises (TP 201/202).
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact with 12 inputs, 10 relay outputs

and 4 analog imputs 527433
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP with 8 inputs (alternatively: 4 analogue inputs)
and 4 Relay outputs 535250
LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
Documentation
LOGO! manual EN 526507
LOGO! manual DE 526506
LOGO! programming cable 526504
For digital processing:
34031
For analogue processing:

Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue, 1 m 189551
136
EduTrainer Compact
FEC and Allen-Bradley
FEC EduTrainer Compact FST/MWT

with Ethernet interface
The FEC-FC34 is a compact, powerful PLC with quick, simple installation that is adaptable for industrial
use. With 12 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs, the compact controller in industrial design provides all
of the functions required by low I/O
automation tasks. LEDs display input
and output status.
The FEC EduTrainer Compact FST
can be programmed with Festo FST
in IL and LD and the FEC EduTrainer Compact MWT as per IEC 611313 in IL, LD, FBD, ST and SFC. MULTIPROG programming software is
used.
Interfaces
4 mm safety sockets
(12 I/8 O digital)
SysLink (8 I/8 O digital)
RS232 programming interface
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC
operating voltage
Ethernet connection
Housing dimensions 85 x 240 x 170
mm (H x W x D). Includes Festo FST
or MULTIPROG programming software and documentation.
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer Compact

ML 1200
This EduTrainer uses the AllenBradley ML 1200 controller. 16 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs are
wired to 2 SysLink sockets A and B
as part of the standard design. Outputs Q0 Q9 are disconnectible via
a emergency stop bridge. Inputs and
outputs Q10 Q15 are supplied via
the 24 V sockets. The 24 V EMERGENCY-STOP signal is also connected to the I16 input. Outputs I17 I23
of the controller are not connected.
Technical data
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Maximum input power 40 VA
16 digital inputs:
Input current IN 0 3:
7.3 mA/0 20 kHz at 24 V
Input current IN 4 16:
8.9 mA/0 1 kHz at 24 V
16 digital outputs:
8 relay outputs:
1.2 A at 24 V DC
8 FET outputs: 1 A
Programming software and documentation on request.
FEC EduTrainer Compact FST with Ethernet interface 167132

FEC EduTrainer Compact MWT with Ethernet interface 193730
Plug-in adapter set 541122
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer Compact ML 1200 535811
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
137
Starter kits
FC 100 EduTrainer
PLC starter kit

Comprising the compact and powerful FEC-FC34 PLC, a 24 V PC interface and all the necessary hardware
and software, with the PLC starter
kit you are ideally equipped to start
learning about PLC technology.
Frequency converter starter kit

The frequency converter starter kit
permits the realisation of numerous drive applications with variable
speeds and offers a wealth of training aims, particularly in combination
with the MPS project kits.
The PLC is programmed from the

PC using FST and information is exchanged with the visualisation system via the PC interface. The visualisation software offers various
process models from engineering
and everyday applications, for example level crossings, multi-storey car
parks, sorting systems, washing machines, garage doors, wind generators, lifting luggage. An easy start
CD-ROM that explains how to use the
hardware and software is provided
to help you get started.
The scope of delivery includes:

Control panel via which parameters
can be changed
Communication module for Profibus DP can be replaced without
tools
AC motor, prepared for assembly
preparation on the conveyor
Frequency converter can be
mounted on the stand supplied
and placed wherever it is required
on the bench
Systainer
All the necessary accessories such

as cable, 100 240 V/24 V power
supply unit and screwdriver are included. All that is needed is a PC and
a country-specific mains cable for
the power supply unit (e.g. order no.
247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) then
youre off!
System requirements
PC with Win 98 SE/ME/NT4/2000/
XP
32 MB RAM
10 MB of hard disk space
CD-ROM drive
Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape
4.0 or higher
1 free serial port (RS232) and/or
USB
Order no. 543081
Necessary accessories:
Mains cable Page 146
138
Technical data
Mains voltage 1 AC 200 240 V
Output 0.12 3.0 kW with integrated class A filter
Protection class IP20
FEC starter kit FST/MWT with

Ethernet interface
The FEC-FC34 is a compact, powerful PLC with quick, simple installation that is adaptable for industrial
use. With 12 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs, the compact controller
in industrial design provides all of
the functions required by low I/O automation tasks. LEDs display the input and output status.
FC 100 EduTrainer
The FC 100 mini control system combines three functions in one unit:
Convenient handheld control unit
Simple programming via teach-in
CodeSys compatible PLC
The starter kit consists of the FECFC34 mini PLC from Festo and FST or
MULTIPROG programming software.
To work with the system, only a 24 V
power supply and a PC are required.
The CD-ROM supplied contains either the FST software (DE/EN) or the
MULTIPROG software (DE/EN/FR)
depending on which starter kit version is ordered; it also contains all
the manuals including programming
manuals as PDF files (DE/EN) as well
as different Microsoft PowerPoint
presentations.
Technical data
24 V supply voltage
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
RS232 interface
Ethernet interface
2 line monochrome display
Touch-sensitive keyboard with 16
keys (also usable as inputs)
Web server built in
Includes CD ROM with operating instructions and CodeSys demo. Limited to 2 hours operating time, restart
required thereafter.
FC 100 EduTrainer 548676

Recommended accessories:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors
FEC Starter kit FST
(IEEE 488) at both ends 2.5 m
Order no.
Order no. 534624
Connecting cable 4 mm
FEC Starter kit MWT
Order no. 381525
Mains cable Page 146
Tabletop power supply unit Page 146
Order no. 534363
Order no. 192778

Tabletop power supply/power supply unit
for the mounting frame Page 146
34031

Programmable logic controllers
10
11
12

EduTrainer Pages 126 137
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301

Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
13
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 TP 301 167102

Training aims
Benefits of the PLC compared to
conventional solutions such as
electrical, electropneumatic or
electrohydraulic solutions
Functions of system components
of a PLC
Commissioning a PLC
Application criteria for mechanical,
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity switches
Sequence control and parallel logic
Systematic programming of a PLC
in accordance with international
standard IEC 1131-3
IEC 1131-3 programming
languages: Function Block
Diagram, Ladder Diagram,
Statement List, Structured Text
and Sequence Language
A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300
or Allen Bradley) is required to carry
out the tasks. Connection with
universal connection unit and I/O

data cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm
safety connectors. I/O modules
can be connected via 4 mm safety
connectors.
Textbook Programmable Logic
Controllers, Basic level
Also order:
Workbook Programmable Logic
Controllers, Basic level
DE
93313
EN
93314
ES
94427
Solutions to the exercises in the

workbook for various controllers
Festo FPC 101 DE
93315
Festo FPC 101 EN
93316
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN
94440
Siemens S7-300 DE
94524
Siemens S7-300 EN
94537
139
Technology-orientated training packages Fieldbus
Offers for fieldbus training
Ethernet
Profibus
AS-interface
Vertical integration
Totally Integrated Automation
...
Whichever way you look at it, if you
want to stay at the cutting edge you
need to know many terms and master the basics of control technology, including networking in the field
area.
Festo Didactic offers:
Orientation seminars for instructors and teachers
Controllers and control units
Valves and processes
140
Training with training packages

With just a few additions to the Electropneumatics or Electrohydraulics
training packages, you can get started with fieldbus training. The required components fit the ER frame
or can be mounted on the profile
plate with QuickFix.
Industrial standard
Training is ideal if use is made of
components compatible with industrial standards. Thats why we use
Festo valve terminals and Siemens
controllers.
Training with MPS

Mechatronics specialists or IT systems electronics specialists are
trained on realistic networked systems connected to office automation. The Modular Production System
MPS allows many variations of such
training systems to be set up.
Components for
fieldbus training
Masters
Slaves/additional components
Ethernet/PROFINET
S7-300 IT Trainer Package

(CP343-1IT)
S7-315-2PN/DP
Simatic WinCC/Web Navigator

Trainer Package
ET 200S PN
TP177B/OP177B
PROFIBUS
S7 EduTrainer Compact with

Profibus-DP* or
S7 EduTrainer Universal with
Profibus-DP
S7 EduTrainer ET 200S with

integrated CPU and 12 I/10 O
as an intelligent slave*
Trainer Package Touch Panel
TP177B/OP177B with
WINCC flexible
Valve terminal with Profibus-DP
single valve interface**
Electropneumatics
MPS Sorting station with
Profibus-DP
TP 402-DP
AS-interface
S7 EduTrainer Compact with

AS-interface master* or
S7 EduTrainer Universal with
AS-interface master
AS-interface power supply*

AS-interface I/O single valve
interface unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O*
AS-interface control unit
(membrane keyboard) with
4 control elements and 2 displays*
AS-interface reflex light sensor
Valve terminal with AS-interface
connection**
AS-interface single valve
connector**
Electropneumatics
MPS Distributing station with
AS-interface
TP 401-ASI
* Components for the ER frame.
** Components for the profile plate.
Processes
Equipment set TP 401-ASI

Fieldbus technology AS-interface
Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096
10/11
12
13/14

1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426
2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427
3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428
4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431
5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929
6 1x AS-Interface single valve interface 533524
8 1x Stack magazine module 527434
9 1x Changer module 527435
10 2x AS-Interface cable 50 cm 533032
11 2x AS-Interface cable 125 cm 533033
34031
13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm 175488


1x DUO cable
18685
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer Compact)
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
Note: All SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Universal can be extended using a CP 342-2 (AS-i master
module). Also order 20-pin front-panel connector.
Other accessories
AS-interface master CP343-2 526853
Front-panel connector screwed contacts 184554
AS-interface addressing device
18959
AS-interface addressing cable
18960
Training aims
Fieldbus systems in automation
technology
Application criteria for fieldbus
systems
Comparison of various fieldbus
systems
Network topologies and access
methods
ISO/OSI 7 layer model
AS-interface fundamentals
AS-interface transmission system
AS-interface master/slave
Configuration of an AS-interface
network with STEP 7
Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations
Prerequisites
A SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-interface master is required for solution of the exercises in this training
package.
The equipment set TP 201 or TP
301 is also required for solution of
the exercises. Or additionally order
the supplementary TP 400 component set.
Also order:
Workbook TP 401 AS-Interface
AS-Interface DE 534270
AS-Interface EN 534272
141

Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP
Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097

1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 1x Stack magazine module 527434
5 1x Changer module 527435

6 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
34031

10 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534637
7
8/9
10/11
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer Compact)
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
Training aims
Fieldbus systems in automation
technology
Application criteria for fieldbus
systems
Comparison of various fieldbus
systems
Network topologies and access
methods
ISO/OSI 7 layer model
Profibus-DP fundamentals
Profibus-DP transmission system
Profibus-DP master/slave
Configuration of a Profibus-DP
network with STEP 7
Connecting, addressing and
programming bus stations
142
Prerequisites
A SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP
master is required to solve the exercises in this training package.
The equipment set TP 201 or TP
301 is also required to solve the
exercises. You can additionally
order the supplementary TP 400
component set.
Also order:
Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP
Profibus-DP DE 534271
Profibus-DP EN 534273
Supplementary equipment sets

Fieldbus technology
TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP
5/6
This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises described in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training in
ASI or Profibus-DP.
Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal, with 16-way input stage 527432
4 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
34031
TP 400 component set

This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI
and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not available and/or cannot be used.
Complete TP 400 component set 541099
143
Technology-orientated training packages Electrical drives

Basics of servo motor drive technology
Fast and powerful:

Electrical axes with servo motors
Electrical drives are characterised by
their speed, torque and incredible
flexibility. With the TP 801 course,
Festo Didactic introduces a new
training package based on the most
modern electrical drive technology.
It teaches all of the skills needed to
use electrical drives and information
on their particular features and advantages.
Technology at its finest
Employing ultra-modern axes and
motors, controllers and software.
The servo motor offers extremely
high positioning accuracy thanks
to its high torque and dynamic response. Commissioning is particularly easy thanks to the SEC-AC servo
motor controller and user-friendly
Windows PC software.
Lesson material included
The CD-ROM contains extensive
teaching materials including exercises, worked examples and transparencies so that you can start learning
or structuring lessons straight away.
Training aims
Constructing a servo motor system
Commissioning a servo drive
Adjusting the speed of a servo
motor
Reference travel
Positioning using variable speed
and acceleration
Regulating torque
Synchronous positioning (2 drives
required)
Scope of delivery
(in a Maxi-Systainer)
Linear axis
Motor
Servo motor controller SEC-AC
Wmemoc software
Simulation box for commissioning
CD-ROM containing course documents
Cables and small parts

stepper motor drive
Consisting of a complete stepper motor drive, but without the axis. Supplements the Servo motor drive technology equipment set TP 801 to form
a complete Stepper motor drive technology equipment set TP 802.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer, complete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.

Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive 539739
144
Technology-orientated training packages Electrical drives

Basics of stepper motor drive technology
Classic and inexpensive:

Drives with stepper motors
Stepper motors are ideal for applications where cost optimisation is
more important than speed and dynamism.
High-end axis controller SPC 200
The SPC 200 can control up to 4
pneumatic or electrical axes. One of
the main development criteria was
ease of use:
Record selection: for positioning
tasks with fixed traversing movements which can simply be called
up via I/Os.
Program mode: with up to 100
programs for solving the most
complex tasks or calculating and
changing positions; I/Os control
the process
Quick commissioning using the
WINPISA diagnostic and programming tool
The PROFIBUS fieldbus interface
facilitates direct reading and writing of the position data. You can
calculate, select and archive the
position in a PLC and then download it directly into the SPC200. A
functional module for the Siemens
S7 controller family provides assistance here.
Training aims
Constructing a stepper motor
system
Commissioning a stepper motor
drive
Reducing current in a stepper
motor drive
Reference travel
Speeds of a stepper motor drive
Positioning using a stepper
motor drive
Acceleration and braking ramps
Scope of delivery
(in a Maxi-Systainer)
Axis
Drive
Controller and I/O module
Small parts
Manual
CD-ROM containing course documents
WinPISA commissioning software

servo motor drive
Consisting of a complete servo drive,
but without the axis. Supplements
the Stepper motor drive technology
equipment set TP 802 to form a complete Servo motor drive technology
equipment set TP 801.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer,complete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.

Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive 539017
145
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components General
Accessories and optional components

General
1 Aluminium profile plate

plate forms the basis for all Festo Didactic training packages. All of the
components fit securely and safely
into the grooves on the profile plate.
There are grooves on each side and,
if required, both sides can be fitted
with components. The grooves are
compatible with the ITEM profile system. Side caps included. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
(order no. 158343).
4 Plug-in adapter set

The plug-in adapter set can be used
to mount the ER units directly on the
blue plug-in board or on the aluminium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
7 Power cable
One side designed as a connector
and one side with a country-specific
plug.
Order no. 541122
Order no. 247661

US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC,
5 Power supply unit for mounting

frame
Input voltage:
230/115 V AC (47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:
24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
Output current: max. 4.5 A
Dimensions: 240 x 170 x 87 mm
AU, NZ, CN, AR

Order no. 350364
CH
Order no. 350366
ZA, IN, PT, SG, AE, HK, (GB)
Order no. 350367
350 x 250 mm 159333
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
350 x 1100 mm 162360
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
700 x 550 mm 159409
Order no. 159396
700 x 350 mm 162386
With power cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
1100 x 700 mm 159411
GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
8 5-fold plug socket strip with

switch
Impact and shatter resistant plug
socket strip with tamper-proof cover,
4 mounting points and mounting attachments for securing on Learnline,
for example.
* with cable guide
Order no. 162412
With power supply plug suitable for:
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162413
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
CH
Order no. 380707
700 x 350 mm* 170395
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
700 x 700 mm 159410
Order no. 162411
2 Slotted mounting plate

All components with the Quick-Fix
system can be mounted on the slotted mounting plate. The slotted
mounting plate can be installed in
the conventional A4 mounting frame
or on the tabletop. It is not compatible with the A4 table mounting
frame. Overall dimensions: 532 x
297 mm.
Order no. 158343
Order no. 162414

Order no. 162415
6 Tabletop power supply unit

Input voltage:
230/115 V AC (47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:
Without power cable
Order no. 162416
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418
Order no. 162419
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162380
CH
Order no. 162381
Order no. 162382

Order no. 350363
Without power cable
3 Rubber feet
type. Set (4 pieces).
146
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP

Order no. 350362
Order no. 159382
Order no. 159331
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250

mm supplied without side caps.
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components General

General
1 Compressor
Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45
dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited
for use in classrooms. With pressure
regulator and water separator.
Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax
Performance: 50 l/min
Reservoir capacity: 25 l
Compressed air outlet:
3 Cable set, universal with 4 mm

safety plugs
Flexible measuring lines, order individually or in a set.
(price per item)
5 Oscilloscope
2-channel memory oscilloscope with
trigger.
Bandwidth 50 MHz
Time slot pattern
0.1 s/cm 100 s/cm
Grid amplitude 1 mV/cm 20 V/cm
10 x blue 50 mm 376931
Order no. 152917
Electric motor: 230 V/50 Hz
11 x blue 300 mm 376934
With power cable suitable for:
26 x red 300 mm 376935
12 x blue 500 mm 376936
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
21 x red 500 mm 376937
Complete set of cables 167091

Consisting of single cables
10 x red 50 mm 376932
Electric motor: 100 120 V/50 60 Hz
3 x red 1000 mm 376939
With fully insulated socket
1 x blue 1500 mm 376940
6 Function generator
Signal types:
Sinusoidal, square, triangular, TTL
Frequency range: 0.1 Hz 500 kHz
Voltage output: DC
Offset: -15 +15 V
Voltage amplitude: 0 30 V
Order no. 565440
1 x red 1500 mm 376941
Order no. 152918
4 Digital multimeter
With automatic range selection, 3digit. Suitable for measuring DC and
AC voltage, DC and AC current, resistance and for carrying out diode
tests and continuity tests.
7 Cable BNC 4 mm
Cable with BNC socket and 2 jackplugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
with a function generator and oscilloscope.
Order no.
91030
3 x blue 1000 mm 376938
Accessories:
Coupling socket, coupling plug, tubing
Order no. 102725
2 Vernier caliper
Measuring range: 0 150 mm
Resolution: 0.01 mm
Display: LCD display, 5-digit
Power supply: 1.5 V button cell
Order no.
35653
Order no.
Order no. 152919
35681
Cable BNC BNC

Order no. 158357
T-connector BNC
Order no. 159298
4
147
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 Plastic tubing
Minimum order quantity/packaging unit
5 Accessory box
The accessory box contains
pneumatic connectors and tubing
accessories as well as a tubing cutter
and releasing tool for pneumatic
connectors.
Order no.
quantity: 50 m
Order no. 167020
Sealing ring OL-M5
4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496

3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118
6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963
4 x 0.75 Silver 152584

2
Silencer U-1/8
4 x 0.75 Black 159663
Order no.
4 x 0.75 Red 178410
quantity: 10 pieces
Sealing ring OL-1/8

Order no.
Order no.
Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H)

Order no. 153056
Order no. 162267
7658
Order no. 186095

Angled fitting, rotatable, M5 (QSML-M5-4)
Order no. 153333
Angled fitting, rotatable, G1/8
(QSL-G1/8-4)
Order no. 186116
3 Tubing cutter
For optimal cutting of plastic tubing.
Straight fitting, self-closing, M5
Order no. 255851
Order no. 153291
(QSK-M5-4)
4 Releasing tool
For releasing all QS connectors for tubing outside diameters of 3 to 10 mm.
(QSK-G1/8-4)
Order no. 158419
Order no. (6) 153128
Order no. 186294

T-connector (QST-4)
Order no. 153267

Push-in sleeve (QSH-4)
Order no. 153251
33840
8 3/2-way roller lever valve,

normally open
Type:
Poppet valve, indirectly actuated in
one direction, with spring return
Pressure range:
280 800 kPa (2.8 8 bar)
Standard nominal flow rate 1...2:
120 l/min
Blanking plug (QSC-4H)
148
2307
Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4)
Order no. 153376
34634
2 Tubing cutter
For plastic and Perbunan tubing with
and without fabric reinforcement
with outside diameters up to 20 mm.
Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut
through positive locking of tubing in
the cutter.
Plug-in bulkhead connector (QSMS-4)
4645
Straight fitting, M5 (QSM-M5-4)
Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8
Silencer U-M5
Order no.
Order no. 153304
quantity: 10 pieces
6 Quick Star quick push-in fitting
4 x 0.75 Green 178424
4 x 0.75 Blue 159662
4 x 0.75 Yellow 178417
7 Silencer and sealing rings

Pneumatics
1 On-off valve with

filter/regulator, 5 m
Filter regulator valve with pressure
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in
connectors and quick coupling plug,
mounted on a swivel support. The
filter with water separator removes
dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed
water. The pressure regulator
maintains the supply air pressure
at the set operating pressure and
compensates pressure fluctuations.
The filter bowl has a condensate
drain valve.
The on-off valve pressurises and
vents the entire control system. The
3/2-way valve is actuated by a rotary
button.
Design: Piston regulator valve with
sintered filter and water trap
Standard nominal flow rate*:
1600 l/min
Input pressure:
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar)
Working pressure:
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar)
Grade of filtration: 5 m
Condensate quantity: 43 cm3
Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic
tubing PUN 6 x 1
2/3 Universal adapter

The adapter enables Festo pneumatic components and those of
other manufacturers to be mounted
on the aluminium profile plate. You
can continue to use your existing
components and still benefit
from the advantages of using the
aluminium profile plate system and
the patented Quick-Fix mounting
system from Festo Didactic:
Plug-in, clamp, ready no force
required
No worn-out sockets
Exact positioning of components
Working in a third dimension
Universally suitable for Festo and
third-party components
You can mount the components
onto the adapter yourself. It is quick,
easy and reliable with slotted screws
(included in scope of delivery).
Available in two sizes. The adapters
are thus universally usable for an
enormous number of components
with a through hole regardless of
the manufacturer.
Order no. 152885

2
5 Multiple tubing holder strip set

Easily attaches to the aluminium
slotted profile plate; a neat solution
for up to 6 tubes/cables per strip.
Set of 10.
Order no. 544317
2 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
3 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar)
Special mounting adapters

Special mounting adapters are required for the following components:
Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar)
Not suitable for mounting of

hydraulic components.
Order no. 526337
Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar)
4 Stepper module, expansion

The stepper controller is obtained
from the series connection of four
type TAA basic modules. This module
comprises a memory (5/2-way
double pilot valve) with display and
manual override as well as an AND
and OR gate.
For single-acting cylinder

Order no. 159339
For double-acting cylinder

Order no. 159340
For pneumatic and electropneumatic

roller lever valve
Order no. 159342
For solenoid valve

Order no.
159347
For back pressure valve

Order no.
159350
For pneumatic linear drive unit

Order no. 159360
For M18 sensors

Order no. 159378
For ER units (1 required per unit)

Order no. 541122
149

Pneumatics
1 One-way flow control valve

The one-way flow control valve
consists of a combination of a flow
control valve and a non-return valve
arranged parallel to the flow control
valve. The flow control cross section
can be adjusted with a knurled
screw.
Design: Combined flow control/
shut-off valve
Pressure range: 20 to 1000 kPa
(0.2 10 bar)
Standard nominal flow rate:
in direction of flow control
0 110 l/min
Standard nominal flow rate in
blocked direction:
65 110 l/min
Order no. 152881
2 Solenoid valves with M8

central plug
Solenoid valves with M8 central plug
to ISO 15407-1
Quick-Star fittings
QuickFix for slotted assembly
boards
LED display
Pilot actuated with manual
override
Electrical connection with M8
central plug 24 V (DC)
Operating pressure:
300 800 kPa (3 8 bar)
No connecting cable; please order
separately.
2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve, normally
closed
Order no. 544380
5/2-way solenoid valve

Order no. 544381
5/2-way double solenoid valve

Order no. 544382

mid position closed
Order no. 548571
Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for

connecting solenoid valves with an
M8 central plug. Cable length 2.5 m
with open ends.
Order no. 158962

M8 central plug. Cable length 1 m
with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid
coil numbering.
Order no. 540703
150
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Hydraulics

Hydraulics
1 Hose line with quick release

couplings
The high-pressure hose consists of
three layers: The innermost layer
is synthetic rubber, followed by a
wire mesh and sheath of abrasionresistant synthetic rubber.
5 Coupling socket (nominal size 4)

Is required by some hydraulic
components to implement an
additional function.
Mechanical connection:
G 1/4 (internal thread).
9 Protective cover for weight

Provides reliable protection from
injury. Only in conjunction with
double-acting cylinder (order no.
152857).
Weight: Order no. 152972.
Order no. 342046
For the mounting profile from Learntop-S
and for Learnline up to 2004
The two quick coupling sockets

are self-sealing when decoupled.
Used with a coupling nipple, the
coupling sockets form a tightly
sealed connection. Only the face of
the coupling is coated with oil during
the coupling process. Coupling and
decoupling are only possible when
the hose is de-pressurised.
Please observe the following safety
rules: Hoses should not be used
for longer than 6 years, including a
storage period of 2 years.
Nominal size (NS): 4
Operating pressure P:
6 MPa (60 bar)
Max. permissible pressure Pmax:
12 MPa (120 bar)
Temperature range: -40 +125 C
Min. bending radius: 100 mm
Threaded coupling
The threaded coupling is required
for the coupling socket (order no.
342046).
G 1/4 (external thread)
Order no. 680041
6 5-way distributor
The distributor accommodates 5 P or
T outlets. The tried and tested QuickFix mounting system allows quick
installation of the distributor on the
profile plate.
Order no. 184455
2 Hose holder
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses.
Provides neat storage and protects
hose couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
7 5-way distributor with pressure

gauge
The hydraulic distributor plate
accommodates 5 P or T outlets and
is also equipped with a pressure
gauge. The distributor plate is firmly
mounted on the profile plate.
Measuring range:
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar)
Accuracy:
1.6 % of full-scale value
Operating pressure, static:
3/4 of full-scale value
Operating pressure, dynamic:
2/3 of full-scale value
Order no. 539737
Order no. 159395
3 Cable guide
For a set of laboratory cables.
Ensures that cables are kept neatly
and in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
8 Pressure relief unit

The pressure relief unit allows you to
relieve hydraulic damping pressure
without great expenditure of force.
Order no. 535812
Order no. 152971
600 mm 152960
1000 mm 152970
1500 mm 159386
3000 mm 158352
4 Coupling nipple (nominal size 4)

Is required by some hydraulic valves
to implement an additional function.
G 1/4 (external thread).
Order no. 342047
Order no. 152973

For Learnline from 2005
Order no. 541135
3
10 Mounting adapter
The adapter enables Festo hydraulic
components and those of other
manufacturers to be mounted on
the aluminium profile plate. You
can continue to use your existing
components and still benefit
from the advantages of using the
aluminium profile plate system and
the patented Quick-Fix mounting
system from Festo Didactic:
Plug-in, clamp, ready no force
required
No worn-out sockets
Exact positioning of components
Working in a third dimension
Universally suitable for Festo and
third-party components
Order no. 167186
Accumulator filling device

Accumulator filling device for filling
the hydraulic diaphragm accumulator (order no. 152859). The accumulator filling device can be operated
directly on the nitrogen bottle. Vendor-specific adapters are required
when using a pressure reducer for
filling the accumulator.
Order no.
92491
Mounting profile
Required when the weight (order no.
152972) is to be mounted directly
on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
152857). Scope of delivery includes
connecting kit. Installation takes
place on a horizontal profile plate.
Profile dimensions 32 x 32 x 770 mm.
Protective cover for weight: Order
no. 152973.
Order no. 119352
10
151

Hydraulics
1 4/2-way double solenoid valve

Power rating: 6.5 W
Operating pressure p: 6 MPa
(60 bar)
Max. permissible pressure pmax:
12 MPa (120 bar)
Actuation: Electrical
Order no. 525951
2 Cushioning cylinder
The cushioning cylinder is required
for exercise 21 in TP 511 Closedloop hydraulic control. It is mounted
directly on the linear drive.
Order no. 544371
For cylinder 16/10/300

(order no. 184489)
3 Double-acting cylinder
25/18/200
Matching potentiometer order
no. 167090. The potentiometer is
mounted on the cylinder using the
assembly kit (order no. 544373).
Piston diameter: 25 mm
Piston rod diameter: 18 mm
Stroke: 200 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 2
Order no. 544372
16/10/300
Matching potentiometer order
no. 525953. The potentiometer is
mounted on the cylinder using the
assembly kit (order no. 544372).
Stroke: 300 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6

(order no. 184490)
Order no. 544373
7 Linear potentiometer,
200 mm and 300 mm stroke
On the installation of linear
potentiometers on hydraulic
cylinders.
Connection cable
Supply voltage: 13 30 V DC
Output voltage: 0 10 V DC
Mechanical attachment of
connecting rod: Thread M4
Potentiometer with 200 mm
sensor displacement
For cylinder order no. 152857 with
mounting kit, use order no. 120778;
for cylinder order no. 184490 with
mounting kit, use order no. 544373.
Order no. 184489
Order no. 167090
16/10/400
Matching potentiometer order no.
525954. An assembly kit is not
needed to mount the potentiometer
on the cylinder.
Stroke: 400 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6
Potentiometer with 300 mm

sensor displacement
For cylinder order no. 184489 with
mounting kit, use order no. 544372.
Order no. 184488
10

(order. no. 152857)
Order no. 152295
Order no. 184490
6 Assembly kit for cylinders

The assembly kit is designed for
mounting
Proximity sensors and size 8 slot
sensors
The guide plate (in order to
actuate the stem actuated valve,
order no. 152978)
The potentiometer, order no.
167090 or order no. 525953
Order no. 525953
8 Linear potentiometer,
450 mm stroke
No assembly kit is required for
mounting the linear potentiometer
on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
184488). The linear potentiometer
is mounted on the aluminium profile plate.
Connection cable
Supply voltage: 13 30 V DC
Output voltage: 0 10 V DC
Potentiometer
Measuring stroke: 450 mm
Order no. 525954
152
9 Pressure sensor
Permissible operating voltage:
15 30 V DC
Voltage output: 0 10 V
Measuring range: 0 10 MPa
(0 100 bar)
Cut-off frequency: 1 kHz
nominal size 4 525964
10 Temperature sensor
Permissible operating voltage:
20 30 V DC
Voltage output: 0 10 V
Measuring range: 0 100 C
nominal size 4 525963

Hydraulics
1/2 Measuring case

The complete measuring set is packaged in the practical and sturdy
Systainer. It can be used for commissioning, maintenance, troubleshooting and optimisation of hydraulic circuits.
4 Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)

Brand-name hydraulic oil for all
Festo hydraulic power units.
Flow measurement device (0 10 l/min)
3 Measuring container for

hydraulics
Flow rate measurement can be
clearly, simply and effectively
demonstrated using the transparent
measuring container. The scale of
the transparent measuring container
allows simple measurement through
gauging the capacity by litres.
Measuring range: 2 litres.
in combination with the hydraulic motor
Order no. 541134
Oil spillage/protective mat

Black, with rubber border. Protects
the tabletop of the Learnline system
and keeps it clean.
Consisting of:
(order no. 152858) (see fig. 2)
Measuring line, 500 mm, blue
Universal bracket
Permits the mounting of up to 2
hydraulic power units with single
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring
containers or holders for storing
hoses. W 50 x D 275 x H 130.
Order no. 376936
Order no. 539736
Order no. 183736

Cable, USD
Order no. 167092
Measuring line, 500 mm, red
Order no. 376937
HLP22 10 l 192215
HLP22 20 l
14572
Funnel for filling various devices

with oil
Order no. 374038
312 x 1512 mm 541133

2
Universal display
Order no. 183737
Pressure sensor, measuring range
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar), nominal size 4
Order no. 525964
Temperature sensor, measuring range

0 100 C, nominal size 4
Order no. 525963
Complete measuring set

Order no. 177468
153
Hydraulic power units
1 Hydraulic power unit with

single pump
Ideal for all experiments using
standard equipment sets TP 500,
600, 700, 511 and MPS Punching
station.
Mounting on Learnline:
From 2005 using mounting bracket
(order no. 539736), up to 2004
using mounting bracket (order no.
158325)
Mounting on Learntop: Directly
Pump design: External gear pump
Number of pumps: 1
Motor: AC current, single-phase
Actuation: Manual via ON/OFF
switch
Operating pressure Pmax:
6 MPa (60 bar)
Oil tank capacity: 5 l
Duty cycle: 50%
Weight: 19 kg
Power unit with 230 V nominal

voltage, nominal power rating: 0.65
kW, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate
at nominal speed: 2.2 l/min at 1320
r.p.m.
2 Hydraulic power unit,

double pump with one motor*
Suitable for simultaneous supply of
two hydraulic circuits or to achieve
higher cylinder and motor speeds.
Ideal for determining valve characteristics.
Can be integrated into Learnline
workplace systems
Pump design:
Double external gear pump
Number of pumps: 2
switch
Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
Duty cycle: 100 %
(W x D x H)
Weight: 65 kg
3 Hydraulic power unit, with two

individual pumps and two motors*
Suitable for individual supply of
two hydraulic circuits or to achieve
higher cylinder and motor speeds.
Ideal for determining valve characteristics.
Can be integrated into Learnline
workplace systems
Pump design:
External gear pump
Number of pumps: 1 per motor
switch
Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
Duty cycle: 100 %
(W x D x H)
Weight: 65 kg
Power unit with AC current motor,

single-phase, nominal voltage:
230 V, nominal power rating: 1.1
at nominal speed: 2 x 3.8 l/min at
1350 r.p.m.
For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure)
Power unit with AC current motor,

single-phase, nominal voltage:
230 V, nominal power rating: 2 x 550
W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate at
nominal speed: each 3.8 l/min/1350
r.p.m.
For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure)
Order no. 539733
Order no. 541114
Power unit with AC motor, 3-phase,

nominal voltage: 400 460 V, nominal power rating: 1.1 kW, frequency:
50 60 Hz, delivery rate at nominal
speed: 2 x 3.8 4.5 l/min at 1450
1740 r.p.m.
Power unit with AC motor, 3-phase,

nominal voltage: 400 460 V, nominal power rating: 2 x 550 W, frequency: 50 60 Hz, delivery rate at nominal speed: each 3.8 4.5 l/min at
1450 1740 r.p.m.
Order no. 541115
Order no. 541116
Order no. 152962

r.p.m.
Order no. 539004

r.p.m.
* All power units with mains

cable, suitable for: DE, FR, NO,
SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
Note:
For safety reasons, hydraulic
power units are delivered
without oil.
Please order hydraulic oil
separately.
154
Accessories
Order no. 159328
Wheel set for mounting on the tank 539734
A hydraulic power unit according to

your specifications
Motors:
Manual on/off switch with
overload protection
Unit with one or two motors
Pump control:
Constant displacement pump
(pressure limitation)
Variable displacement pump
(constant pressure/zero stroke
pump, load sensing/combined
q/p adjustment)
Unit with one or two pumps
Do you have special requirements?

We can offer you the following
features individually.
Power supply:
Voltage: 110 460 V
Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
Phases: 3 (three-phase current) or
1 (alternating current)
Operating pressure up to 6 MPa

(60 bar).
Delivery rate < 8 l/min
recommended.
Volume of the tank is maximum
40 l when the hydraulic power unit
is integrated in a mobile Learnline
workplace.
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Electronics/PLC

Electronics/PLC
1 I/O data cable with SysLink

connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends,
crossover
For connection of SysLink interfaces,
for example an EduTrainer PLC, with
the universal connection unit, digital
(order no. 162231).
4 I/O data cable, analogue

For connection of the analogue
connector to the PLC EduTrainers
using the analogue connection unit
(order no. 162247).
2.5 m
5 Analogue cable, parallel

EasyPort with actual process and/or
simulation box.
34031
2 I/O data cable with one SysLink

connector as per IEEE 488 and bare
cable-end sleeves
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O
terminals of a PLC.
2.5 m 167122
3 I/O data cable, crossover, with

terminal socket
Connects the PLC board of an MPS
station with EasyPort, order no.
548687. Adapter cable for the connection: any PLC with an open I/O
data cable, order no. 167122, and
universal connection unit, order no.
162231.
0.3 m 167197
1 m 189551
11 Plug-in adapter, electrical

Adapter for inserting cables with
safety plugs into sockets without
shock-hazard protection. This is no
longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
(IEC 1010).
Set of 10 adapters.
6 Analogue cable, crossover

EasyPort with actual PLC and/or
simulation box.
2 m 533039
Order no. 158962
7 PC data cable RS232

For example, for connecting EasyPort
with the RS232 port of a PC.
female female, 1.5 m 160786

M8 central plug. Cable length 1 m
with 4 mm safety plugs and solenoid
coil numbering.
male female, 1.5 m 162305
Order no. 540703
8 PC adapter
2000/XP.
with RS232 cable 184555
Order no. 185692
Connecting cable for solenoid

valves with M8 central plug
M8 central plug. Cable length 2.5 m
with open ends.
2 m 529141
with USB cable 539006
9 LOGO! programming cable

Cable for the transmission of
switching programs from a PC to
LOGO! and vice versa.
Order no. 526504
10 Profibus cable
Connection between 2 Profibus
stations.
0.5 m 533035
2.0 m 533036
10
11
155

Electronics/PLC
1 Simulation box, digital

The simulation box is used to display
the input and outputs signals of an
MPS station or PLC.
Two modes of application are possible:
Simulation of inputs for testing of
a PLC program. Use I/O data cable
(SysLink) (order no. 034031) for
this purpose.
Setting of outputs (with separate
24 V supply) in order to operate an
MPS station. The cable (order no.
167106, 2.5 m) required for this
purpose is included in the scope of
delivery.
The simulation box contains a SysLink socket.
Using an analogue cable (order no.

189551), the unit can also be used
as an analogue connection unit for
the EduTrainer PLC.
Order no. 170643
Order no. 162247
2 Simulation box, digital/analogue

The digital/analogue simulation box
additionally allows the simulation
and display of analogue signals (0
10 V). The simulation box is supplied
without connection cables.
4 Universal connection unit,

digital (SysLink)
The universal connection unit connects all 4 mm safety plugs with the
24-pin system connector as per IEEE
488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a universal interface between units with 4
mm connection technology and devices equipped with SysLink connectors as per IEEE488:
Connection to an I/O terminal of an
MPS station via an I/O cable with
SysLink connectors at both ends,
order no. 034031
I/O coupling via the 4 mm laboratory connectors of a PLC using an
open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector
bare wires), order no. 167122
Simple connection of actuators and
sensors via 4 mm laboratory connectors with the EasyPort interface
unit for FluidSIM
Order no. 526863
3 Connection unit, analogue

Permissible voltage range:
22 27 V DC
Reference: GND
4 analogue voltage inputs:
Range: -10 V +10 V (max. 30 V),
input resistance: 200 k
4 analogue current inputs:
Range: 0 20 mA (max. -4 +24
mA), input voltage: max. 30 V
2 analogue outputs:
Voltage: -10 +10 V, short-circuitproof, max. 30 V, fuse-protected,
current: max. 20 mA
The following connection cables are

recommended for flexible application:
I/O data cable, parallel:
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox
with SPS EduTrainer or EasyPort)
Analogue cable, parallel:
with EasyPort)
Analogue cable, crossover:
with MPS Analog-Terminal)
I/O data cable, crossover:
Order no. 167197
Inputs:
3 safety sockets each for 8 threewire sensors
Outputs:
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE488)
I/O status display:
Via LED
Order no. 162231
156
5 Sensor tester
The sensor tester speeds up commissioning of systems with integrated
sensors and proximity sensors. It can
be used for:
Quick and simple checking of contacts
Rapid fine adjustment
Unambiguous detection of switch
outputs
Order no. 158481
6 AS-interface addressing device

Addressing device with LCD display
for determining slave addresses and
re-addressing slaves.
Order no.
18959
7 AS-interface addressing cable

Addressing cable for connecting various slaves to the addressing device.
Order no.
18960
8 Empty EduTrainer ER housing

An empty ER housing in two sizes
with an aluminium blanking plate is
available for installation of custom
applications in an ER frame.
large 541179
small 541499

Electronics/PLC
1 DIN H-rail set

Two 300 mm long DIN H-rails,
matching relay socket and terminal
set, with mountings for adapter
fitting to aluminium slotted profile
plate.
Order no. 548637
Terminal strip
35 terminals, terminal block and
bridges for DIN H-rail mounting.
Order no. 541158
3/4/5 Relay, time-delay relay

Relay (24 V) with 3 changeover or 3
NC and 3 NO contacts for DIN H-rail
mounting
3 541152
Relay, response delayed (24 V) with

changeover contact for DIN H-rail
mounting
4 541153
6/7/8 Electrical signal input/output

For front panel mounting with
bracket. For attachment on universal
adapter for example (order no.
195224) or directly on perforated
plate.
Electric pushbutton
(NO and NC contacts)
Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V),

with changeover contact for DIN Hrail mounting
6 541155
5 541154
LED indicator light
2 Cable duct set

1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500
mm cable ducts with mountings for
adapter fitting to aluminium slotted
profile plate.
T-head nut M5
For safe mounting of own applications, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on
the aluminium slotted profile plate.
Order no. 548638
Order no. 254490
Electric control switch

7 541156
8 541157
157
Technology-orientated training packages Accessories and optional components Order means

Order means
1 Systainer
Stackable interlocking case system,
made of light grey plastic with light
blue snap fasteners.
Size 0 (Mini-Systainer):
50 x 248 x 158 mm
Order no. 533014
Size 1: 72 x 377 x 277 mm
Systainer/container inserts
Didactic components need to be
stored in a clearly arranged and safe
way. Simply clamp two handles onto
the narrow side of the insert of your
choice and stack the inserts in the
Systainer. Note: Two large and one
small insert exactly fill a Learnline
container drawer.
Order no. 526714
Size 2: 124 x 377 x 277 mm
2 Systainer/container insert A
Order no. 526715
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm.
Size 3: 176 x 375 x 274 mm
For Systainers sizes 1 4.
Order no. 526716
Order no. 687927
Size 4: 279 x 377 x 272 mm

Order no. 526717
3 Systainer/container insert B
Size 5: 395 x 360 x 272 mm
Order no. 544375
Soft foam insert for lid
Order no. 687461
(for Systainer sizes 1 3)

4
Order no. 526814
4 Systainer/container insert C
(Interior dimensions W x H x D respec-
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x264 mm.
tively)

Order no. 687929
5 Systainer/container insert D
6
Order no. 689087
6 Systainer/container insert E
Order no. 701309
8/9/10
7 Systainer/container insert F
Order no. 709844
8/9/10 Handles for Systainer/

container inserts A F
The handles are available in three
different versions, suitable for Systainer sizes 2 5:
Handle 80: 80 mm high version
When stacking the inserts in the Systainer the handle height determines
the distance between the stacked
inserts. The handles can be used for
all Systainer/container inserts. Two
handles are required per insert.
Handle 80 683012
Handle 100 687455
Handle 150 683464
158
Technology-orientated training packages Change from Blue to Silver
Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted
assembly board on your tried-and-tested laboratory furniture too.
Enjoy the advantages of the slotted

assembly board system!
The new drives work with greater
forces. The sensors can be positioned to the millimetre. And the horizontal plate allows set-up of a third
dimension for example for control
of MPS modules. You can continue
to use your blue components. And
you can purchase spare parts from
the current range without compatibility problems. The Quick-Fix system allows quick and safe set-up of
all exercises. Your other workplaces are ensured long-term service by
spare parts that become available.
Option 1:
System transition from blue to
silver. Gradual transition to the
aluminium profile plate.
You supplement your blue plug-in
board by a half-size profile plate
(350 x 1100 mm). It is simply connected to the plug-in board with the
plug-in feet provided. To ensure that
you are prepared for upcoming upgrades, start using the 4-mm tubing
straight away and use cost-effective
adapters for connections to existing
cylinders and valves.
Option 2:
Adaptation from blue to silver.
Secure existing components on the
aluminium profile plate with the
universal adapter.
The adapter enables Festo components and those of other manufacturers to be mounted on the aluminium profile plate. You can mount
the components onto the adapter
yourself. It is quick, easy and reliable with slotted screws (included
in the scope of delivery). The adapters are thus universally usable for
a large number of components with
a through hole regardless of the
manufacturer.
Universal adapter
1 Universal adapter small 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
6
2 Universal adapter large 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
Adapters for hydraulic components

3 Adapter for hydraulic components 167186
Special mounting adapters (not suitable for hydraulic components)

Mounting adapter for single-acting cylinders 159339
4 Mounting adapter for double-acting cylinders 159340

5 Adapter for pneum/el.pneum. roller lever valves 159342

Mounting adapter for solenoid valves 159347
Mounting adapter for back pressure valves 159350
Mounting adapter for pneumatic linear drive units 159360
6 Mounting adapter for M18 sensors 159378

7 Plug-in adapter kit for ER units (1 kit required per unit) 541122
Aluminium profile plate/mounting kit

Aluminium profille plate 350 x 1100 mm 162360
Mounting kit for attaching the profile plate to the plug-in board 532200
Tubing adapter (minimum quantity: 10 units)

For tubing with standard outer diameter, from 6 to 4 mm 153327
For tubing with standard inner diameter, von 3 to 4 mm
4499
159
Robotino Learning and researching with mobile robots
160
Robotino Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 162
161
Robotino: Experiencing, understanding and using technology
How do I make a robot move along

a line?
Experiencing technology
The Robotino not only contains
technology, it also enables the technology to be experienced through
a large number of captivating tasks
drawn from the everyday world.
Understanding technology
Modularity means that all technical components, such as the electric
drive units, sensors and camera, of
Robotino can not only be directly
understood but can also be learned
about through their integrated system response.
Which robot team scores most

goals?
Using technology
Trainees integrate and apply lots
of technical features and functions,
such as electric drive engineering,
kinetics, sensors, control technology, vision systems and programming
techniques.
Ready-to-use immediately
Unpack Robotino, switch it on and
start the lesson, experiment or research project.
The special appeal
The Robotino is autonomous! Numerous sensors, a camera and a
high-performance controller provide
the system with the necessary intelligence. So when it is correctly programmed, it can handle the tasks assigned to it autonomously.
Which robot can complete an

obstacle course in the fastest
possible time?
The current trend

Alongside industrial robotics, the
market for mobile robots and service
robots is becoming increasingly important. By using the Robotino, you
will be keeping your training in line
with a major technical and commercial advance.
The awards
Worddidac Award 2006
reddot design award winner 2006
162
Interactive learning with Robotino View
Always online
Robotino View is the interactive,
graphical programming and learning environment for Robotino. It
communicates directly with the robot system via wireless LAN, with no
need for code compiling or downloading to the controller. You can
send signals directly to the motor
controller, display, scale and evaluate sensor values, or have a live
camera image displayed and further
processed. Robotino thus becomes
an online experimentation field, e.g.
for control technology.
Intuitive programming
Robotino View is a visual programming language. Sequences and links
are formed by wiring functional modules. The program corresponds to
your idea of robot behaviour and
is created intuitively. This means
that parallel processes (multi-tasking) can also be defined and are easy
to program.
First steps with
Robotino SIM Demo
The integrated 3D simulation simulates the moving behaviour, the distance sensors and the camera in a
predefined working environment.
This enables you to test your first Robotino View programs in the simulation before usingthem on the real
Robotino.
Robotino View basic principles

The application window
The workspace is divided into two
areas:
Display of the created functional
block or flow diagrams. The current input and output values of the
functional blocks can be displayed
as an option.
Display of the parameterisation/internal data of the status units, such
as, for example, the live camera
image, or the PID parameters for
the motor regulation, whichcan be
changed online.
Printout of the graphical program
as a PDF document
The library categories

Logic contains all the major logical
linking operations
Mathematics contains the basic
mathematical operations
Vector calculation with conversion
in Cartesian or polar coordinates
Generators contains the basic
functions for signal generation
Filters for smoothing values
Robotino hardware contains all
the components of the robot system, such as the motor controller,
camera, distance sensors, protection strip, power supply, odometry,
grippers, power output, rotary encoder input.
Input devices for controlling using
a joystick or via a virtual operating panel
Sequence control contains basic
functions for creating a sequencing program
Communication: write global variables/data to or read from a file,
OPC client for communication with
external control systems
163
The complete Robotino package
Robust construction
The three Robotino drive modules
are integrated into a stable, laserwelded stainless steel frame. The
frame is protected against collisions
by a rubber protection strip with integrated switching sensor. Numerous additional components, such
as sensors or handling units, can
be mounted on a platform with prepared threaded holes.
Fast mover
With its omnidirectional drive, the
Robotino moves swiftly in all directions forwards, backwards,
sideways and rotates on the spot.
Three sturdy industrial DC motors
with optical shaft encoders, having a resolution of 2048 increments
per revolution, and gear units with
a transmission ratio of 1:16 permit
speeds of up to 10 km/h.
These are the best prerequisites for
their successful use in sporting competitions.
164
Everything in view
The frame contains nine infrared distance sensors. An analogue inductive
sensor and two optical sensors are
also available, enabling the Robotino to recognise and follow predefined paths that are marked in colour
or with an aluminium strip.
The Robotino is supplied with a
colour web camera with jpeg compression. The compressed web camera image can be transmitted to an
external PC via the WLAN for image evaluation by Robotino View
or used as a live camera image. The
Robotino may not be able to find a
needle in a haystack, but it can see
whats going on around it with a high
degree of accuracy.
Uninterrupted use
Power is supplied via two 12 V leadgel rechargeable batteries, permitting a running time of up to two
hours. The scope of delivery includes
a further set of batteries for even
more uninterrupted learning pleasure! The system is automatically
shut down when the charge status
is too low.
A charging device and a jack are included in the scope of delivery,
which means that Robotino can also
be used for electrical drive/control
technology experiments while its
charging.
A charging station is available on request, at which the Robotino can
supply itself with the necessary voltage autonomously.
Complete Robotino package 544247

The complete learning system consists of:
Mobile robot
with a round stainless steel frame and three omnidirectional drive units.
Diameter: 370 mm
Height incl. housing: 210 mm
The ready-to-use package

Included in the scope of delivery:
Robotino
Systainer
Software
Rechargeable battery pack
Charging device
Order now
Robotino Workbook
Robotino
Total weight: Approx. 11 kg

Frame with:
Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor
Extensions and accessories available

on request.
9 analogue infrared distance sensors

Analogue inductive sensor
2 digital optical sensors
Colour web camera with USB interface and jpeg compression
Festo Didactic
Control:
544307 EN
Embedded PC 104 plus with real-time Linux operating system and numerous communication interfaces:
Ethernet, 2 x USB, 2 x RS232, parallel port and VGA connection
Wireless LAN access point in accordance with 802.11.g and 802.11.b. Can be switched to
client mode. Optional WPA2 encoding
Two 20-pin I/O plugs for integrating additional electric components
Voltage supply via two 12 V lead-gel rechargeable batteries. A charging device and an
additional set of rechargeable batteries are included in the scope of delivery.
Software Robotino View, System requirements:

At least Pentium IV
512 MB RAM
Recommended: Wireless LAN adapter
Embedded PC for top performance

PC 104 plus with AMD LX800
processor (800 MHz)
SDRAM 128 MB
Compact Flash card 1 GB
Linux operating system with
X Server
Linux C++ API for controlling
Robotino
Linux-compatible version of
Robotino View with GUI in PC 104
The monitor and keyboard can also
be connected to the embedded
PC 104 plus for programming and
diagnostics.
Download of RobotinoView programs
Open communication interface
which also supports the standard
protocol SOAP (Simple Open Access Protocol)
Motor controller
The three motors are controlled via a
built-in PCB with 4 Atmel microprocessors and digital and analogue inputs/outputs, which is connected to
the PC 104 via the serial interface.
Power outputs for 3 motors, incl.
PID controller
Additional power output for controlling another motor
Expandability
The controller PCB has the following additional connections for future
expansion:
8 analogue inputs 0 10 V, 50 Hz
8 digital inputs/outputs (24 V,
short circuit proof and overload
protection)
2 relays for additional actuators
Open programming environment

The Robotino server, a real-time
Linux application, forms the heart of
the controller. It controls the drive
units of Robotino and can communicate with Robotino View or other
external PC applications via WLAN:
API with library for controlling via
.Net , C++, C , C# and JAVA
Numerous example programs show
how API is used.
MatLab and LabView interface for
programming Robotino
Web server application allows Robotino to be controlled via the Internet (e.g. by using an iPhone)
Direct access
The membrane keypad integrated in
the controller housing enables the
Robotino to be controlled without
a WLAN.
Start the boot procedure for the
controller
Select the language (DE, EN, ES,
FR)
Status information
Rechargeable battery status display
Network connection configuration
Select autonomous demo programs
Starting of user-specific autonomous programs
These free interfaces ensure future

expandability at any time.
165
NorthStar
Navigation system
New!
Logistics Kit
New!
One of the main challenges in mobile robotics is navigation, i.e. the localisation of and search for the right
path to the target point. The simplest
method for localisation is odometry, but this is relatively imprecise.
Therefore, additional external sensors are required.
The Logistics Kit consists of an electric gripper, flat storage area with
2 rows, an inductive sensor and a set
of workpieces.
The NorthStar Navigation System is

an infrared localisation system which
uses infrared points of light as orientation points. An infrared sensor
determines its position and orientation from the position of two points
of light. Evaluation data and check of
the detected infrared points of light
are included as a functional module
in Robotino View.
The NorthStar Navigation System
consists of a NorthStar Projector Kit
and a NorthStar Sensor. With these,
a Robotino can be localised within a
working space of max. 4 m x 4 m. Additional Robotinos can be included
in the navigation system with additional NorthStar Sensors.
Scope of delivery
NorthStar Projector Kit
The NorthStar Projector is an infrared light source which generates
a special light pattern on a reflective surface, such as a ceiling. This
light pattern can be detected and
evaluated by the NorthStar Sensor. Through careful calibration, a
positioning accuracy <5 cm can be
achieved in a maximum working
space of 4 m x 4 m. The two Northstar Projectors can be positioned
independently of one another.
2 NorthStar projectors with assembly device, 1 infrared indicator,
1 power supply unit with cable for
supplying projectors with power,
1 CD-ROM with technical documentation and software
NorthStar Sensor
The NorthStar Sensor is mounted on Robotino with an assembly device included in the scope of
delivery.
Systainer with 1 NorthStar Sensor with assembly device , 1 USB
cable, 1 memory card with operating system, 1 NorthStar Sensor
manual
The electric gripper is completely integrated in the Robotino platform,

so that while it is moving, monitoring is not necessary for potential collisions with the gripper. The gripper detects workpieces between the
gripper jaws by means of an integrated through-beam sensor. To pick up
a workpiece from a bearing surface,
a slide is integrated, which signalises
the optimal position for the gripping
process to the Robotino. The gripper end positions are checked via
the motor current evaluation.
The gripper function is available as a
functional module in Robotino View
(starting from Version 1.7).
Scope of delivery
Electric gripper
Gripper stroke: 4 mm
Maximum workpiece diameter:
40 mm
Maximum workpiece weight: 300 g
Gripping force: 140 N
Closing/opening time: 2 s
Operating voltage: 24 V DC
Maximum current: 140 mA
Analogue inductive sensor for
mounting in the middle of the
robot frame
Flat storage area with 2 rows and
3 storage places per row for cylinder-shaped workpieces with a maxi
mum diameter of 40 mm
Workpiece set
Aluminium adhesive tape for
marking the access routes to the
storage area, which the Robotino
can align itself on for gripping the
workpieces
Order no. 564179
The most important components at a
glance:
Electric gripper
Order no. 564176
Analogue inductive sensor
Order no. 549833
Order no. 564177

Flat storage area
Accessories for more Robotinos:
Order no. 564178
NorthStar Sensor 549777
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies

Order no. 167021
Aluminium adhesive tape
Order no. 564213
166
Robotino project ideas
With its modular structure, attachable devices and the open software
interfaces Robotino is the ideal platform for project work. With Robotino, we provide the platform you
develop the exciting enhancements.
This is how fascinating projects
evolve, a small selection of which are
listed below. For more information
see www.robotino.de
Control with a PLC

For simple integration of Robotino
in classical automation control technology: wire your PLC with Easyport
or select a direct connection from
the PLC to the new OPC client of Robotino View to control Robotino
via a PLC.
The advantages:
Reliable design stable frame: no
investment in mechanical maintenance needed
LINUX operating system for software reliability
Powerful drive unit and high-quality omnidrive concentrating on an
intelligent solution for a task
Technical defects, non-reproducible
effects and unwanted project delays
are therefore a thing of the past.
Would you also like to implement
projects with Robotino? Send an
e-mail to [email protected].
OPC
Driverless transport system with

gripper system
In connection with the modular production system MPS, Robotino
takes over the task of a flexible driverless transport system with an industrial gripper system and additional positioning control.
In the Science House in Europapark
Rust, Robotino shows what it can
do in another attractive logistics application every day.
Official competition equipment

at the WorldSkills international
competition
The range of tasks includes the
exchange of components, the mounting of new sensors or handling components, troubleshooting in hardware and software and the creation
of attractive applications with the
graphical programming environment,
Robotino View.
167
Mechatronics and factory automation
168
MPS The Modular Production System..................................................... 170

System description........................................................................................171
MPS Transfer system/Project kits................................................................172
MPS Stations................................................................................................186
MPS 200 Complete systems.........................................................................224
MPS 500-FMS Flexible production................................................................238
Accessories and optional components/topics................................................244
MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry.......................... 255
MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS, transport system, CNC.............. 261
iCIM Professional CIM training/EMCO CNC technology............................ 267
iFactory Innovative training factory for industrial engineering................. 276
169
MPS
The Modular Production System
As practical training on actual

production and industrial systems
is seldom possible, MPS prepare
trainees for the demands of their
profession in the best possible way.
With MPS, you determine the
degree of complexity:
Small projects with MPS project
kits and the MPS transfer system
Complex problem definitions with
MPS stations
Multi-layered projects with interconnected stations, integrated
systems and training factories
170
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS System description
From a kit to a training factory

Application and process-oriented learning systems
Practice and industry-focused

Planning, assembly, programming,
commissioning, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of
production systems can be taught
via MPS at various levels of
complexity:
With innovative technology
With systematic use of industrial
components
In close cooperation with market
leaders in automation
Optimising processes
MPS expertise can be translated
immediately into industrial practice.
Thats why MPS is also used
as a training system for process
optimisation and production cost
reduction:
SMED
(Single-Minute Exchange of Die)
FMEA
(Failure Mode and Effect Analysis)
KANBAN
TPM
(Total Productive Maintenance)
Teach soft skills using MPS
MPS not only imparts technical
expertise, but also enhances
personal development:
Teamwork
Cooperation
Learning skills
Independence
Organisational ability
MPS motivates budding mechatronics specialists to use individual
and structured approaches to quickly
find solutions.
171
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS MPS Transfer system/Project kits
MPS Transfer system

Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training
New!
Keeping training moving

The MPS transfer system has been
developed for everyone who wants
to make headway with training,
beitfor the electrical or metal trades
or for training technicians and engineers in mechatronics.
The key features of the MPS transfer system are its innovative technology and the consistent use of industrial components.
Transfer line
The transfer line is made of solid profiles and can be used to transport
workpieces or workpiece holders.
Top quality, flexible, wellthoughtout and modular, it isthe basis for
numerous successful projects.
172
Drive concept
DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or
a motor with integrated CAN controller - the belt can be combined with
all motor types with just a few simple
actions. Professional clutches and
toothed belt gearing simulate practical industrial applications while providing optimum training flexibility.
Modules
The individual modules are complete
automated units that can easily be
integrated into a single transfer line.
The MPS transfer system focuses
on topics suchas sensors, electrical positioning, handling, assembly,
camera inspection, barcode scanning, RFID and many more, making
it an ideal platform for forward-looking projects.
Control
The transfer system is compatible
with microcontrollers such as the
LOGO! or more complex control systems with a wide variety of configurations. We can produce the ideal
control system for you,tailored to
your needs.
Multimedia support
Digital training programs for specific
topics relating to the MPS transfer
system facilitate effective training,
including the very latest trends in automation technology. The Machine
Vision training program provides the
perfect introduction to modern industrial image processing.
Just as in industry
Belts play a crucial role in automated production. Products are
transported using belts of different widths or even double
belts. On the MPS transfer system, material is transported on a
standard industrial belt.
Workstation
A range of laboratory equipment
and a trolley specially tailored to the
MPS transfer system creates the optimum working environment for you.
Experience
Several kilometres of our transfer solutions are already providing a reliable material flow in the AFB, iCIM,
MPS 500 and iFactory training factories for our customers and partners worldwide. This guarantees a
well thought-outconcept with a high
quality design to strict industrial
standards.
173
Control and networking with all industrial standards
Networking like the professionals

The MPS transfer system features
standardised interfaces, A4 mounting frames, the integrated 19
mounting frames on the belt and a
variety of different control components.
All modules are available with both
I/O wiring and a range of bus connections. We supply different software components for all modules.
These can be integrated into state
of the art automation solutions. The
transfer lines and modules can also
be operated without networking.
Profinet
Ethernet
Rack
313C-2DP
PLC
Rack
313C-2DP
PLC
Rack
315-2PN/DP
PLC
Rack
Profibus DP
Profibus DP
MPS
MPS
MPS
MPS
Transfer
Transfer
Transfer
Transfer
system
system
system
I/O-Connection
174
315-2PN/DP
PLC
AS-i Fieldbus
system
M
AS-i Fieldbus
AS-i Fieldbus
Ready to go with:
I/O
AS-interface
CAN bus
Profibus DP
Ethernet TCP-IP
Profinet
Profinet CBA
ASIsafe
PROFIsafe
The choice is yours
Components
Configuration and programming
Testing and commissioning

with the simulation box
Advantages
Easy commissioning of MPS

transfer line
Testing and commissioning for
modules
Control with EasyPort
Control the MPS transfer line

from a PC
Implement simple relay or logistic
controllers with FluidSIM
with PLCSIM
Control using industrial

microcontroller

with a LOGO! microcontroller
Programming simple control tasks
Market leading PLC solutions
Programming and control using

controllers and networking components from market leaders
Festo, Siemens, Rockwell and Mitsubishi
We produce the ideal controller for you:

Configure your EduTrainer PLC to meet your needs. See chapter Technology-orientated training packages Electronics/PLC.
175
System overview
Systems
MPS
Transfer system
MPS
Transfer system
MPS
Transfer system
MPS
Transfer system
MPS
Transfer system
2 stations
3 stations
4 stations
8 stations
12 stations
Testing/Turning
station
Measuring/
Drilling
station
Sorting
station
Camera
inspection
station
Stations
Stacking
magazine
station
Inductive, optical,
capacitive
For pallets
Stacking
Drill hole
Turning
Drilling
Separating
Separating
Separating
Assembly/
magazine
monitoring
module
module
module
module
module
handling
module
module
BCD
RFID
BCD/RFID
pneumatic
module
Measuring
Sorting
Stacking
Stacking
Robot
Camera
Cartesian
module
gate
magazine
magazine
assembly/
inspection
3-axis
digital
module
module
module
disassem.
module
handling
module
electrical,
...
module
inductive
Measuring
Camera
RFID
module
inspection
module
analogue
module
...
Transfer lines
MT DC
Transfer line
with DC motor
MT AC
Transfer line
with AC motor
MT CAN
Transfer line
with servo motor and
CAN interface
MT ST
Transfer line
with stepper motor
Control
Simulation
Box
Contactor
circuit
AS-interface
OP177B
TP177B
Control console
Operator panel
Touch panel
EasyPort
LOGO!
S7
AB
with PLCSIM/
Minicontroller
Simatic S7 PLC
Allen-Bradley
FluidSIM
176
Additional system solutions on experimentation plates in DIN A4 portrait format, e.g.

Modern drive components
Contact-based controllers
Operation and observation using
operator or touch panel
Safety modules
and many other innovative solutions
are available on request.
Thanks to our know-how built up
over countless projects, we can
support you in choosing or defining your own modules, stations and
systems,tailored to your needs.
Mechatronic modules
For workpieces
The MPS transfer system is flexible

and can be used with a wide range
of controllers, drives and modules.
It enables various stations and systems to be set up for training.
PLC
MPS transfer lines can be flexibly

combined and used in a variety of
different ways:
In sequence
Simply connecting transfer lines in
sequence provides combinations of
different sizes.
With MPS
The MPS transfer lines can also
be combined with the MPS
modular production stations from
Festo Didactic without the need for
additional components. This results
in an unmatched variety of systems.
Directly on the belt or with

workpiece holders
With the MPS transfer system, both
options are possible: workpieces can
either be transported directly on the
belt or on pallets,with or without an
ID system.
90 connection
Transfer lines can be combined
around corners without additional
modules. This enables complete
loops to be achieved with just four
lines.
177
Transfer line
Combine and expand
New!
[X]
Design and function

The transfer line is the basic component of the MPS transfer system.
It is made up of a belt, drive, controls and sensors and comes fully
assembled. The transfer line can
be used to transport workpieces
or workpiece holders. The transfer
line can be fitted with up to two
mechatronic modules.
178
[X] Illustration includes accessories
Modular expansion
The transfer line can easily be expanded with different motors,
controllers, inverters, control units
and connection technologies such
as AS-interface or I/O technology.
Each line can be supplemented with
a wide range of modules. However,
even in stand alone mode, the
transfer line can cover various
important topics in automation
technology:
Familiarisation with different drive
types
Use of sensors
Experimenting with relay and
reversing contactors and logic
circuits
Parameterisation and commissioning of various drive controllers
MPS transfer line MT DC C93100
Scope of delivery
Recommended learning media
MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101

MPS transfer line MT AC C93102
Cylinder bodies workpiece set C94407
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing 567098
HMI board TP177B E74080
MPS transfer line MT DC:

DC motor
Control panel
Four-quadrant drive controller
Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
Frequency converter MM420 E74010
MPS transfer line MT DC

AS-interface:
DC motor
AS-interface control panel
AS-interface drive controller
and end of belt
MPS transfer line MT AC:
AC motor
Control panel
and end of belt
WBT Sensor technology 2

WBT Logo! Training
WBT Actuators DC motor
WBT Safety engineering
WBT Machine Vision
Other configurations and

components on request.
Individual equipment
We equip the 19 frame with various
operation and control components
based on your preferences. Expansions and additions are possible at
any time.
Intelligent connection technology

The design of the system connections enables all additional modules
to be easily connected to the transfer
line. We also provide additional free
terminals for your own projects.
Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation

The four-quadrant drive controller
allows both. The controller is
actuated directly using I/Os or the
AS-interface. The buttons on the
controller enable the connected
drive to be controlled manually
during commissioning, maintenance
or diagnostics.
Variable sensors
The sensors at the beginning and
end of the belt take the form of
fibre optic through-beam sensors.
The mounts for the fibre optics can
easily be fixed to the belt profile
and adjusted depending on the
application. A variety of different
sensors can also be added.
179
The transfer line

Modules
New!
Stacking magazine module

The module separates workpieces
from a magazine.
The module is completely assembled

with a pneumatic cylinder with endposition sensors, a retro-reflective
sensor for magazine level monitoring, valve terminal and electrical connection block.
Complete with connecting cable.
Transfer line and workpieces are not
included.
Stacking magazine module, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine module, AS-Interface C93201
Stacking magazine module, Profibus DP C93202
Drill hole monitoring module

The module monitors whether there
is a drill hole in workpieces. To do
this, a test pin is inserted into the
workpiece (with a solenoid). An inductive proximity sensor monitors if
the test pin has reached its end position.

with a connection block.
included.
Drill hole monitoring module, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring module, AS-Interface C93204
Drill hole monitoring module, Profibus DP C93205
Turning module
The module turns workpieces. The
workpieces on the conveyor belt are
detected by an optical diffuse sensor. A linear slide, swivel cylinder
and linear gripper are used in the
module.

with a valve terminal and two electrical connection blocks.
included.
Turning module, I/O C93206

Turning module, AS-Interface C93207
Turning module, Profibus DP C93208
180
The transfer line

Modules
New!
Drilling module
The module drills workpieces (symbolically). The workpieces on the
conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. The drilling machine is moved by a pneumatic linear slide.

with a valve terminal and an electrical connection block.
included.
Drilling module, I/O C93209

Drilling module, AS-Interface C93210
Drilling module, Profibus DP C93211
Measuring module, analogue

The module checks the height of
workpieces. The workpieces on the
conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. A second optical
sensor is fitted above the workpiece.
The measuring range of the sensor
is 0 30 mm with 0 10 V analogue
output and 2 PNP switching outputs. The switching outputs can be
freely configured using the teach-in
function.

with an electrical connection block.
included.
Measuring module, analogue, I/O C93212

Measuring module, analogue, AS-Interface C93213
Measuring module, analogue, Profibus DP C93214
Sorting gate module, electrical

The module sorts workpieces onto
a slide. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. A second sensor (optical) above the workpiece detects
whether the workpiece needs to be
sorted onto the slide. Sorting is carried out using a sorting gate, which
is operated by an electrical solenoid.

with an electrical connection block.
included.
Sorting gate module, electrical, I/O C93215

Sorting gate module, electrical, AS-Interface C93216
Sorting gate module, electrical, Profibus DP C93217
181
The transfer line

Modules
New!
Sorting gate module, pneumatic

The module sorts workpieces onto a
slide. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. A second sensor (inductive) above the workpiece detects if
the workpiece needs to be sorted onto the slide. Sorting is carried out using a sorting gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic rotary cylinder.

included.
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, I/O C93218

Sorting gate module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93219
Sorting gate module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93220
Ejection module, pneumatic

The module sorts workpieces onto a
slide. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical diffuse sensor. A second sensor (capacitive) above the workpiece detects
if the workpiece needs to be sorted
onto the slide. Sorting is carried out
using a slide gate, which is actuated
by a pneumatic linear cylinder.

included.
Ejection module, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection module, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222
Ejection module, pneumatic, Profibus DP C93223
RFID module
a slide. The workpieces on the conveyor belt are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. A read-write head is
used to read and check the data from
the RFID chip on the workpiece. New
data, based on various criteria, can
be ascribed to the workpieces, which
are then sorted onto the slide or
transported further on the belt. Sorting is carried out using slide gate,
which is actuated by a pneumatic linear cylinder.

Complete with connecting cable and
Profibus DP interface for the RFID
element.
included.
RFID module, Profibus DP C93224
182
The transfer line

Modules and laboratory furniture
New!
Inspection camera module

a slide. An intelligent colour camera
with integrated lighting detects the
workpieces on the conveyor belt and
sorts them onto the slide depending
on various criteria. Sorting is carried
out using a slide gate, which is actuated by a pneumatic linear cylinder.

Complete with connecting cable,
intelligent colour camera system and
image processing software.
included.
Inspection camera module C93225
Learnline laboratory trolley for

transfer line
The Learnline series of laboratory
furniture provides the perfect holder
and frame for the MPS transfer
systems.
Give us a call;
well be happy to advise you!
Order no. E78099
183
Automation project work

New!
The complete project work for training in electronic engineering for automation or production technology
as well as in mechatronic engineering.
Based on the tried and proven modular system from Festo Didactic, Festo
and Bildungsverlag 1 (Educational
Publishers) have jointly devised a
project covering all 13 learning areas. Trainees are guided step by step
through different projects. The didactic deployment of a wide variety
of methods and tools is explained.
The instructors handbook provides
teaching hints as well as solutions to
the sample exercises.
The basic module covers the first

volume for learning sections 1 to 6.
The optional add-ons such as the AC
geared motor or frequency inverter
are required for learning sections
7 to 13.
Additional components for extending
learning modules 1 to 13 are available on request.
The modular concept means the

projects can be carried out with the
EduTrainers commonly used in
schools or with the optionally available control cabinet, in a way closely
linked to actual industrial practice.
With profile plate 700 x 700 mm 550522

With profile plate 550 x 700 mm 550583
Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter 548685
Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP + SINAMICS G120 frequency converter 548686
1x I/O terminal (SysLink)
34035
1x Diffuse sensor 2 196959

1x Retro-reflective sensor 196969
2x Through beam sensor 1 196960
1x Inductive sensor 196968
1x Relay 268327
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
Training documents Automation, operations engineering, mechatronics

FluidSIM
EPLAN Education
1x Guide rail end caps 532949

2x Sorting gate/separator module, electrical 532952
1x Slide module 1 653393
1x DC motor 532941
1x Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
1x CP standalone valves 5/2 double-pilot valve used in Robot station 526223
1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
1x Separator module, pneumatic 526228
AC motor 400 V 550524
Control console 550523
184
Conveyor, unassembled
Topics for project work

Set-up of a feed device for an
annealing oven
Set-up of a conveyor between
MPS stations
Training aims for project work
Project planning and organisation:
Creating a project plan
Project documentation
Production organisation
Mechanical:
Mechanical set-up of a
production system
Assembly and connection
technology
Electrical and electronic:
Correct wiring of electrical
components
Selection and application of
various electrical drives
Control technology:
Programming a minicontroller
Structure of a program
Logic components
Logic controllers
Timers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire
sequence
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting of
a production system
CIROS Mechatronics
Complete Conveyor, unassembled 534362

1x I/O terminal (SysLink)
34035
1x Starting current limiter 150768

1x I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 167122
2x Diffuse sensor 196959
2x Through beam sensor 196960
1x Connecting cable 4mm 381525
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x DC motor 532941
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Clamping/ejecting module Conveyor 532953
1x Guide rail end caps 532949
1x Connection cable DC motor 532943
Also order:
Mechatronics Assistant Version 2 Page 191 529134
Training documentation: MPS Conveyor project kit DE 539311
Recommended accessories for mounting system
Aluminium profile plate 532946
Electrical mounting system 196958
Profile foot 700 mm 532944
Connection board 532951
Recommended accessories for control
LOGO! Minicontroller 533468
LOGO! programming cable 526504
LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
LOGO! manual DE 526506
LOGO! manual EN 526507
Simulation box, digital 170643
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
EduTrainer Pages 126 137
185
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS MPS Stations
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
A production line in a factory can be

made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific function in the process (distribution, testing, processing, handling, assembly,
storage). You can select an application or process that meets your requirements from a range of individual stations.
By effectively combining individual
stations, you can assemble your production system.
Learn about the functions and training aims of the individual stations as
well as their possible combinations
on the following pages.
186
Distributing station
AS-i distributing station
Buffering station
Robot station
Sorting station Profibus DP
Fluidic muscle press station
Testing station
Processing station
Handling station
Assembly station
Punching station
Sorting station
Pick&Place station
Separating station
Storing station
187
Ideal interfaces
A good modular system has clear interfaces: mechanical, electrical and

software-related. This permits modifications for future developments.
Flexibility of the learning system is
an important factor in successful
project work. High modularity ensures that the individual stations
and modules remain as manageable
training workstations that meet the
needs of different learning levels.
Mechanical
Flawless workpiece transfer between
the various modules and stations via
a defined standard transfer point in
the plane formed by the profile plate
grid and at a height which is dictated
by matching all transfer points to the
height of the belt transport system.
With the profile plate as the mounting system, MPS can also be connected to our Learning System training package.
Electrically
We have defined the SysLink interface for connection of digital inputs
and outputs. This connects components in the Learning System on the
I/O side.
SysLink connects:
MPS station with PLC board to
form a complete station
MPS station with EduTrainer for
control from the ER or A4 frame
MPS station with SimuBox, to test
the station
PLC board via EasyPort with
CIROS Mechatronics
PLC board via EasyPort with
FluidSIM, for example as part of
the Magazine module project
Interface to the virtual world
We offer two process simulation programs for PLC training: FluidSIM
and CIROS Mechatronics. They are
described in detail in the software
chapter.
188
Simple handling or complex assembly processes
The range of MPS stations and systems enables you to dictate the function of the MPS!
The MPS stations assume an extremely wide range of tasks as functioning individual stations in the automated model factory.
With complete solutions equipped
with everything you could possibly
need for training the MPS 200
systems offer the ideal introduction
to the world of automated production. This is guaranteed through successful and practice-oriented training right from the start.
Simple handling tasks or complex assembly processes the pallet transport system offered by the MPS
500-FMS systems facilitates a flexible production set-up that can model
almost all the functions of a complex
production system.
Handling
Different objects made of various
materials are ejected, separated,
gripped, transported and sorted.
MPS stations: Distributing,
Testing, Processing, Handling,
Pick&Place, Buffering, Robot and
Sorting
MPS 200: MPS 202-Mechatronics, MPS 203-Fieldbus,
MPS 203-IT
MPS 500-FMS: MPS 501-FMS,
MPS 502-FMS, MPS 505-FMS
Simple assembly
Assembly of measuring instruments
(clock, hygrometer and thermometer) in a housing.
MPS stations: Pick&Place and
Fluidic Muscle Press
MPS 200: MPS 205-Mechatronics
Complex assembly process

Assembly of a complete pneumatic
cylinder comprising body, piston,
spring and end cap.
MPS stations: Robot and Assembly, optionally end cap production
using Punching station
MPS 200: MPS 202-Robotics,
MPS 210-Mechatronics
MPS 500-FMS: MPS 503-FMS,
MPS 504-FMS, MPS 506-FMS,
MPS 507-FMS
189
Either:
Simply build it yourself
Or:
MPS commissioning service
Each MPS station is supplied fully

assembled and tested on the profile
plate. For efficient operation, we
recommend:
MPS trolley with lockable castors.
This simplifies project work and
accommodates the newly designed
control console and a PLC board.
Control console with membrane
keyboard
PLC board
To ensure that your training projects

run smoothly right from the start, our
service technicians offer:
Alternatively, the stations can also

be operated without the trolley and
can even be controlled with electrical
signal input units and the EduTrainer from the training packages.
Simply commission it:

Attach the control console to the
trolley with two bolts
Insert the PLC board into the trolley
Connect the PLC board to the control console and the station using
our universal SysLink connector
... and youre ready to go!
On request, we can also commission
systems for you particularly in the
case of larger systems.
1. Complete commissioning
of your new system:
Mechanical and electrical connection of station, trolley, control console and PLC board
Adjustment of all electrical, pneumatic and mechanical components
Configuration of controllers and
loading of programs
2. Instruction in:
Technical documentation and
Program structures
Lesson preparation using the
3. Useful tips on how to get

the most from the MPS:
Applications
Enhancements
Seminars
Commissioning packages
MPS Start-Up Basic SP1:
For MPS stations, without Robot,
Assembly, Hydraulics
Order no. 539111
MPS Start-Up Robotics SP2:
For MPS stations Robot,
Assembly, Hydraulics
Order no. 540705
MPS Start-Up Networking SP3:
Profibus networking.
Order no. 540706
SP 1 539111
SP 2 540705
And if you wish ...
190
SP 3 540706
Version 2
New!
The multimedia tool for

training at school and at work
Structured archive on DVD with
complete documentation
For project work, as well as for
training and preparation for tests
For all training-related areas in the
field of automation technology
For teachers and learners:
structure and content have been
organised in such a way that trainees can work independently with
the Mechatronics Assistant on any
given task.
Content
Practice and topic related range of
tasks with solutions
Graphics, photos, animations,
videos sequences, presentations
Manuals, operating instructions,
data sheets and circuit diagrams
Additional teaching aids and complete technical documentation, as
well as lots of tips for working with
MPS
Note
Multiple licences for local or network installations with any desired
number of licences, with online
activation or dongle
Can be installed in German, English
or Spanish, as well as other
languages upon request
Shipped on DVD in Systainer
Your advantages
Training with MPS can begin
immediately with ready-to-use
tasks involving modules, stations
and systems.
Various degrees of difficulty for
different levels of learning: from
introductory tasks to complex
projects.
Create your own archive: all tasks
can be easily modified and saved
as individualised assignments.
Format documents to suit your
individual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
with the Mechatronics Assistant
are available in source format
(e.g. doc, ppt, dxf).
Supplementary information and
cross-references can be accessed
quickly by means of hyperlinks.
The high-performance full text
search function retrieves content
as required. Graphics, animations
and videos are also linked to keywords and can be retrieved using
the search function.
Always the latest thanks to free
updates: you can download updates, new tasks, sample programmes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assistant develops as your knowledge
increases:
www.festo-didactic.com.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000, XP or Vista
Office package
Flash Player
dxf-Viewer
Sound card
DVD drive
Screen resolution:
at least 1024 x 768 pixels
x-Licence with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 2.0
6 licences with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR 562483
6 licences with network licence connector DE/EN/ES/FR 562482
191
Combining stations
A new interface concept that offers

many possibilities for direct combination of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision as to
which combination is required:
Training aims
Supplementation of existing
stations
Budget
The complete systems MPS 200
section gives an overview of the
most popular combinations.
Distributing Separating Processing Robot Assembly Storing

Pick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press Sorting
MPS stations can be combined as

follows:
Stations
Possible direct downstream stations

Testing
Processing
Handling
Buffer and
Pick&Place
transport section*
Distributing/Distributing ASI
Testing
+
+
Processing
Handling
Buffer and transport section*
Pick&Place
Robot
Assembly/Assembly and punching**

Separating***
Storing
192
Combination using a conveyor

The conveyor enables all MPS stations to be interconnected. The conveyor is simply mounted between
two stations as the linking element.
This facilitates the set-up of customised training arrangements.
Distributing Conveyor Sorting
Robot
Assembly/Assembly
Separating***
Storing
and punching**
Sorting/
* The transport section can be set up for
Sorting DP
varying project work using the project

modules and used between MPS stations
for flexible transportation of material.
** The Punching station can be used to up-
grade the Assembly station.
+
+
*** The Separating station can be
combined with two downstream stations
placed at right angles.
+
+
+
+
+
193
Distributing station
Getting started with MPS
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A doubleacting cylinder pushes the workpieces out one at a time. The
Changer module grips the separated
workpiece via a suction gripper. The
swivel arm of the changer, which is
driven by a rotary actuator, moves
the workpiece to the transfer point of
the downstream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilises
various actuators, all of which are
industrial components. The rotary
actuator of the swivel arm can be set
to various angles between 90 and
270. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. A
double-acting linear cylinder pushes
workpieces out of the stacking
magazine. The end positions are
sensed using proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the Changer
module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the vacuum
slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.
[X]
194
[X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories
Distributing station 195780

The station is also available as a kit for project work (Order no. 526880)
Additional equipment, also order:
Trolley 120856
Control console SysLink 195764
PLC board Pages 244 249

Mechanical:
Mechanical set-up of a station
Pneumatics:
Installation of tubing for
Vacuum technology
Pneumatic linear androtary drives
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
Correct application of limit
switches
PLC:
Programming and application
of a PLC
Structure of a PLC program
Programming an operating mode
section
Orderly RESET sequence
Programming an EMERGENCY
STOP
Training document Distributing
station
of pneumatics
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Virtual process environment
CIROS Mechatronics
Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
Technical data
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
Power supply 24 V DC
7 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
On-off valve with

filter regulating valve
Filter regulator with pressure
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in
connections and quick couplings,
mounted on a swivel support.

The Stacking magazine module
separates workpieces from a
magazine. A double-acting cylinder
pushes the bottom workpieces out
of the gravity-fed magazine against
a mechanical stop. The cylinder
position is detected by inductive
sensors.
Changer module
The Changer module is a pneumatic
handling device. A suction cup is
used to pick up workpieces and
relocate them to positions from 0
to 180 using a semi-rotary drive.
Sensors assume end-position
detection.
Vacuum switch
Mechanical vacuum switch with
adjustable switching point and
switching status display (LED).
Order no. 152894
Order no. 162385
Order no. 162387
Order no. 196973
195
Distributing station with AS interface

A single cable, many signals
Function
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A doubleacting cylinder ejects the workpieces
one at a time. The Changer module
grips the separated workpiece via
a suction gripper. The swivel arm of
the changer, which is driven by a
rotary actuator, moves the workpiece to the transfer point of the
downstream station.
The station is equipped with various
AS-i components (AS-i slaves). A
PLC with AS-i master functionality is
required for operation.
Innovative valve technology:
AS-i CP valve terminal
All of the Changer module signals
are combined into one AS-i slave
using the valve terminal: Vacuum
generation and sensing, 5/3-way
valve for the semi-rotary drive and
end-position sensing of the semirotary drive.
Sensor directly on the bus:
AS-i sensor
The Distributing station with AS-i
uses a wide range of AS-i slaves.
A typical example of an AS-i
component is an optical sensor with
integrated AS-i connection.
[X]
196
Distributing station with AS-Interface 195760

Trolley 120856
Control console AS-Interface (alternatively) 535814
AS-interface upgrade S7-300-CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028

Mechanics:
Pneumatics:
Vacuum technology
Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Fieldbus technology:
Learning about AS-i
Testing, integrating and
commissioning AS-i components
in an automated system
Planning, configuring and
programming AS-i networks
Mechatronics Assistant (contains

over 100 pages of project exercises
on Distributing stations with AS-i)
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Self-tuition program Fieldbus
TP 401
Technical data
3 AS-i slaves
AS-interface diffuse sensor

Optical sensor (diffuse sensor) with
integrated AS-i interface for use as
an AS-interface slave.
AS-interface valve connector

Single valve connector with one
output for a solenoid coil as well as 2
inputs for end-position sensors.
AS-interface valve terminal

With 2 valves (type N, E) and
connection options for 4 sensors.
Order no. 532929
Order no. 196083
Order no. 535239
197
Testing station
Focus on sensors
Function
The Testing station detects the
various properties of the workpieces
inserted into it. It differentiates
workpieces with the aid of an
optical and a capacitive sensor. A
retro-reflective sensor monitors
whether the operating space is
free before the workpiece is raised
via a linear cylinder. An analogue
sensor measures the height of the
workpiece. A linear cylinder guides
correct workpieces via the upper air
slide to the neighbouring station.
Faulty workpieces are rejected via
the lower air slide.
Top topic:
Sensors
The Testing station employs all basic
types of industrial sensors in typical
applications: optical and capacitive
proximity sensors and optical
retro-reflective sensors. These are
supplemented by various cylinder
limit switches (inductive, magnetic).
Option:
Analogue value processing
An analogue sensor detects the
height of the workpiece, which
is raised from below by a linear
cylinder and pressed against the
measuring device. A comparator
evaluates the sensor signal and
passes this on as a digital signal.
The analogue signal is also available
at a separate terminal allowing
connection to the simulation box or a
PLC with an analogue module.
[X]
198
Testing station 195781

Trolley 120856
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Application of rodless cylinders
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
Mode of operation and applications of optical and capacitive
sensors with digital switching
behaviour
Mode of operation and applications of analogue sensors using
the example of an analogue
PLC:
of a PLC
Analogue signal processing
Commissioning:
sequence
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting in
a production system
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Textbook Proximity sensors
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Recognition module
The Recognition module
comprises two different sensors
and a mounting bracket.
Lifting module
Lifting of a workpiece by means of a
rodless cylinder. In this position the
workpiece can be checked by the
Measuring module. The workpiece is
ejected by a second cylinder.
Measuring module
The Measuring module enables
the height of a workpiece to be
measured by a linear displacement
sensor. It can be attached directly
to the Lifting module. The linear
displacement sensor is connected
to a comparator, allowing simple
evaluation of the result of the
measurement.
Pneumatic slide module

The slide is universally mounted on
a profile. The slide characteristics
can be adjusted by means of the flow
control valve on the underside of
the slide.
Order no. 526850
Order no. 532954
Order no. 195779
Order no. 656859
199
Processing station
Purely electrical
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only
uses electrical drives. The rotary
indexing table is driven by a DC
motor. The table is positioned by a
relay circuit, with the position of the
table being detected by an inductive
sensor. On the rotary indexing
table, the workpieces are tested and
drilled in two parallel processes. A
solenoid probe with an inductive
sensor checks that the workpieces
are inserted in the correct position.
During drilling, the workpiece is
clamped by a solenoid actuator.
Finished workpieces are passed on
via the electrical sorting gate.
Attention! Drilling operation
Drill feed is undertaken by an
electrical linear axis with a DC motor,
which is controlled via a reversing
starter. The end positions are sensed
by means of micro switches. The
drill is fully functional, but for safety
reasons the drilling processes are
only simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the programming of two processes executed
in parallel: drilling and drill-hole
testing. This station also offers a
range of different drives:
DC drill
DC motor on rotary indexing table
Electrical linear drive for drill feed
Electrical sorting gate
Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the testing module
[X]
200
Processing station 195782

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Selection of linear drives
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
switches
PLC:
Programming of logic controllers
and parallel step sequences
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting in
a production system
Handling technology:
Checking incoming workpieces
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
Testing module
The Testing module consists of a
solenoid probe with an inductive
sensor for sensing. The module
can be used for the testing of
workpieces: simple drill-hole
checking, simple height checking,
workpiece position checking.
Drilling module
The Drilling module comprises a
drilling machine attached to a linear
axis driven by a DC motor. The end
positions are sensed by means of
micro switches.
Rotary indexing table module

Rotary indexing table with 6 workpiece positions. The table is driven
by a DC-geared motor.
Clamping/ejecting module
For mounting on a profile plate. An
electrical solenoid is used for the
drive (Working stroke =9 mm).
Order no. 195773
Order no. 196974
Order no. 654972
Order no. 526218
201
Handling station
Multitalented
Function
The Handling station is equipped
with a flexible two-axis handling
device. Workpieces inserted into the
holder are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The handling device
picks up the workpieces from there
with the aid of a pneumatic gripper.
The gripper is equipped with an
optical sensor which differentiates
between black and non-black
workpieces. The workpieces can be
placed on different slides according
to this criterion. Other sorting
criteria can be defined if the station
is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system
from Festo
The Handling station utilises
industrial handling components. A
pneumatic linear axis with flexible
end-position adjustment and
cushioning allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate positions.
A flat linear cylinder with endposition detection serves as the
lifting cylinder for the Z axis. A
modern pneumatic linear gripper is
mounted on the lifting cylinder. The
optical sensor integrated into the
jaw of the gripper recognises the
workpieces.
[X]
202
Project exercise:
New requirements
different grippers
The PicAlfa module is highly flexible:
stroke length, inclination of the axes,
arrangement of the end-position
sensors and the installation position
can all be adjusted. This enables the
station to be adapted for a broad
range of handling tasks without the
use of additional elements an ideal
project for advanced trainees.
Handling station 195783

Trolley 120856
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
switches
PLC:
of a PLC
Control of a handling device
Commissioning:
sequence
Optimisation of cycle time
Safety in the event of loss of
pneumatic or electrical power
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Holder module
The Holder module comes complete
with a holder for mounting on a profile plate.
PicAlfa module
Universal 2-axis handling device
for Pick & Place tasks. Stroke
length, inclination of the axes and
sensors and mounting position can
be adjusted.
Slide module
The slide comes complete with a
retainer for mounting on a profile
plate.
Diffuse sensor
The fibre optic diffuse sensor can
be mounted directly in the pickup
module, at the end of a slide or on
a gripper.
Order no. 195777
Order no. 526215
Order no. 653393
Order no. 526212
203
Buffer station
Adaptable
Function
The Buffer station can buffer and
separate up to five workpieces.
Diffuse sensors at the beginning of
the conveyor detect the inserted
workpieces. Light barriers upstream
and downstream of the separator
control the process: If the transfer
point is free, the separator passes
on a workpiece. The separator is
actuated by a short-stroke cylinder
with a deflecting mechanism. The
end positions of the short-stroke
cylinder are detected by means of
end-position sensors.
Adaptable:
This station fits anywhere
The transport concept is simple:
when a station has finished its
process, it waits for a signal from
the downstream station. The
workpiece is transferred as soon as
the downstream station is ready to
receive it. Workpieces are buffered
to optimise flow between stations
with different process times. In
MPS, this task is undertaken by the
Buffer station. The Buffer station can
be located at almost any point in a
combination.
Demanding project:
Upgrade to Sorting station
The Buffer station is acomplete
station built using the components
of the modular conveyor system.
There are a number of upgrades
for the station, making it ideal for
interesting project work. Additional
modules enable workpiece features
to be tested and workpieces to be
assembled and sorted. Upgrading
with the modular conveyor system
makes it into a complete Sorting
station.
[X]
204
Buffer station 195784

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Electrical:
components
PLC:
Programming a PLC
section
Programming and using a buffer
station
Optimising cycle time using buffers
Decoupling processes
Commissioning:
sequence
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting in a
production system
FluidSIM Pneumatics
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
6 digital inputs
3 digital outputs
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor

Conveyor for mounting on a profile plate or profile foot, complete
with DC motor. For the transport of
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g.
Body or Cylinder for assembly
workpiece sets) or for the transport
of workpiece carriers.
Separator module, pneumatic

For mounting on a conveyor.
Complete with one double-acting
short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for
end-position sensing and mounting
accessories.
Diffuse sensor
The diffuse optical sensor comes
complete with bracket for mounting
on a profile or profile plate. The
fibre-optic diffuse sensor includes a
holder for mounting on the conveyor
guide rail profile or a slide.
Through beam sensor

The through beam optical sensor
comes complete with bracket for
mounting on a profile or profile
plate. The fibre-optic through
beam sensor has two brackets for
mounting on the guide rail profile of
the conveyor or a slide.
Order no. 196962
Order no. 526228
Order no. 196959
Order no. 196960
205
Robot station
Industrial quality
Function
The Robot station can transport
workpieces that are fed via a slide
and place them in an assembly
retainer. The sensor in the gripper
enables the robot to differentiate
workpieces by colour (black/
non-black). The sensor in the
assembly retainer monitors the
orientation of the workpiece. From
the assembly retainer the robot
sorts the workpieces into various
magazines or passes them on to the
downstream station. Combination
with the assembly station facilitates
the assembly of workpieces.
Small, but great:
The new Mitsubishi controller
The new drive unit for the RV-2AJ is
small, powerful and lightweight
and fits into the MPS trolley. With
drive unit and Teachbox, the robot
station is completely equipped right
from the outset.
Typical robot:
Gripping stuff
The gripper can grip and assemble
different types of workpieces
(cylinder bodies, pistons, springs
and caps).
[X]
206
Robot station 195788

Trolley 120856
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535054
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535055
CIROS Robotics Page 38
CIROS Automation Suite 562162

Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
Mode of operation and applications of optical sensors
Robotics:
Applications of industrial robots
Robot terminology
Teaching of robots in various
coordinate systems
Operation of robots in an object
coordinate system
Robot programming using I/O
communication
Note:
CIROS Robotics
Technical data
The robots batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced
every year.
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ 537000
Robot RV-2AJ
High precision articulated robot,
with AC servomotors and harmonic
drive gears in all five axes. Complete
with controller, programming cable,
Teachbox and battery set.
Retaining module
The retaining module has two setdown positions. The upper setdown
position allows workpieces to be set
down independent of their orientation. The lower setdown position has
a locking pin. Workpieces (cylinder
bodies) have to be inserted in the
correct orientation.
Gripper, pneumatic
Pneumatic parallel gripper for
mounting on the robot arm.
Complete with gripper jaws,
sensor with fibre-optic cable and
accessories.
Angled slide module

The slide comes complete with a
retainer for mounting on a profile
plate.
Order no. 548635
Order no. 526879
Order no. 534625
Order no. 660546
207
Assembly station
Add-on for the robot
Function
The Assembly station works in
conjunction with the robot station.
It supplies cylinder components for
the assembly process: A doubleacting cylinder pushes the cylinder
caps out of the stacking magazine.
The pistons are stored on a pallet.
A double-acting cylinder pushes the
springs out of a slim magazine.
Multiple parts for complex
assembly
The Assembly station shows
just how complex the workpiece
used here is. There are separate
magazines for bodies, caps and
springs the quantities available
have to be monitored by carefully
selected sensors. And in addition
to this, it has to be decided which
gripper type is required for the
assembly robot.
[X]
208
Assembly station 195789

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Sensors:
switches
PLC:
of a PLC
Robotics:
Applications of robots
Fundamentals of robotics
Robot terminology
Robot programming
Assembly technology:
Introduction to and application of
automated assembly technologies
Planning an assembly station
Commissioning:
sequence
CIROS Robotics
Technical data
Operating pressure 6 bar (600 kPa)
8 digital inputs
3 digital outputs
Separating module (springs)

The module separates springs
(Cylinder for assembly workpiece
set) from a gravity-fed magazine
and makes them available to the
assembly process. A double-acting
cylinder moves the springs to the
transfer point. A micro switch detects
whether there is a spring in the
transfer point.
Piston pallet
Pallet for the storage of 4 pistons
set).

(end caps)
The module separates finished caps
set).
Robot interface box

The Robot interface box allows
the robot controller to undertake
additional PLC functions.
Order no. 167278
Order no. 526861
Order no. 162405
Order no. 534364
209
Punching station
Hydraulics power
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After punching, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic:
Pressure and force
Hydraulics plays a key role in mechatronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part
of drive and control technology for
mechatronics training.
The pressure for the punching
process is supplied by the hydraulic
power unit. A pressure switch on
the punch itself ensures the correct
pressure for the punching process.
[X]
210
Punching station 195787

Trolley 120856
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps 162240
Hydraulic power unit with single pump 152962
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP22 10l 192215
Hose line with quick release coupling 1500 mm 159386
Hydraulic punch station

The Hydraulic punch module
consists of a hydraulic cylinder
(diameter 32) with guides that
punches the hole in the end cap
of a workpiece for assembly.
The moving part is protected
against manual intervention via
plexiglass.

(end caps)
Separation of the cylinder caps
for assembly. This module cannot
be used for separation of symbolic
workpieces or the body.
Order no. 162352
Order no. 162353

Mechanical:
Hydraulics:
Set-up of a hydraulic control
system
Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Pneumatics:
Application of pneumatic linear
drives
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
Application of inductive and
optical sensors
Application of pressure switches
PLC:
of a PLC
Programming of operating modes
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting in a
production system
CIROS Robotics
of hydraulics
FluidSIM Hydraulics
Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
Technical data
Operating pressure hydraulics
6 MPa (60 bar)
Operating pressure pneumatics
600 kPa (6 bar)
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
211
Sorting station
Final
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retroreflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
Topic:
Material detection
Inductive and optical sensors
detect the colour and material of
workpieces. Short-stroke cylinders
stop workpieces on the conveyor
and pass them on for sorting onto
one of three slides.
For project work:
Upgrades from the modular
conveyor system
All modules and components used
in this station are part of the modular
conveyor system, for example:
Sorting gates with short-stroke
cylinder
Sensors
Guide rails
Conveyor motor
Its great modularity makes the
Sorting station particularly suited
for project work.
[X]
212
Sorting station 195786

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
switches
Mode of operation and
applications of optical and
inductive sensors
PLC:
of a PLC
Programming of alternative (OR)
branches
Commissioning:
sequence
Training documents Sorting station
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
4 digital outputs
Sorting gate module, pneumatic

Complete with one double-acting
short-stroke cylinder, two sensors for
end-position sensing and mounting
accessories.
Stopper module
For mounting on a guide rail
(conveyor or slide). Complete with
one single-acting short-stroke
cylinder and mounting accessories.
Retro-reflective sensor
The optical sensor and the reflector
come complete with brackets for
mounting on a profile or profile
plate.
Inductive sensor
The inductive sensor comes
complete with holder for mounting
on the guide rail profile of the
conveyor or a slide.
Order no. 526230
Order no. 196971
Order no. 196969
Order no. 196968
213
Sorting station DP
Profibus
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces
placed on the start of the conveyor
are detected by a diffuse sensor.
Sensors upstream of the stopper
detect the workpiece features (black,
red, metal). Sorting gates actuated
by short-stroke cylinders via a
deflector allow sorting of workpieces
onto the appropriate slides. A retroreflective sensor monitors the level
of the slides.
The station is equipped with a CP
valve terminal with Profibus-DP
interface (DP slave). A PLC with
Profibus-DP master functionality is
required for operation.
Topic:
Profibus DP
The station includes a ProfibusDP valve terminal, to which all of
the process inputs and outputs are
connected. Information is transferred
to the PLC via the Profibus-DP fieldbus with this station. The Sorting
station is designed as a ProfibusDP slave.
For project work:
Modularity down to the last detail
All the sensors are connected to the
input module of the valve terminal
via plug connectors. The consistently
modular design supports the didactic
format. It also means that simple
projects can be performed using only
parts of the station.
[X]
214
Sorting station DP 195761

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Electrical:
components
Fieldbus technology:
Learning about Profibus DP
Testing, integrating and
commissioning Profibus DP
components in an automated
system
Planning, configuring and
programming Profibus DP
networks
Mechatronics Assistant (contains

over 200 pages of project exercises
on Profibus DP)
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Web-based training program
Fieldbus technology
Technical data
DP slave (8 digital inputs, 4 digital
outputs)
Profibus DP CP valve terminal

Profibus DP slave with 3 single
solenoid 5/2-way valves and a
relay plate with 2 electrically isolated relays.
CP input module
Input module with 16 inputs for
connection to the Profibus DP CP
valve terminal.
Order no. 535242
Order no. 535243
215
Fluidic Muscle Press station

Powerful
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actuator
(transfer device) moves the housing
with the insert placed on it under
the press. The pneumatic muscle
performs the pressing operation.
The finished workpiece is then
transported to the transfer position
using the rotary/linear actuator. An
optical diffuse sensor is attached
to the arm of the actuator for
sensing the workpiece. The pressing
pressure is monitored and displayed
using the analogue pressure sensor.
The press-in speed and depth
can be varied both manually via
throttle and pressure regulator and
electronically via the proportional
pressure regulator.
State of the art
The latest components such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable your students to experience
the industrial automation technology
of tomorrow today.
[X]
216
Option:
Analogue value processing
The analogue pressure sensor
provides an analogue signal and
also a binary signal with the help of
the programmable switching points.
The analogue signals are available
at a separate terminal allowing
connection to the simulation box
or a PLC with an analogue module.
This enables you to use the station
with a controller with or without
analogue processing. Both variants
are supported for actuation of the
pneumatic muscle: Analogue via the
proportional pressure regulator or
binary via a directional control valve.
Fluidic Muscle Press station 535248

Trolley 120856
Workpiece set Housings 534619
Workpiece insert Clock 534621
Workpiece insert Thermometer 534622
Workpiece insert Hygrometer 534623

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Application of linear slide units
Application of semi-rotary drives
Application of pressure regulators
Application of pneumatic muscle
Electrical:
components
Sensors:
Application of end-position sensors
and optical diffuse sensors
Mode of operation and applications of analogue sensors using
the example of an analogue
pressure sensor
PLC:
Programming and application of
a PLC
FluidSIM Pneumatics
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
8 digital inputs (1 analogue input
can additionally be used)
7 digital outputs (1 analogue output can additionally be used)
Rotary/linear transfer module

The module contains a precision
SLG linear slide unit with adjustable
end stops. The rotary movement is
realised using a DRQD semi-rotary
drive. This permits rotation of 90
and 180. All end positions are
sensed by means of sensors.
Fluidic Muscle Press module

The module is used to press
workpiece inserts into the housing.
The press is actuated using a
pneumatic muscle. The module
contains a manually adjustable
pressure regulator that can be used
to adjust the press-in depth. The
press-in speed is adjusted via supply
air flow control.
Pressure sensor
Pressure sensor with LCD display,
measuring range 0 10 bar with
analogue output 0 10 V and PNP
switch output. Supplied complete
with connection cable.
Analogue terminal
Analogue signals are passed to a
special analogue terminal with a
15-pin Sub-D socket.
Order no. 535249
Order no. 535251
Order no. 679598
Order no. 526213
217
Pick&Place station
Small is beautiful
Function
The Pick&Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick&Place module.
Workpiece housings placed on the
conveyor are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The workpiece
is transported to the pneumatic
separator on the conveyor and
detected by a second diffuse sensor.
The Pick&Place module picks up
a workpiece insert from the slide
and places it on the workpiece
housing. The complete workpiece
(housing and insert) is released by
the separator and transported to the
end of the conveyor. A light barrier
detects the workpiece at the end of
the conveyor.
This station can also be used to
perform the following tasks:
Rejection of workpieces (housing
or basic body) on the slide
Alternative feeding of workpieces
(housing or basic body) from the
slide
Simply the finest:
Linear slide units
SLT slide units from Festo can be
used to further extend the versatility
of the Pick&Place module. With
variable stops, silencers and an
attachment that can be adjusted in
all directions, the ideal solution can
be found for all Pick&Place tasks.
This permits a wide range of project
work.
[X]
218
Modular vacuum technology

from Festo
Vacuum generators, pressure
switches, vacuum filters, suction
grippers. The vacuum components
are harmonised for optimum performance. They clearly demonstrate
the principle behind vacuum
applications: vacuum generation
using a generator, the correct
suction cup with matching filter
and the electronic pressure switch
with teach-in switching points for
pressure sensing.
Pick&Place station 535246

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Vacuum technology:
Electrical:
components
Connecting DC motors
Sensors:
Application of pressure switches
with integrated micro processor
Correct application of optical
diffuse sensors and light barriers
switches
PLC:
of a PLC
section
Pick&Place module
Universal 2-axis handling device
for Pick and Place tasks. Stroke
length, inclination of the axes and
sensors and mounting position can
be adjusted. The module is supplied
complete with suction gripper,
pressure switch, vacuum filter and
vacuum generator.
Sorting gate/separator module,

electrical
Complete with electrical drive unit
and mounting accessories.
I/O terminal (SysLink)

This terminal is used both on the station and on the PLC board, for wiring
8 inputs and 8 outputs that are combined on one connector. LEDs are fitted to the input and output terminals
to provide simple display of the circuit states and to enable systematic
troubleshooting. The I/O terminal
can be mounted on a DIN rail.
Order no. 535247
Order no. 532952
Order no.
FluidSIM Pneumatics
CIROS Mechatronics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
6 digital outputs
34035
219
Separating station
Flexibility
Function
The Separating station differentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them
into two different material flow
directions.
Workpieces placed on the conveyor
are transported to the depth
measurement point. An analogue
diffuse sensor checks the drilled
hole depth. Workpieces of the
type cylinder body (deep hole)
are transported to the end of the
conveyor. Workpieces of the type
housing (shallower hole) are
directed towards the rear via the
second conveyor using a pneumatic
branching gate with rotary drive.
Fibre-optic through beam sensors
with optical sensors monitor the
material flow on the conveyors.
The Separating station can
be supplemented with MPS
downstream stations in two
directions.
Analogue and digital
The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analogue and a binary output signal.
This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in stage.
Flexible assembly
The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS stations. Combined
assembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realised
using the Separating station.
[X]
220
Separating station 540719

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
Mode of operation and applications of analogue sensors
Application of optical sensors
Pneumatics:
Pneumatic rotary drives
Electrical and electronic:
Connection of DC motors
PLC:
of a PLC
Programming of alternative (OR)
branches
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
1 analogue input
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor

Conveyor for mounting on a profile
plate or profile foot, complete with
DC motor. For the transport of
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g.
Body or Cylinder for assembly
workpiece sets) or for the transport
of workpiece carriers.
Diffuse sensor, analogue

The optical sensor comes complete
with holder for mounting on the
guide rail profile of the conveyor.
Measuring range 0 30 mm with
analogue output 0 10 V and PNP
switching output. The switching
output can be freely adjusted via a
teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Sorting gate/separator module,

pneumatic
Complete with one rotary cylinder
and mounting accessories.
Starting current limiter

The starting current limiter contains
a relay and an electronic start-up
current limiting circuit. It can be
mounted on a DIN rail. Electrical
connection is by means of screw
terminals.
Order no. 689089
Order no. 541120
Order no. 534367
Order no. 150768
221
Storing station
In and out, electrically
Function
The Storing station places workpieces in and takes workpieces out
of storage. The station is equipped
with three storage levels, with a level
each for six red, six silver and six
black workpieces. The workpieces
are gripped using a pneumatic
gripper. The linear movement is
executed using a linear cylinder. The
rotary movement is performed by an
electrical servo drive with integrated
controller. The stroke movement is
executed using an electrical linear
axis with separate controller.
During placement into storage, a
workpiece inserted in the Holder
module is detected using the colour
sensor. The workpiece is placed
in the next free compartment in
the corresponding storage level
based on the colour. Upon removal
from storage, the workpieces
are transported from the shelf
compartments to the downstream
station.
The Storing station can be employed
as the first station or the last station
in an MPS combination.
Electrical drives
The latest drive technology for
a challenging lesson: with the
MTR-DCI, the motor, gear, power
electronics and positioning controller
form a compact unit for optimum
positioning of the rotation axis. The
electrical mini slide SLTE with motor
controller SFC-DC ensures a correctly
regulated drive for horizontal
positioning.
[X]
222
Colour-friendly!
Thetiny colour sensor detects the
workpieces using an integrated
white light source. It learns new
colours easily by means of teachin and activates one of the three
switching outputs when one of these
is detected.
Storing station 541113

Trolley 120856

Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
Application of colour sensors
Application of limit switches
Pneumatics:
Pneumatic grippers
Drive technology:
Configuration and parameterisation of electrical drives
Application of drive controllers
Reference travel
Adjustment of speed and
acceleration profiles
Teaching of positions
PLC:
I/O actuation of drive controllers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of electrical axes
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
Electrical mini slide SLTE

Supplied complete with DC motor
with integrated encoder, stroke 150
mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is
required for activation.
Motor controller SFC-DC

Positioning controller for electrical
mini slide SLTE, with control interface (7 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V DC load and logic power
supply, RS232 interface for commissioning, FCT software, display with
four buttons so that all settings for
commissioning and diagnosis can
also be made directly.
Servo motor MTR-DCI

Compact DC motor with integrated
controller and control interface (7
digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V
DC power supply, RS232 interface for
commissioning, FCT software, display with four buttons so that all settings for commissioning and diagnosis can also be made directly.
Colour sensor
Three independent channels with
teach-in capability, sensing range 12
32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage,
3 outputs (PNP, N, O).
Order no. 537465
Order no. 538913
Order no. 696719
Order no. 538236
Also order:
538914 Supply cable
538919 Control cable
538917 Motor cable
537926 RS232 cable
Also order:
537931 Supply cable
537923 Control cable
537926 RS232 cable
Also order:
525616 Connecting cable
223
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS MPS 200 Complete systems
MPS 200 complete systems

With blended learning package and modular expansion options
Complete from A to Z
MPS 200 systems come with all the
required accessories, guaranteeing
effective training from the very start.
They range from small complete
systems to entire mechatronic laboratory outfits.
MPS stations
All necessary accessories such
as trolleys, power supply units,
control console, workpiece set, etc.
Control package with programming
software and cable
Visualisation and simulation
software
224
The new interface concept offers

many possibilities for direct
combination of individual stations.
Various aspects determine the
decision for this combination or that:
Training content
stations
Budget
Small but complete
Distributing, Sorting
MPS 203-Fieldbus
Mechatronics and fieldbus
technology
Distributing with AS-interface,
Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP
MPS 203-IT
Remote maintenance, remote
diagnosis
Distributing, Testing, Sorting
Everything you need for
project work
Distributing, Testing, Pick & Place,
Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting
Flexibly expandable
Of course you can also gradually
expand your MPS 200 system with
stations, modules and components
or with additional web-based
training programs.
Blended learning package

included
Each MPS 200 system
includes a package of webbased training programs as well
as FluidSIM Pneumatic and
Mechatronics Assistant, the
tool for professional training.
Some packages include CIROS
Robotics, CIROS Programming
and CIROS Mechatronics.
MPS 202-Robotics
Handling and assembly
Assembly with robots
The all-rounder
Distributing, Testing, Processing,
Handling, Buffering, Assembly with
robots, Punching, Sorting
225
MPS 202 Mechatronics Small but complete ...
Simple communication
A station can only pass on a workpiece to the next station if it is ready
to process it. In the MPS, this
OK signal is provided via optical
sensors. This makes it very easy to
combine stations.
226
Alternatively enhanced I/O

communication
The stations can also be networked
via I/Os. We have routed the
necessary input and output
signals to 4 mm safety sockets
to facilitate this communication.
The corresponding exercises and
worksheets can be found in the
Mechatronics Assistant.
Controlling, simulating and

programming with EasyPort
No matter which control package
you choose the scope of delivery
always includes EasyPort, the
universal interface for getting
started with blended learning.
Then theres FluidSIM

Simply start FluidSIM and the
integrated Soft Logo! takes over
control of a station or the entire
system. Getting started with
programming has never been so
easy.
... with blended learning package FluidSIM,

Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs
Complete MPS 202 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541161

Complete MPS 202 system with Festo FEC Standard 541162
Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541163
Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541164
PLC control packages include:
SIMATIC S7-300
2x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training
Festo FEC Standard
2x Festo FEC Standard PLC board with FEC 640 FST
1x programming cable
Professional Training
Successful training with MPS
With more than 2,000 pages of
lesson material on the two stations,
the system can be used in lessons
straight from the box. Also provided
are exercises on modules, stations
and all related topics such as circuit
diagram creation, PLC programming
and a full set of documentation for
the trainer.
1x programming software FST

Allen Bradley ML 1500
2x Rockwell PLC board with Micro Logix 1500
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter
All the exercises can be modified,

extended and archived, making the
Mechatronics Assistant the tool for
professional training methods.
Mitsubishi MELSEC
2x PLC board withFX1N 1500
1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX
The MPS 202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing, Sorting
Accessories: 2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set,
Getting started with MPS 202

a multi-media experience
The Discover MPS 200 web-based
training program takes your trainees
on a voyage of discovery in their
own home, in the laboratory or in
any other location that suits them.
1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort
Software: 1x FluidSIM P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS 200 web-based
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function
The Stacking magazine module
separates workpieces. The Changer
module transports the individual
workpieces to the sorting conveyor
by means of its vacuum gripper.
Optical and inductive sensors
differentiate the workpieces based
on material and colour. Pneumatic
branching gates then sort the
workpieces onto three different
slides.
Training aims
Installation of tubing for pneumatic
components
Vacuum technology
Application of simulation tools
components

switches
inductive sensors
Logic programming
a PLC
Programming of alternative
branches
Programming of an operating
mode part
Set-up and optimisation of
material flow
Optimisation of setting-up times
Linking of stations
Material flow control
Enhanced I/O communication
Commissioning of complex
systems
227
MPS 203 Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...
Innovative valve technology:

AS-interface CP valve terminal
The Distributing station with ASinterface uses a wide range of ASinterface slaves. A typical example
of an AS-interface component is the
optical sensor with integrated ASinterface.
228
Topic: Profibus DP
The Sorting station features a Profibus DP valve terminal. All the
sensors are connected to the input
module of the valve terminal via plug
connectors.
Visualisation
A complete visualisation application
for the Distributing, Testing and
Sorting stations as well as guided
exercises on autonomous creation
of visualisation applications can be
used in lessons without any advance
preparation.
Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCC

The professionalcontrol and
monitoring system for planning
and realising visualisation. This
renders the exchange of data with
the SIMATIC controllers of the MPS
stations particularly effective.
... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165

PLC control package includes:
SIMATIC S7-300
3x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP
1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 board
Project exercises on fieldbus and

visualisation technology
The Mechatronics Assistant comes
with more than 500 pages of
exercises and solutions for lessons
on fieldbus technology.
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training
1x AS-interface addressing device
1x AS-interface addressing cable
The MPS 203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with
AS-interface, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package
Software: 1x WinCC Trainer Package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant,
1x Discover MPS 200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based
training program
Function
workpieces from the Stacking
magazine and moves them to the
Testing station. The Testing station
checks the workpiece height. The
Sorting station then sorts the
workpieces according to material
and colour onto three slides.
Training aims
components
Vacuum technology
Fieldbus technology
Information technology
Testing, integration and
commissioning of AS-i components
in an automated system
The web-based training program

on the system
The multi-media web-based training
program provides students with a
quick introduction to the special
features of the MPS 203-Fieldbus
system. This makes preparation
extremely convenient since it can
be carried out anywhere and also
extremely efficient since students
can complete the various chapters of
the training program as it suits them
and their personal rate of learning.
Planning, configuration and

programming of AS-i networks
Testing, integration and
commissioning of Profibus DP
components in an automated
system
programming of Profibus DP
networks
Linking of stations
Networking of stations with
Profibus DP
Planning, engineering, implementation, commissioning
and execution of a visualisation
application
229
MPS 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis ...
Easy remote diagnosis and

maintenance via SMS
The controller will report operating
data in response to an SMS request
to the machine. This means that
process data can be accessed any
time, anywhere provided GSM is
available. The modem requires an
enabled SIM card.
230
Control via the world wide web

TheFesto FEC Standard represents
the merging of the Internet and
automation, since the contoller FST
now has a web server built in. Every
controller with Ethernet can send
and receive data from every other
controller within a network no
matter whether this data relates to
inputs, outputs, flags or registers.
Remote programming
Every controller within a network can
be programmed from any desired
network interface.
Professional visualisation
The scope of delivery includes
the InTouch software package for
visualising systems and a complete
InTouch visualisation application
for the stations Distributing, Testing
and Sorting as well as guided
exercises for autonomous creation
of visualisation applications. This
package can be used straight from
the box and the knowledge learned
can be immediately applied in
industrial practice.
... with visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-IT system 541166

PLC control package includes:
FEC Standard
3x PLC board with FEC
4x Ethernet cable, parallel
1x Ethernet cable, crossover
Remote GSM, HTML programming,

Ethernet networking and
visualisation
The Mechatronics Assistant contains
full instructions on programming,
web page design and IP addressing.
Up-to-date IT projects are provided
so you can keep abreast of progress
in your training laboratory.
1x Ethernet Switch
The MPS 203-IT system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Sorting
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set,
1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x Easy GSM
Software: 1x InTouch visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover
Knowledge re-packaged
Web-based training programs help
to guarantee a successful outcome
for even complex projects. This
motivates students to tackle even
entirely new topics with the MPS
203-IT system.
MPS 200 web-based training program
Function
Sorting station then sorts the
workpieces according to material
Training aims
components
Vacuum technology
Networking
Information technology
programming of Ethernet TCP/IP
networks
Programming of web (html) pages
Remote maintenance
Remote diagnosis
Visualisation technology
Planning, engineering,
implementation, commissioning
and execution of a visualisation
application
Control, remote maintenance and
remote operation via Ethernet and
GSM radio network
231
MPS 205-Mechatronics Everything you need for project work ...
State-of-the-art
automation technology
The latest handling components,
pneumatic muscle, a wide range
of cylinders, proportional pressure
regulators, numerous valve types,
inductive sensors, optical sensors,
pressure sensors, etc. the MPS
205-Mechatronics system offers
a seemingly endless variety of
components.
232
Central EMERGENCY STOP board
EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons

correctly positioned in a system are
essential. The MPS therefore comes
with an EMERGENCY STOP board
which you can connect anywhere.
You decide where to attach the
EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons in
the system.
Control, simulation and

programming
The introduction to programming is
provided by FluidSIM and EasyPort.
FluidSIM can be used to realise
simple logic or relay control systems.
Start FluidSIM and the integrated
Soft Logo! takes over control of a
station or the entire system. More
complex programs are realised using
the PLC boards. Worked examples
providing extensive sample
programs for all the stations are
included.
... with FluidSIM, Mechatronics Assistant and

web-based training programs
Complete MPS 205 system with SIMATIC S-300 541167

Complete MPS 205 system with Festo FEC Standard 541168
SIMATIC S7-300
Project work
project exercises with assembly
instructions for lessons on handling
applications. These project exercises
help you to prepare your students
for all the demands of mechatronics.

1x programming software STEP 7Trainer Package
Festo FEC Standard
5x PLC board with FEC 640 FST, 5x programming cable
5x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 5x programming cable
5x programming software RS-Logix 500 Professional
Mitsubishi
5x PLC board with FX1N, 5x programming cable
1x programming softwareGX IEC Developer FX Trainer package
The web-based training program for

greater efficiency
The Discover MPS 200 web-based
training program enables your
students to prepare for working
with the system in their own
home, in the laboratory or in any
other location that suits them. This
facilitates a dramatic increase in
learning efficiency. Use blended
learning to exploit the benefits of a
wide range of media in your lesson.
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Pick&Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting

Accessories: 5x trolley, 5x power supply unit, 1x workpiece set, 5x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCYSTOP control panel, 5x EasyPort
Software: FluidSIM P licence for 6 users, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS
200 web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program,
1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function
Pick&Place station places the
workpiece insert on the body and the
Fluidic Muscle Press station presses
it in. The Sorting station then sorts
the workpieces according to material
Training aims
Vacuum technology
Application of proportional
pressure regulators
Application of the pneumatic
muscle
Application of simulation tools

Application of limit switches
inductive sensors
Application of pressure sensors
Logic programming
a PLC
Programming of operating modes
Project work
Set-up and optimisation of
material flow
Optimisation of setting-up times
Linking of stations
Material flow control
Safety engineering
233
MPS 202-Robotics Handling and assembly ...
Commissioning robot systems

Robot systems are far from easy to
assemble and dismantle, transport
and commission, but represent
a highly interesting topic when it
comes to training.
234
The robot performs precision

assembly of pistons and springs
The RV-2AJ performs more than just
simple handling tasks in the MPS
it also assembles small cylinders and
all that entails.
The robot controller performs

the control function
The new Drive Unit for the RV-2AJ is
small, powerful and lightweight
and fits into the MPS trolley. With
Drive Unit and Teachbox, the system
is completely equipped straight
from the box. Digital I/Os already
contained in the system are used to
control all the modules such as the
cap and spring magazines.
All I/Os protected by design

The I/Os of the robot controller are
connected with SysLink connectors
via the interface unit of the robot
to guarantee protection against
short circuits and polarity reversal.
The LEDs on the interface unit also
permit easy and clear diagnosis.
... with CIROS Robotics
Complete MPS 202-Robotics system 541171

The MPS 202-Robotics system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Robot, Assembly
Accessories: 2x trolley, 1x power supply unit, 1x control console, 1x workpiece set
Control technology: 1x robot interface unit
Programming and simulation

with CIROS
CIROS is a professional training
tool that makes programming and
simulation of a precision robot
extremely easy and safe.
Software: CIROS Robotics licence for 6 users, 1x CIROS Programming, 1x Mechatronics
Plus comprehensive documentation

exercises, sample programs and
assembly instructions. A multimedia
tool for training at school and at
work.
Assistant
Function
The bodies of the pneumatic
cylinders to be assembled are
fed to the robot via a slide. The
robot determines the orientation
of the bodies and places them in
the assembly holder in the correct
orientation. The robot takes the
piston from the pallet and assembles
it in the body. The piston springs and
the cylinder cap are fed to the robot
from controlled magazines. The fully
assembled pneumatic cylinder is
then placed on a slide.
Special training aims

Integration of an industrial robot
in an assembly process
Teaching of robots in complex
assembly environments
Commissioning of complex
systems
Maintenance, servicing and
troubleshooting of complex
systems
Programming of industrial robots
235
MPS 210-Mechatronics the all-rounder ...
Complete
From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC
technology, handling technology,
electrical engineering, electronics to
robotics and hydraulics, each station
facilitates interesting exercises on
automation and mechatronics. The
MPS 210 system is particularly
suited to the areas of handling, PLC
and robot technology due to its close
industrial orientation.
236
Exploit the full flexibility of MPS

The combination of multiple MPS
stations offers training aims for
many levels of experience and many
different fields. The project kits
of the MPS 210 system facilitate
the realisation of a wide range of
different systems. Conveyor belts,
integrated between the MPS
stations, facilitate a multitude of
solutions for material flow.
Successful realisation of
project ideas
The MPS 210 system contains all
the components needed to realise a
wide range of projects giving your
students a free hand in creativity!
WBT support:
The web-based training programs
contained in the MPS 210 system
will help trainers prepare their
students for project work. They deal
with topics such as project planning,
information acquisition or getting
started with the MPS 210 system.
... with an all-inclusive media package
Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541172

Complete MPS 210 system with FEC Standard 541173
SIMATIC S7-300
Simulating stations
CIROS Mechatronics offers optimum
preparation for a hands-on lesson.
All the stations can be tested and
programmed in simulation. Bugs
can even be built into the model to
permit an optimum, practical starting
point for lessons.
1x programming software STEP 7Trainer Package

Festo FEC Standard
8x PLC board with FEC 640, 8x programming cable, 8x programming software FST
8x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 8x programming cable
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter
Mitsubishi MELSEC
8x PLC board with FX1N, 8x programming cable
2x programming softwareGX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package
CIROS Robotics und CIROS

Programming facilitates full or
partial instruction in the use of robot
stations through simulation. The
simulation also offers robot cells
featuring other robots such as Kuka
and ABB for comprehensive robot
training.
Also order: Hydraulic power unit

Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot, Assembly, Punching,
Sorting
Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor
Accessories: 10x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x workpiece set
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCYSTOP control console, 5x EasyPort
Software: CIROS Robotics licence 6 users, CIROS Mechatronics licence 6 users, FluidSIM P licence for 6 users,6x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x CIROS Programming, web-based
training programs: 1x Discover MPS 200, 1x LOGO! Training, 1x Project Management
Function
The complete assembly line
produces a pneumatic cylinder made
up of body, piston, springs and cap.

The system enables 15 30
students to be trained in
mechatronics.
The Distributing and Conveyor
project kits (5 of each are included)
provide an introduction to the
project work.
Actuation is performed via
FluidSIM and EasyPort or using a
programmable logic controller.
The system layout can be changed
using the project kits. More than
30 different combinations can be
created using the system.
Production planning, reduction of
set-up times, FMEA and TPM the
system offers solutions for the hot
topics of production optimisation.
237
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS MPS 500-FMS Flexible production
MPS 500-FMS
Flexible production compatible, modular and versatile
Thought and action in

networked systems
It is becoming more and more
common for specialists and
engineers to be responsible for
operation and maintenance of
complex automated production
systems. This requires the seamless
interaction of all the technologies
involved.
MPS 500-FMS forms the basis

for general technological training
using practical problems from
actual operational applications.
It provides the perfect platform
for analysing, understanding
and mastering the interaction of
mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
engineering, control technology and
communication interfaces
all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of
networked systems.
The transport system
The transport facilities are a central
component of automated production
systems. The rectangular conveyor
configuration of the FMFF series
offers all the characteristics of
professional industrial systems:
6 working positions
Pallet identification
Valve terminal technology
AS-i fieldbus technology
PLC control cabinet
S7-300 PLC controller
Frequency converter
AC drive motors
EMERGENCY-STOP
I/O port for station
Dimensions: 3000 x 500 mm
238
The warehouse
Indispensable and technically
challenging from a logistical point
of view automated warehouses
facilitate flexible logistical concepts
and short delivery times. The HRL20
offers all the functions of a full-size
warehouse in a smaller format:
Shelf with 5 x 4 locations
Precision storage and retrieval
robot linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)
Positioning controller
Gripper for workpieces
S7-300 PLC controller
Control panel
Teach-in positions
Interface to the conveyor system
Networked system operation

communication is key
Modern production systems are of
modular design, with the modules
or subsystems featuring powerful
communication interfaces. The MPS
500-FMS uses interfaces such as the
I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet
similar to those used in typical
practical applications.
From the sensor to the web: The
optional software packages are an
easy way of practicing displaying
system data on the Internet.
The process
The system is a factory comprising
six areas linked via a transport
system that produces the tried-andtested short-stroke cylinders from
the MPS.
Incoming goods
Cylinder bodies are delivered to the
Distributing station and forwarded to
the Testing station after inspection.
The Vision system

Camera systems are ideal for use in
production and quality assurance
thanks to their versatility and
reliability. The universally successful
industrial system DVT is integrated
in the MPS 500-FMS system:
Intelligent compact camera
CMOS (colour on request)
Resolution 640 x 480 pixels
Incident light and transmitted light
Computer link
Evaluation software for PC
10 stations learn the basics

in small groups
MPS 500-FMS provides up to 10
individual stations for working in
small groups of students providing
invaluable benefits for the practical
side of training. Each station focuses
on something different and offers
various levels of complexity. The
stations can be gradually brought
together once the station-specific
training aims have been achieved.
Processing
The Processing station, which
simulates a drilling process, represents the machining stage. The
Handling station transports the
material.
The tools of the trade

simulation for robots and
systems
The use of simulation tools
for programming systems and
analysing system behaviour
before or during construction
saves time and money. The
electrical, mechanical and
physical behaviour of the models
is the same as that of actual
stations and is programmed
using the same programming
languages (MELFA BASIC and
STEP 7). This enables the
students to work safely on
virtual systems before the tested
programs are tried out on the
actual system.
Assembly
An industrial robot in the Robot
assembly station performs
automated assembly.
Warehouse
Parts are stored in the Automatic
warehouse station prior to shipping.
Outgoing goods
The Handling station transfers
products from the conveyor to the
Sorting station, where the products
are sorted and made available for
shipping.
Quality assurance
The camera system checks the
workpiece.
Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com
239
MPS 516-FMS
The complete package for demanding training scenarios
The system
MPS 516-FMS system is a complete
package comprising hardware and
software that can be used straight
from the box.
The system comprises 9 stations:

Incoming goods
Distributing and Testing station
Processing
Handling and Processing station
Assembly
Robot assembly station
Warehouse
Automatic warehouse station
Outgoing goods
Handling andSorting station
Transport
Transport system station
The system can be flexibly expanded
using the optional packages.
240
The training aims

The multitude of stations and the
technologies contained in them
permit an investigation of almost
all relevant areas of control and
automation technology.
Construction of pneumatic
and electropneumatic circuits
Learning about various sensors
and actuators
Application and programming
of PLCs
Application of various handling
devices and grippers
Application of vacuum technology
Application of various electrical
drives (DC, AC)
Application of frequency converters
Construction of a positioning
control with incremental shaft
encoder
Networking of sensors and
actuators via AS-interface
Application of industrial robots
for assembly tasks
Programming and simulation
of robots
Set-up and mode of operation
of transport systems
Mode of operation and purpose
of pallet identification
MPS 516-FMS
On request
Optional packages
Optional package Vision (V1)
Industrial CMOS compact camera
with integrated illumination and
Ethernet interface, mounted on a
mobile trolley. The station can be
integrated or used on its own for
basic training. It is used to determine
gripper parameters in connection
with the robot assembly station.
Professional image processing
software is included.
MPS 516 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
1xpallet transport systemFMF-F
1xautomated warehouse
1xrobot station with Magazine station*
1xDistributing station*
1xTesting station*
2xHandling station*
1xProcessing station*
1xSorting station*
Software and media
Programming package STEP 7Trainer Package
Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commissioningof the system at the destination.Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons.
*includes mobile base frame, MPS control panel and S7-300 PLC board.
Technical data MPS stations.
The control concept

Each station is equipped with its own
PLC. The only exception to this is the
robot station; in this case the robot
controller also controls the magazine
and communicates with the transport system via I/Os. Communication
between the transport system and
the PLCs of the stations also takes
place via a straightforward I/O interface. This simple and clear structure
is one of the reasons this system is
so popular it facilitates quick and

easy combination of the individual
stations into a networked system.
The AS-interface fieldbus is used
within the transport system.
Further additional bus systems can
optionally be integrated.
Optional package Visualisation

System visualisation and operation on the basis of industrial SCADA
software. Communication between
SCADA and controllers takes place
via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from
the following options:
WinCC and Profibus DP (L21)
WinCC and Ethernet (L22)
InTouch and Ethernet with FEC
(L23)
InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen
Bradley (L24)
Optional package CNC
Upgrade the system with a small
PC-controlled CNC machine. The
machine is placed beside the
assembly robot and looks after
automatic loading and unloading.
The optional package includes all
the software necessary for operation.
MILL 55 (C1)
TURN 55 (C2)
PLC
I/O
PLC
PLC
I/O
Robot
I/O
AS-i
I/O
AS-i
AS-i
PLC
AS-i
AS-i
I/O
I/O
PLC
I/O
PLC
Camera
I/O
I/O
PLC
AS-i
Option
PLC
241
MPS 501-505 FMS

The entry-level systems
MPS 501-FMS
MPS 502-FMS
MPS 503-FMS
MPS 504-FMS
Even the smaller systems offer

a complete sequence with all
the essential components of an
interlinked production system.
Why not call us?
We will be happy to advise you.
MPS 505-FMS
242
MPS 512-FMS
Get started right away with a complete and customised package
MPS 512-FMS
On request
MPS 512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
1xpallet transport systemFMF-F
1xDistributing station
1xTesting station
2x Handling station
1xProcessing station
1xSorting station
Software and media
Programming package STEP 7Trainer package
Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany
It is becoming more and more

common for specialists and
engineers to be responsible for
operation and maintenance of
complex automated production
systems. This requires the seamless
interaction of all the technologies
involved.
MPS 500-FMS forms the basis for
general technological training using
practical problems from actual
operational applications.
It provides the perfect platform
for analysing, understanding
and mastering the interaction of
mechanics, pneumatics, electrical
engineering, control technology
and communication interfaces
all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of
networked systems.
MPS 512-FMS is a complete

package comprising hardware and
software that can be used straight
from the box. The system comprises
7 stations:
Incoming goods
Distributing and Testing station
Processing
Handling and Processing station
Outgoing goods
Handling and sorting station
Transport
Transport system station
The system can be flexibly expanded
using the optional packages.
Special requirements in the area of
control technology?
We look forward to talking to you.
Our project advisors will be happy to
find the ideal solution for you.
243
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Control/Networking
Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice
As realistic as you can get

As in the real world of production
systems, controllers take on the
task of signal processing in MPS.
The signals from the system can be
transferred from the station to the
controller or between controllers
directly via I/Os or via various
fieldbus systems.
The MPS is based on industrial
standards. The MPS concept
is based on marker leaders
automation solutions and trends.
from the marker leaders
IEC61131-compliant design and
programming tools
The most commonly used
fieldbuses: PROFINET, PROFIBUS,
AS-Interface, Ethernet
244
Connecting the station

Up to 8 binary inputs and 8 binary
outputs are required to control an
MPS station.
All binary signals are connected to an

I/O terminal with a SysLink socket.
Optimised for training

Fully equipped and wired PLC boards
can be mounted or suspended
directly in the trolley. The PLC board
can be simply removed from the
trolley and placed on any table when
working on the PLC board or for
demonstration purposes.
Analogue signals are passed to a

special analogue terminal with a
15-pin Sub-D socket.
Plug-in and go
The station, the control console
and the PLC boards are equipped
with standardised SysLink interfaces. No wiring is required the
boards simply plug in.
Connecting the control console

The control console is generally
connected to the PLC via a SysLink
socket with 8 binary inputs and 8
binary outputs. A second SysLink
socket allows expansion to up to 16
inputs and 16 outputs.
245
PLC board with FEC

The robust minicontroller with integrated Ethernet interface
When you choose the FEC Standard,

you not only choose a minicontroller,
but also a concept:
Optimised technology for
optimised systems
The FEC Standard is especially
suitable for small, simple applications. Optimised for everyday
automation, so that projects can be
realised quickly and successfully.
Programming environment: FST
for quick and easy program development, including a web server.
The PLC board with the modern
minicontroller and the programming
environment FST.
Power supply:
24 V DC
Digital inputs:
32, of which 2 are fast counters
(max. 2 kHz)
Outputs:
16 (24 V DC, max. 400 mA)
SysLink interfaces:
1 x cable for connection to station,
1 x cable for connection to console,
1 x strap for connection to
EMERGENCY-STOP
Serial interfaces:
1 x RS232 programming interface,
1 x universal
Ethernet interfaces:
1 x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s
Accessories
Programming cable TTL-RS232
RS232 level converter in Sub-D
housing for use with all products
with TTL-RS232 interfaces. The
enclosed programming cable
allows direct connection to a PC.
FST for FEC
commissioning and servicing of
automation projects. The reliable
programming languages statement
list (STL) or ladder diagram (LDR)
are available for programming.
Includes user and training
manuals. Software and training
manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN).
CD-ROM drive
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin,
1-row, with LEDs
Sensor-actuator connector with
tension-spring technology, singlerow version, with signal LEDs. The
LEDs integrated into the connector
show the status of the signal LEDs
and the supply voltage.
Order no. 526875

Programming cable TTL-RS232 188935
FST for FEC DE 537927
FST for FEC EN 537928
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs 197160
246
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300

The industry standard
The modular concept of the SIMATIC

S7-300 offers professional PLC
technology from the market leader,
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all
automation requirements.
The S7-300 facilitates the use of a
wide range of fieldbuses such as ASinterface, Profibus DP and Ethernet.
The STEP 7 programming environment makes all industrially used PLC
programming languages available:
STL, LDR, FCH, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph.
CPUs with integrated I/Os:
CPU 313C
32 KB RAM for program and data
Interfaces: MPI
I/Os:
24 digital inputs (24 V DC),
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
400 mA),
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms
(10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20
mA), 1 Pt100 input,
2 analogue outputs (10 V, 0 10
V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA)
Board
Power supply:
24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
EMERGENCY-STOP
Accessories
PC adapter
2000/XP.
Programming software Siemens
STEP 7
Page 44
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O
Front-panel connector
Analogue I/O module S7-SM3344E/2A
Analogue terminal
Analogue cable, crossover
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP
343-2 AS-i Master
AS-i filter including wiring material.
Trainer Package, Internet link
S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with
CD-ROM
Page 135
CPU 313C-2DP
32 KB RAM for program and data
Interfaces:
MPI, Profibus DP
I/Os:
16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
400 mA)
PLC board with S7-313C 533526

PLC board with S7-313C-2DP 533527
Accessories
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550
Front-panel connector Screwed contacts 184554
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
Analogue terminal 526213
Analogue cable, crossover 533039
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300 533027
247
Allen-Bradley ML 1500
The standard for North America
The modular concept of the Micro

Logix from Allen Bradley offers
professional PLC technology
With various CPUs and modules,
the ML series meets all automation
requirements.
The ML 1500 facilitates the use of
a wide range of fieldbuses such as
DeviceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix
500 programming software makes
the PLC programming language LDR
available.
PLC board
with Allan-Bradley ML 1500
PLC ML 1500 + compact
IN/OUT module
Program memory: 7K + 8k
Interfaces: RS-232-C
I/Os:
22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of
which 8 are high-speed counters
by configuration,
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A),
of which 2 are high-speed outputs
by configuration
2 integrated analogue potentiometers
Programmable PID controller
Accessories
Programming cable ML 1500
RSLogix 500 Starter
The programming software for the
Micro Logix controller type by
Allen-Bradley contains the RSLogix
500 Starter as well as RS Linx Lite
for programming LDR. The CD-ROM
(EN) manual incorporates Getting
Results with RSLogix 500.
PC with Win NT/2000/XP, At least
Pentium II 500 MHz, 128 MB RAM,
45 MB free space on hard disc,
3.5 floppy disc drive
Digital upgrade ML 1500
Digital I/O module 1769-IQ6X0W44I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)
Analogue upgrade ML 1500
Analogue I/O module 1769IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500
ENI Ethernet interface 1761-NETENI
Digital board
Power supply:
24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
EMERGENCY-STOP
Analogue board
Same as digital board but with
additional analogue terminal and
analogue expansion.
PLC board with ML 1500, digital 535820

PLC board with ML 1500, analogue 544300
Accessories
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829
Digital upgrade ML 1500 535822
Analogue upgrade ML 1500 541126
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 541127
248
Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N

The small controller with the big range of functions
The modular concept of the MELSEC

FX1N from Mitsubishi offers
professional PLC technology from
a high-tech company.
The FX1N with its various upgrades
provides all of the functions required
of a minicontroller for automation
technology. The FX1N facilitates the
use of a wide range of fieldbuses
such as AS-interface, Profibus
DP and Ethernet. The MELSOFT
GX IEC Developer programming
environment makes industry-related
and IEC 1131.3-compliant PLC
programming languages such as STL,
LDR, FBD, AS and ST available.
PLC board with
MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSS
PLC with integrated I/Os:
FX1N:
8 k program memory
Interfaces: RS 232
I/Os:
24 digital inputs (24 V DC),
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500
mA)
Digital board
Power supply:
12 24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
EMERGENCY-STOP
Accessories
Programming cable FX1N
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package
The standard programming
software for controller type FX
from Mitsubishi includes GX
Developer for the programming
of AWL, FUP, KOP, as well as
GX IEC Developer, the powerful
development environment to IEC
61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST).
The Trainer Package consists of
six full licences andsix student
versions on separate CD-ROMs for
doing homework.
Scope of delivery:
GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)
GX IEC Developer for students
(DE/EN)
GX Developer (DE/EN)
GXDeveloper for students (EN)
Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP,
at least PentiumII 450 MHz, 64 MB
RAM, 150 MB free space on hard
disk.
The Trainer package is intended
exclusively for basic and further
training.
Analogue upgrade FX1N
Analogue I/O module FX0N-3A
(2 IN/1 OUT)
AS-interface upgrade FX1N
AS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M
Ethernet upgrade FX1N
Ethernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP + FX1NCNV-BD
Analogue board
Same as digital board but with
additional analogue terminal and
analogue expansion.
PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, digital 540681

PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, analogue 544301
Accessories
Programming cable FX1N 540683
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package DE/EN 541149
Analogue upgrade FX1N 541128
AS-interface upgrade FX1N 541129
Ethernet upgrade FX1N 541131
249
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Operating/Observing
Operating and observing
Knowing whats going on and

responding accordingly. Thats the
simple idea on which the technology
for the automation of whole production processes has been based.
Operating and observing
means mastering the process.
It means keeping machines and
systems running at their optimal
levels. And it means high availability
and productivity.
Visualisation in the Net

Visualise and operate your MPS
stations and systems using the latest
visualisation software from the
market leaders. Learn the application
of visualisation software, connection
to the production process, the
creation of your own process
images and even connection to the
Internet.
Expandable
If additional control or display
elements are required for customised design of the information flow,
ready-to-use terminal strips on the
rear of the control console allow
quick and easy expansion.
1 Control console
MPS control console for SysLink
The MPS control console allows
simpler operation of the MPS
station. SysLink or AS-interface
various interfaces ensure versatility
of use. Fully assembled with
operating panel, communication
panels, spare panel and mounting
frame with SysLink connector.
Membrane keyboard: Start pushbutton with LED, Stop pushbutton,
Reset pushbutton with LED, 2
flexibly assignable control lamps
(see alsoOrder no.195766). 4
mm safety sockets with LED status
display for simple I/O connection
(see alsoOrder no.195767).Syslink
and Sub-D sockets for connection
to PLC of choice are available on the
rear panel.
MPS control console for
AS-interface
Fully assembled with AS-interface
control console, communication
panels, spare panel and mounting
frame with AS-interface connector.
SysLink 195764
AS-Interface 535814
2 19 Control panel
The control panel is connected to a
controller via SysLink. The control
panel allows up to 16 operating inputs and 16 operating outputs to be
connected. The signals from pushbuttons, switches, signal lamps, free
inputs and free outputs are available
at additional terminals.
5
Pushbutton (switch):
Start (normally open)
Stop (normally closed)
Reset (normally open)
Auto/Man (normally open)
LED displays:
Start LED
Reset LED
Indicator lamp Q1
Indicator lamp Q2
Order no. 195766
250
3 19 Communication panels
If the control console is used
for several combined stations,
communication panels allow simple
and transparent exchange of
additional signals and information
between the stations. 4 inputs and 4
outputs are available at 4 mm safety
sockets.
Order no. 195767
4 19 Spare panel
For the integration of additional
control components.
Order no. 195765
5 19 Mounting frame
19 frame for mounting of control
panels. The frame can be mounted
on the MPS trolley.
Width: 310 mm
Height: 132 mm
Order no. 526206
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Operating/Observing
The right solution for every operating task
1 Touch Panel TP177B

Equipped with practical functions
and a large user memory, the Siemens Touch Panel TP177B Color
PN/DP can be used wherever the operation and monitoring of machines
and systems directly on-site is called
for whether in production, process
or configuring automation.
2 Operator Panel OP177B

Equipped with practical functions
and a large user memory, the Siemens Touch and Button Panel
OP177B Color PN/DP can be used
wherever the operation and monitoring of machines and systems directly
on-site is called for whether in production, process or configuring automation.
A touch panel therefore provides you

with an advanced method of operating and monitoring MPS stations.
Learn how simple it is to configure
graphics and switching buttons using design tools. Use state-of-the-art
distributed communication technology to connect the touch panel to your
controller.
An operating panel provides you

with a method of controlling MPS
stations. Learn how simple it is to design graphics and switching buttons
using design tools. Use state-of-theart distributed communication technology to connect the touch panel to
your controller.
Consisting of:
Siemens Touch Panel Trainer
Package TP177B Color PN/DP with
256 colours, ProfiNet, Profibus
and USB interface, non-volatile
message buffer that permanently
stores the messages without battery backup
S7 MPI cable, 5 m
Ethernet cable, 2 m
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
SIMATIC Panel
MC documentation supplied on
CD-ROM
Interfaces:
ProfiNet and Profibus DP
Dimensions (W x H x D):
212 x 156 x 46 mm
Consisting of:
Siemens Touch and Button
Panel Trainer Package OP177B
Color PN/DP with 256 colours,
ProfiNet, Profibus and USB interface, non-volatile message buffer
that permanently stores the messages without battery backup
S7 MPI cable, 5 m
Ethernet cable, 2 m
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
SIMATIC Panel
MC documentation supplied on
CD-ROM
Interfaces:
ProfiNet und Profibus DP
Dimensions (W x H x D):
243 x 212,5 x 48 mm
For industrial colleges and training

centres.
For industrial colleges and training

centres.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 Profes
sional/XP Professional
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 Profes
sional/XP Professional
Order no. 544294
Order no. 544295
Mounting frame/housing on request.
Mounting frame/housing on request.
251
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Safety engineering
Safety engineering
EMERGENCY-STOP board
The flexible safety concept for the
MPS provides an easy method of
switching off components whether
the entire system or parts thereof.
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
is part of the safety concept in the
Modular Production System and allows you to integrate up to ten MPS
stations into a safety circuit. When
combined with EMERGENCY-STOP
pushbuttons and/or position switches, it provides a high level of safety.
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
can be mounted in the trolley of a
station along with a PLC board.
A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is
required for each station for connection. This cable is not included in the
scope of delivery. The connected stations can be switched off via max. 6
EMERGENCY-STOP switches. These
EMERGENCY-STOP switches are not
included in the scope of delivery.
Inputs (EMERGENCY-STOP switch)
16
Outputs (stations) 1 10
Order no. 195769
Also order:
Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connecting an MPS station (PLC board) to
the EMERGENCY-STOP board.
Order no. 535245
252
19 EMERGENCY STOP panel

The EMERGENCY STOP panel allows
integration of the EMERGENCY STOP
pushbutton into the control panel.
The pushbutton is connected to a
PLC board or an EMERGENCY STOP
board via a 2.5m cable with 2-pin
screw-terminal plug.
The EMERGENCY OFF panel can be
integrated into the control panel order no. 195764. A blank panel order
no. 534630 is required for installation into the control panel. The blank
panel is not included.
Order no. 534631
19 Blank panel for the control

panel
Order no. 534630
Other safety components, such as

protection circuits and light curtains,
on request.
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Accessories
Accessories
1 Profile plate 350/700

plates are used for mounting all
components of the MPS stations.
Both sides are slotted, so if necessary parts can be mounted on both
sides. The slots are compatible with
the ITEM profile system. The board is
supplied with caps for the sides. Fits
on trolley (order no. 120856).
Height: 32 mm
Grid spacing (from slot to slot):
50 mm
Width: 350 mm
Length: 700 mm
Order no. 162386
The profile plate 350/700 has a hole

with a diameter of approx. 5 cm for
the I/O cable that connects the PLC
board to the station (not shown).
Order no. 170395
2 Rubber feet
type.
Set (4 pieces) 158343
3 Profile plate connector

For connecting two profile plates
(e.g. when combining two MPS stations to build a system).
Length: 45 mm
Mounting method: Bolt with rotating head and M5 hammer-head nut
Order no. 162228
6 Tabletop power supply unit

Input voltage:
230/115 V AC (47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:
Without power cable
Order no. 162416
4 Trolley
The trolley makes an MPS station
a compact and mobile unit. The station is easy to mount on the trolley.
The PLC board can also be fitted. Appropriate through-holes in the side
panels enable orderly routing of cables. The front side is equipped with
mountings for the control panel. The
trolley is supplied complete with
castors.
Height (incl. castors, to bottom
edge of profile plate): 750 mm
Width: 350 mm
Depth: 700 mm
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418

Order no. 162419
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162380
CH
Order no. 162381

Order no. 162382
Order no. 120856
5 Tool set
The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS stations. A practical minisystainer includes:
200 mm steel rule
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
9, 10
Adjustable spanner
Side cutter
Insulation-stripping pliers
Wire end sleeve pliers
Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Screwdriver, cross-head,
PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Tubing cutter
Fibre-optic cable cutter
Workpiece, red, black, silver
100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
7 Robot interface box

Supplement to Robot station
The Robot interface box allows the
robot controller to undertake additional PLC functions. Up to 16 robot
controller I/Os can be distributed to
4 SysLink sockets with the Robot interface box. The Robot interface box
is connected to the robot controllers I/O card via a 50-pin Centronics connector. On the front panel are
LEDs to display the status of the robot I/Os. On the rear panel are 4 SysLink sockets for connection to peripherals.
Order no. 534364

6
Order no. 539767

7
253
Mechatronics and factory automation MPS Accessories and optional components/topics Accessories
Accessories
1 Workpiece insert Clock

Quartz clock insert for mounting in
housing.
External diameter: 40 mm
Mounting diameter: 30 mm
Order no. 534621
2 Workpiece insert Thermometer

Thermometer insert for mounting in
housing.
3 Workpiece insert Hygrometer

Hygrometer insert for mounting in
housing.
Order no. 534623
Order no. 162240
4 Workpiece set
For cylinder assembly
The workpiece set consisting of cylinder components for full assembly
(body, piston, spring, cover). The
cylinders can be assembled and dismantled many times. This kit allows
for the complete assembly of 7 black
and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 aluminium cylinders.
Order no. 162239
254
Order no. 534368
7 Parts set Cylinder end caps

Parts set consisting of 50 end caps
for cylinder assembly. The end caps
do not yet have a hole for the cylinder piston rod. This hole is punched
by the hydraulic press station. The
hydraulic press station can, however,
also be operated with end caps that
already have a hole.
Number of end caps: 50
Order no. 534622
6 Workpiece set Reject bodies

The workpiece set comprises 2 black
and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and
2 aluminium cylinder bodies.
Height: Each colour: 1 x 23 mm and
1 x 24 mm
5 Workpiece set
Cylinder bodies
and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and
4 aluminium cylinder bodies.
Height (black): 22.5 mm
Height (red and aluminium): 25
mm
Order no. 167021
8 Workpiece set Housings

and 4 red plastic housings and
4 aluminium housings. The Clock,
Thermometer and Hygrometer
inserts can be mounted in the bodies.
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Height: 23 mm
Order no. 534619
9 Workpiece set Reject housings

and 3 red plastic housings and 3 aluminium housings.
Black workpieces:
Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
Heights: 26/27/28 mm
Aluminium workpieces:
Internal diameter:
30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
Height: 23 mm
Order no. 534620
MicroFMS
An introduction to the world

of flexible manufacturing and
integrated systems
All of the essential procedures for a
fully automated, flexible manufacturing system FMS can be shown:
Buffer of unmachined parts
Separation
CNC machine loading using robots
CNC machining processes
Buffer of finished parts
SCADA/DNC options
The CNC machines used are PC-controlled, bench-mounted lathes and/
or bench-mounted milling machines
which correspond to an industrial
standard in their structure and function. Industrial robots with powerful controllers (multi-tasking, path
control) are used for loading and unloading. Owing to the modularity and
the clearly defined interfaces, the
MicroFMS systems can be combined
both with one another and with
MPS stations.
255
Mechatronics and production automation MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry
MicroFMS:
CNC and robot technology similar to industry
The control concept

Every CNC machine in MicroFMS has
its own PC control system. On the
PC, various industrial control systems such as the Siemens 810/820,
810D/840D, Heidenhain TNC 426 or
the CAMConceptCAD/CAM system
can be installed. Via an optional control panel, the user interface for the
corresponding control system can be
displayed.
For automated use, the CNC machines are equipped with an automatic door, pneumatic chuck and/or
an electromagnetic vice and an I/O
communication interface.
Spectrum of workpieces
The illustrated turned and milled
parts can be manufactured for example from unmachined parts with a
diameter of 30 or 40 mm.
Control, simulation and

programming:
The software solution for MicroFMS
Simple CAD/CAM system for
turning and milling
3D simulating for turning and
milling
Individual solutions
Do you need a special solution or
controller set-up? Call us we have
the solution for all your needs.
An impressive training concept that
already has many loyal users. Discover for yourself the flexibility of
MultiFMS.You will find numerous
references with contact data for our
customers on our website:
Under the heading
Services References
256
Mechatronics and factory automation MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry
MicroFMS
Simple I/O communication or SCADA system
Level 1:
Automated buffer operation via I/O
communication between robotand
CNC machine
Central control of the automated
buffer operation is provided by the
robot controller. Buffer operation is
started and stopped via the MPS
control desk at the station robot.
Level 1 enables the automated
processing of a buffer of unmachined
parts. If different work-pieces are to
be made, then the corresponding
program must be manually preselected at the CNC machine. Communication between a robot and a CNC
machine, such as starting and stopping the CNC machining, reporting
completion, opening and closing the
door, is controlled by the robot controller by setting and reading the I/O
lines of the CNC machine robotics
interface.
Level 2:
Flexible buffer operation with a
SCADA system
Robots, CNC and cell computers as
well as an optional CAD/CAM laboratory are all networked together,
via Ethernet. The DNC commands
are transmitted from the cell computer to the CNC machine via whatever
DNC interface is available (RS232 or
TCP/IP).
Level 2 corresponds to the full functionality of flexible industrial manufacturing systems (FMS). Every unmachined partput in the buffer is
assigned to a specific process plan.
This means that differing workpieces
can be manufactured in the system.
Using DNC, the appropriate CNC programs for the workpiece are loaded
into the machine via the cell computer. Optionally, a CAD/CAM laboratory can be networked with the system.
Robot
controller
CNC
controller
I/O cable, 50-pin

XMR
Robotics interface
Robot
interface box
Parts buffer
XMB
XMA
station
SCADA
system
TCP/IP
Parts buffer
Robot
station
controller
DNC
DNC interface
CNC
controller
Robotics interface
257
TR5 Turned parts with robot loading
TURN 55 is an industry-compatible
inclined-bed lathe that facilitates all
machining possibilities of a modern
CNC lathe: turning, plunge cutting,
cropping and drilling.
Robot cell
The automatic control and loading/
unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ industrial robot used in the MPS. In the
Parts buffer station cylindrical unmachined parts are buffered and separately fed to a robot for removal.
After CNC machining, the robot removes the finished part and places it
on the stations other conveyor belt,
where it is either buffered or separated for further transport.
Controlling, programming,
simulating:
the software solutions for MicroFMS
turning and milling
3D simulation for turning and
milling
TURN 55
Lathe, mounted on table with profile plate:
8-way tool turner
Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
spindle
Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
Constant cutting speed
Automatic motion to reference
point
Pneumatic chuck
Automatic door and robotics interface
Travel X/Z: 48/236 mm
Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
Maximum width/maximum turning
diameter: 335/52 mm
Speed range 120 4000 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC controller interface
Parts buffer station
2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and separation of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
RV-2AJ
5-axis industrial robot, mounted on
trolley with profile plate:
Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg
Axis drive: AC servo motors with
harmonic drive gear
Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm
Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s
Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
for cylindrical parts with a diameter
of 8 40 mm
Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operating system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS TR5
258
On request
MR5 Milling cell with robot loading
MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine of

industry-compatible design that facilitates all machining possibilities of
a modern CNC milling machine: milling, cutting and drilling/boring.
MILL 55
3-axis milling machine, mounted on
suitable base frame:
spindle
(0.75 kW)
point
Electromechanical vice
Automatic door and robotics interface
Travel X/Y/Z: 190/125/190 mm
Milling machine table clamping area: 420 x 125 mm
Speed range 150 3500 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC controller interface
8-station tool drum (option)
2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and separation of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
RV-2AJ
5-axis industrial robot, mounted on
trolley with profile plate:
Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg
Axis drive: AC servo motors with
harmonic drive gear
Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm
Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s
Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
for cylindrical parts with a diameter
of 8 40 mm
Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operating system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS MR5
Robot cell
The automatic control and loading/
unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ industrial robot used in the MPS. In the
Parts buffer station cylindrical unmachined parts are buffered and separately fed to a robot for removal.
After CNC machining, the robot removes the finished part and places it
on the stations other conveyor belt,
where it is either buffered or separated for further transport.
simulating:
turning and milling
milling
On request
259
MTLR5 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis
This combination of TURN 105 and

MILL 105 facilitates an efficient implementation of a CNC machine production line for turning and milling
operations.
MILL 105
3-axis milling machine with automatic door and robotics interface,
mounted on table with profile plate.
PC with selectable CNC controller interface for milling machine, on
bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
TURN 105
Lathe with automatic door and robotics interface, mounted on table
with profile plate. PC with selectable CNC controller interface for lathe,
on bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
Robot cell
Automatic control and loading/unloading of the CNC machine is undertaken by a 6-axis RV-1A industrial
robot that travels on a linear axis.
Unmachined parts are fed to the first
production process via 2 conveyors.
This facilitates feeding of two different unmachined parts, for example
aluminium and brass. The workpieces undergo turning and milling in sequence and are then placed on the
third conveyor.
simulating:
turning and milling
milling

1 station with three conveyor belt
buffers, mounted on trolley with profile plate. Conveyor 1 and 2 for buffering and separation of cylindrical
unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mm.
Conveyor 3 for buffering and/or separation of cylindrical finished parts
with a base area of at least 30 mm
diameter.
RV-1A
6-axis industrial robot with pneumatic finger grippers mounted on trolley
with profile plate.
Linear axis with toothed belt drive
Stroke length: typically 2000 mm,
dependent on layout
Precise and firm guidance through
linear ball bearing
Drive motor: AC servo motor
Output: 0.2 kW
No-load speed: 3000 rpm
Positioning: Incremental rotary
transducer
For further technical details, see MR5
and TR5
MicroFMS MTLR5
260
On request
MultiFMS
The name says it all MultiFMS

really is multifunctional.
The combination of three successful
concepts in MultiFMS produces
an extremely comprehensive
training environment specifically for
mechatronics engineers.
The subsystems MPS, MPS 500FMS and MicroFMS can be operated
both individually and in a network,
meaning you get a wealth of
combination possibilities precisely
tailored to your training situation.
System complexity is kept to a
minimum thanks to the fact that the
interface design is geared toward
standardisation as part of the design
process.
261
Mechatronics and factory automation MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS, transport system, CNC
Multifunctional: MultiFMS
262
MPS stations
MPS500-FMS
MicroFMS
MultiFMS contains a series of MPS

stations that are formed around
the transport system. These MPS
stations can be easily isolated from
the transport system and used either
individually or as an MPS line for
your training purposes. Each MPS
station has its own PLC controller,
which means that a sizeable number
of students can be trained on the 9
stations (full configuration). Each
station also focuses on a single
topic, for example testing, rotary
indexing table, handling, robot
assembly, positioning drives,
conveyor, enabling many topics of
relevance to automation technology
to be addressed.
The pallet transport system is a

central part of the MPS 500-FMS
system solution. It integrates the
MPS stations, warehouse and
camera into a production system
with logistics components that
exhibit excellent flexibility in terms of
material flow.
MicroFMS brings CNC technology

into play. One or two machines with
a loading robot handle production
of cylinder bodies in networked
operation before these are transferred to the assembly line. The
straightforward database-supported
order administration system on the
PC (optional) makes getting started
with flexible production easy. Of
course you can also operate the CNC
machines individually in order to
train students in the fundamentals
of CNC.
The mechatronics learning platform that integrates MPS,

a transport system and CNC
Robots and CNC (1)
Handling and processing (3)
Up to two industrial robots

perform typical tasks such as
assembly and loading/unloading
of machines in MultiFMS. This
provides an ideal opportunity of
illustrating the advantages offered
by modern industrial robots
thanks to their flexibility, precision
and dynamism.The problems
of controller coupling between
robots and CNC controllers can be
addressed in combination with the
CNC machines.
Actuating cylinders, detecting

sensors, moving axes the daily
bread of the PLC programmer. The
most important thing in this context
is the application of the correct
programming methodology a skill
in itself. MultiFMS offers an excellent
training environment in this regard
thanks to the numerous MPS
stations.
The CNC machines and the

accompanying software are ideally
suited to teaching mechatronics
engineers about CNC. All stages
of product development can be
reconstructed, from CAD design to
machining.
Of no less importance is effective

troubleshooting after all, faults
in production systems have to be
eliminated quickly. This can also be
systematically practised using
MultiFMS.
Logistics and material flow (2)

2
There arent many production

facilities that can manage
without the logistics functions of
transportation and warehousing.
What is a warehouse? In its simplest
form a shelf. More exciting is the
shelf robot in our case a 3-axis
cartesian robot with two positioning
axes and one pneumatic axis,
controlled using a PLC.
The transport system addresses
the topics of frequency converters,
fieldbus, pallet identification and
PLC programming using examples. A
good foundation for the challenges
of the career.
263
MultiFMS: decentralised control technology
Makes even large systems

easy to master
Control layer
PC1
PC2
Each station has its own controller,

which means that each station
can also be used on its own.
Synchronisation of the individual
stations is performed via digital I/O
at level 1 (L1).
Communication L2
Communication L1
Distributed
PLC
RC
CNC
RC
Subprocess
Subprocess
Subprocess
Subprocess
control level
I/O connection area

Field bus/AS-i
A second communication level

(L2) for transferring data to the
two computers at the control level
can be installed in addition to and
independently of level 1. Profibus or
Ethernet is used here. Level 2 is not
required for operation of the system,
however it does increase its ease
of use.
Sensors/Actuators
Processes
Overall process MultiFMS
The control level in MultiFMS: for maximum ease of use
PC1: For visualising and operating

the MPS system
264
In practice, almost all large production systems are equipped with

a system visualisation feature.
We offer system visualisation and
operation of the assembly line on
the basis of WinCC or InTouch,
depending on the PLC used in the
system, as an optional extra for
MultiFMS.
PC2: Order input and visualisation

of the CNC cell
The cell computer (PC2) of the CNC

cell facilitates input of a number
of different CNC orders in one
order batch. Each order can start
its own CNC program via DNC. You
can also define whether an order
should involve turning or milling or
turning and milling. In addition to
order input, the CNC is dynamically
visualised using a 3D representation.
Do you need a special solution or

controller set-up? Call us we have
the solution for all your needs.
An impressive training concept
that already has many loyal users.
Discover for yourself the flexibility
of MultiFMS. You will find numerous
references with contact data for our
customers on our website:
under the heading Services
References
CNC manufacturing as required:

The material flow in MultiFMS
The two conveyor belt buffers stock
two different cylinder bodies (1).
These are removed by the loading
robot, fed to the CNC machining
centre and then inserted in the
magazine buffer (2).
If the workpiece buffer is full, the
CNC cell is notified and production
of the workpieces is suspended until
the buffer can accept more pieces
(3).
The workpiece is then drilled

(simulation) in the processing cell
and tested (4).
Next the workpiece is transferred to
the Vision system station for quality
inspection (5).
The robot then transfers the
workpiece to the Sorting station (6).
If this is full or out of order, the
workpieces are buffered in the
warehouse (7).
Finally they are transferred once
more to the Sorting station when it
is ready (8).
265
Professional software for MultiFMS
The full range of software and

teachware for MultiFMS is also
available to order:
Mechatronics Assistant (1)

A virtually inexhaustible source
of useful information for trainers
and trainees. This wealth of professionally prepared information
is only available from the market
leader. Free updates are all part of
the deal. In this way you stay up to
date.
CIROS Robotics (2)
The virtual learning environment for
robotics offering a comprehensive
online tutorial on robotics and
numerous ready-made robot workcells.
CIROS Studio (3)
Model and simulate any type of
complex robot cell using CIROS
Studio. This package provides a
user-friendly program editor, many
online functions as well as a teach-in
function for robot programming.
266
CIROS Mechatronics (4)

CIROS Mechatronics for safe
experimentation with PLC programs.
You can use the integrated Soft PLC
S7 PLC or any real PLC.
CAD/CAM system CAMConcept (5)
CAMConcept from EMCO is a
CAD/CAM system for turning
and milling applications. Design
simple parts with the integrated
CAD functionality. Thanks to the
user-friendly operation, you can
then create your CNC program
without any controller-specific CNC
knowledge.
3D simulation (6)
This useful program is part of the
WinNC machine controller installed
on every EMCO CNC machine. The
package can also be installed on
other computers so that the process
can be visualised.
iCIM
Professional CIM training
iCIM The platform for research

and training
iCIM systems play an important role
in illustrating complex topics such as
production logistics and sequence
planning in flexible manufacturing
systems (FMS):
Material supply and disposal
Planning algorithms for automated
production lines
and much more.
The exclusive use of open standards
for communication and databases
as well as the modular structure of
the software provides numerous
possibilities for realising your own
ideas.
The interface between iCIM-ERP and
iCIM-MES has been published. With
suitable programming skills you
can link the iCIM system into your
existing PPS or ERP system.
A world of possibilities awaits
why not find out more?
Interdisciplinary with iCIM
Future technicians and engineers,
but also sales staff and management, benefit from interdisciplinary
training on iCIM systems. From the
fundamentals of mechatronics to
complex networked processes, the
relationships between individual
processes are illustrated in a clear
and comprehensible way.
267
Mechatronics and factory automation iCIM Professional CIM training/EMCO CNC technology
iCIM
The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.
MES
Planning is one thing production
is another. The MES in iCIM brings
planning and production together.
Using the CIROS integration tool
as a basis, we create and supply an
open and modular MES solutionfor
your system which you can modify
if necessary. The wide range of
standard interfaces means that
virtually all automation devices can
be integrated, which is an important
consideration for those system
components you already own.
268
Programming tools
We offer practical programming
tools for each iCIM system for
programming and setting the parameters for PLCs and robots. Costeffective multiple licences for
classroom scenarios are available
for almost all packages.
PPS/ERP
How does a company function?
Every company is certainly unique,
but there are common aspects:
Entering and managing customer
data, entering and maintaining
basic data, defining machines
with their costs as manufacturing
resources, maintaining parts lists.
This gets really interesting when
manufacturing orders are placed.
How does the material availability
look? Can the delivery dates be
met? iCIM ERP is an industrial ERP
system, which is optimised for iCIM
systems and offers all commonly
used functions and reports.
Virtual reality and 3D simulation

Creating and testing manufacturing
processes on a PC this is easy
in the CIROS Production virtual
factory environment. Assemble a
production line from the module
library, create the matching MES
project with one mouse click, enter
the process parameters and start
the process. The 3D simulation now
clearly illustrates the procedure, with
real robot programmes running in
the simulated robots.
Just like a real system, the virtual
systems can also be connected with
iCIM ERP.
With perfectly matched software.

For effective planning and engineering.
The fascination of CIM

Computer-integrated manufacturing
(CIM) provides an impressive display
of what can be achieved with current
technology:
PCs, robots, programmable logic
controllers and CNC machines
communicate via networks. Processes are optimised through
simulation, a whole host of production data is administered and
made available in databases.

Just about every process is
integrated, which means
individual processes can no
longer be considered in isolation.
This requires all those involved
in the production process to have
an in depth understanding of
the relationships between these
individual processes.
ERP
CAD/CAM
CAQ
MES
CNC
CAD/CAM
CAMConcept from EMCO isa CAD/
CAM system for turning and milling
applications with integrated 3D
graphic simulation. Design simple
parts using the integrated CAD
functionality and then create your
CNC program you dont even
need any controller-specific CNC
knowledge.
ROB
PLC
FTS
3D
Quality assurance
Industrial vision systems are increasingly becoming as important
as verniers and probes. However,
a sound knowledge of image
processing and in particular lighting
technology is required to design a
vision application. Our intelligent
compact camera provides all of the
functions of a modern vision system
and is ideal for both beginners and
professional users.
269
iCIM 3000
The complete training system with potential
iCIM 3000 system description

Automatic warehouse, assembly
station, testing station and CNC
machines are combined into a
flexible production system using
a pallet transport system. Each
station removes its designated pallet
from the conveyor, processes the
materials upon it and then replaces
it on theconveyor. The cell computer
coordinates control of the pallets
to the workstations and their start
in accordance with the planned
process.
270
Control technology and

communication
Each individual station has its own
controller and can therefore also
be used on its own for training
purposes. In accordance with
the latest technological trends,
networking of the system is
performed using Ethernet to ensure
open interfaces and extendability.
Flexible system design
The unique object-oriented approach
of the iCIM systems facilitates
maximum flexibility when it comes
to designing systems. The stations
are positioned along the conveyor
based on the space available you
decide the configuration. We also
optionally supply transport systems
in special sizes or with sorting gates
and alternative tracks.
Training included
With iCIM 3000 you are not just
purchasing an excellent training
platform you are also purchasing
qualified training by our experts, the
purpose of which is to equip you for
the continued use of the system.
The step-by-step training introduces
the subsystems and their interfaces.
Once you get to that stage,
integrating them into a complete
system is virtually childs play.
Training aims:
Industrial communication and
networks
Cell control and process planning
System and robot simulation
PLC and fieldbus technology
Positioning technology and servo
drives
Handling and robot technology
CNC programming and simulation
CAD/CAM and DNC
Pneumatic and electropneumatic
components
iCIM 3000 complete package:
Software:
iCIM stations
Pallet transport system

DimensionsLxW: 3000x 1000 mm
Transport height/track width:
788 mm/160 mm
Working positions:
4, can be extended later
Controller: S7-300
Cell control
Powerful MES software comprising
the modules Visualisation, Process
control,Process connection, Database and Simulation.
Automatic warehouse
Dimensions LxWxH:
2380x1300x 1800 mm
Number of stock locations: 80
Shelf robot:linear, X/Y/Z, DC servo
Controller: S7-300
Robot assembly cell
DimensionsLxW: 1100 x 700 mm
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3
Robot type/payload: 5-axis,3kg
Loading robot for CNC machines
Robot type/payload: 6-axis,3 kg
Linear axis(7th axis):
2500 mm travel
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3
CNC processing centre,series 155
Travel X/Y/Z: 300/200/300 mm
Output: 2.5 kW
Tool drum: 10-station
Controller type(PC controller):
SINUMERIK 810/840 D
CNC lathe, series250
Output: 5.5 kW
Tool drumVDI 16: 12-station
Controller type (PC controller):
SINUMERIK 810/840D
Quality station with handling device
Measuring principle: tactile/
analogue/linear variable differential transformer
Measuring range/accuracy:
28 32mm/ 0.1 mm
Controller: S7-300
3D system simulation
For simulation of the iCIM systems
in a virtual reality environment. iCIM
station library. User-friendly layout
editor. Fully compatible with the nonvirtual iCIM system.
3D robot simulation
For programming robots in a virtual
cell environment. Ideal for offline
robot training. Extensive cell library.
Realistic sequence simulation.
Sensor simulation.
Robot programming
Programming package for Mitsubishi
robots.
CAMConcept CAD/CAMsoftware
package, multiple licence
Simple CAD/CAM system for turning and milling applications with 3D
graphic simulation.
Commissioning/training package
Commissioning and initial training
(in Germany), delivery of the system.
Set-up and commissioning at the
delivery location. Expert initial
training (4 days) for up to 4 persons.
Upgrades and optional packages (not

included in the scope of delivery):
Upgrades/modifications
Whether further stations, modified
system layouts or integration of
existing system parts we are happy
to address any special requests
you have in the area of control
technology. Why not benefit from our
experts many years of experience?
Robot Vision optional package(V1)

Industrial CMOS compact camera
with integrated illumination and
Ethernet interface. Resolution 640
x 480 pixels. Stable stand with tilt
adjustment. The camera determines
the gripper parameters for the
robot assembly station. Includes
professional image processing
software.
CNC option
We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
with alternative robots and CNC
machines:
(C1) CNC machine, series 55
(C2) CNC machine, series 105
Robot option
(A1) 6-axis assembly robot, 1 kg
(A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg
(A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg
(F1) 5-axis loading robot, 2 kg
(F2) 6-axis loading robot, 1 kg
271
iCIM engineering service
272
Requirements analysis
Off-the-peg solutions might seem
better value at first glance, however
here at Festo we focus on long-term
benefits for our customers. Thats
why each iCIM quotation always
starts with a qualified requirements
analysis. Experienced project
advisors discuss with you your
expectations for the new training
equipment and share with your
their experiences of using it on a
day-to-day basis, thus avoiding
unsatisfactory investments.
Engineering service
Our experienced technicians and
engineers are specialists in the
planning and equipping of training
systems and have at their disposal
powerful tools that represent the
state of the art. PLC and robot
programming systems, simulation
systems, EPLAN and CAD programs
are effective tools for translating
customer requirements into reality.
We will help you to implement your
ideas quickly, reliably and costeffectively.
Advice
You will then receive competent
advice on the training equipment
for youbased on the requirements
analysis. Our primary objective here
is to fulfil your goals, irrespective of
our product range. Our cooperation
with a number of renowned partners
means that we will always design the
right solution for you.
System integration
Existing system parts can often be
integrated as subsystems, provided
suitable interfaces are available. This
protects earlier investments.
Customised training
You know your strengths and
weaknesses. We give you the opportunity of defining your training
profile with us. The result? A training
course tailored to your exact personal requirements:
ERP/PPS
MES
Communication
Robotics, simulation
Vision system
CAD/CAM, CNC
PLC programming
Fieldbus
System simulation
Upgrade
Festo offers planning reliability and
continuity. Systems can be gradually
extended and updated over a number of years. Give us a call were
happy to assist you with your stageby-stage project planning.
We are a solution partner to Siemens
Automation.
Individual solutions Systematic variety
iCIM is as varied as factory

automation itself
Hundreds of installations across the
globe have given rise to a range of
solutions that are ideally suited to
interdisciplinary basic and further
training in the area of factory automation and CIM:
Transport systems
Double-track system
Single-track system
Automatic warehouse
With 20 stock locations
Robot assembly
With 5-axis robot, 2 kg load
Cartesian assembly system,
Robot Vision, CNC machines,
loading robots for CNC machines
Quality assurance
Via analogue sensor
Via digital vernier caliper
3D measuring machine
Driverless transport systems
Robot welding
Power screwdriver station
Worldwide references
Universities, colleges and vocational
training schools around the world
are benefiting from the unique iCIM
system concept. Detailed information on these projects can be found
on the Internet:
under the heading Services
References
Why not call us?
Were happy to advise you!
273
CNC training: An investment in the future
The training program

Festo Didactic has incorporated CNC
training into its learning system,
thereby satisfying requirements for
basic and further training for the
area of metal working.
CNC programming and machining,
critical tasks in many metal-working
factories, place high demands on
students.
The machine manufacturer EMCO
offers a unique training concept
comprising high-quality machines,
modular software and accompanying
courseware to meet these demands.
EMCO is the leading machine
manufacturer in Austria with sales
of around one million machines and
has been the market leader in CNC
training for many years.
EMCO CNC machines
By industry, for industry!
EMCO machines for basic and further
technical training are characterised
by:
Design and quality that meet
current industrial standards
Long service life and consistently
high precision of the parts
produced
Functionality similar to that offered
by modern industrial machines
All the machines are tailored
to the specific requirements
of the training scenario: safety
engineering in accordance with
CE guidelines, range of controllers,
space, price.
Festo Didactic is the exclusive

sales and service partner for
EMCO CNC training systems
in Germany.
274
EMCO software Modular software

for greater investment protection
CNC machines from EMCO are
ideally suited to training. Standard
CNC machines are normally
permanently connected with the
machine controller. If your controller
requirements change, switching to
a new controller will almost always
mean buying a new machine. With
EMCO, however, you can emulate
all common industrial controllers on
just one machine:
SINUMERIK 810/820
SINUMERIK 810/840D
Fanuc Series 0
Fanuc Series 21
Heidenhain TNC 426
EMCOTronic TM02
PAL
The concept of the
interchangeable controller
The CNC is controlled by a conventional PC on which the required
controller software is installed.
A number of controllers can be
installed on one PC. Switching
between controllers is done by
simply exchanging the controllerspecific key module and takes less
than a minute. All that remains is
to start the controller software and
away you go!
EMCO courseware
Multimedia and interactive teaching
and learning materials provide all
the technical information you need.
The combination of aesthetics, information and practical application
encourages motivation and attention.
A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55
EMCOs smallest CNC milling

machine offers the functionality of
a machining centre, yet fits on any
training workstation!
3-axis milling machine in an
industry-compatible design
spindle
point
Full coverage of the application
area
Machine lighting
Complies with CE safety
regulations
Technical data
Travel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mm
Milling machine table clamping
area: 420 x 125 mm
Main drive: 0.75 kW
Speed range: 150 3500 rpm
Options and accessories

NC dividing head as 4th axis (1)
8-station tool drum (2)
WINNC Sinumerik 840D control
software (3)
3D graphic simulation for
improved process reliability and
easier troubleshooting (4)
PC
Control keyboard with TFT display
and interchangeable, controllerspecific keyboard module
Controller of choice
Machine base
CONCEPT MILL 55 538395
CNC turning or milling?

Not sure about the controller and
accessories you need?
Why not call us?
Were happy to advise you.
275
Mechatronics and factory automation iFactory Innovative training factory for industrial engineering
iFactory
Training factory for production planning and factory organisation
New!
Innovation inspired by challenges

Need to convert an entire production
line during lunch?
Reacting to new market demands at
short notice is it even possible?
Whats the best way to construct a
flexible production line ...
... so that you can react quickly to
market turbulence?
Realising dreams
The iFactory is the convertible
training factory everyone dreams of,
not just production planners. The
iFactory has a systematic modular
construction, enabling you to try out
new ideas immediately realistically.
276
Convertible and modular

The adaptability of the iFactory
makes modification simple and
enables you to create completely
new production layouts in just a
few moments. Simple and clear
interfaces make for intuitive handling and operation the key to
creative production planning and
engineering.
Variable production
The iFactory training factory produces different table sets according
to each individual customer order.
RFID technology in the workpiece
holders enables each stage of the
production process to be tracked.
Many different variants of the
product can be produced by varying
the material and the mounting
position used. This means you can
use the iFactory training factory to
examine and train the complexity of
a modern production process right
down to batch 1.
Pathfinder
All production cells are equipped
with topology feedback so that the
master computer an SQL server
automatically recognises the
constructed production line.
All system settings and configurations are generated automatically
while arranging and connecting the
iFactory cells.
Industrial quality without

compromises
All production cells are constructed
professionally and to industrial
standards, with no compromises.
Training in the factory reflects
industrial reality, whether at
a manual workstation, in the
warehouse or at a fully automatic
robot work cell.
Intelligent network
The SCADA system includes a
PC with a control cabinet and
its own control system. All
cells are networked using the
SCADA system. In addition to
order input, it allows complete
operation and monitoring of the
entire production line.
Quality tested
Its not just the products produced
using the training factory that are
subjected to constant quality testing.
All iFactory production cells are also
assembled, wired, programmed and
thoroughly tested before use.
277
The modules
New!
The convertible training factory

Production cells such as conveyors,
deflectors and a wide variety of
assembly and quality inspection cells
make up the modules in the iFactory
convertible factory. The modules
contain the latest automation
technology such as a range of
different drives, assembly robots
and handling and image processing
systems.
By simply combining these elements you can create any type
of production line and expand it
whenever you wish.
278
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF
The Institute for Industrial Manufacturing and Management or IFF

(Institut fr Industrielle Fertigung
und Fabrikbetrieb) and Festo
Didactic have developed an
innovative learning environment
for advanced Industrial Engineering
(aIE). This forms the foundation of
an excellent post-academic, basic
and further training programme
for industrial engineers already
working in the industry, i.e. technical
managers, planners and designers of
production processes.
If a company wants to ensure its

survival and its competitiveness,
it is absolutely essential that
production planners and those
responsible for factory organisation
learn how they can react to market
turbulence without interfering with
existing production runs, states
Professor Engelbert Westkmper,
head of the IFF at the University
of Stuttgart and the Frauhofer
Institute for Manufacturing Technology and Automation (Institut
fr Produktionstechnik und Automatisierung, IPA).
The need to be able to continually

optimise factories and production
systems for the future is massive.
However, the range of options
currently available for further training which focuses on aIE and is
practice-oriented is no longer
sufficient. That is why Professor
Westkmper initiated the innovative
training factory. It uses a unique and
novel combination of methods to
convey knowledge: a physical model
factory, a digital learning island and
theoretical modules.
The area referred to until now as

industrial engineering essentially
work and process planning must
be linked in the future with the
tools of the digital factory and
modular production systems in
order to improve adaptability.
The use of innovative technology
within the digital and virtual factory
can further increase the potential
for optimisation. This is what the
Stuttgart production researchers call
advanced Industrial Engineering.
279
Process automation and closed-loop control technology
280
MPS PA The Modular Production System................................................ 282

System description........................................................................................283
MPS EduKit PA/Project kits..........................................................................288
MPS PA Compact Workstation......................................................................292
MPS PA Stations and MPS PA 200 Complete systems................................296
Accessories and optional components...........................................................310
281
MPS PA
The Modular Production System
With MPS PA, you determine the

degree of complexity:
Task-based projects with the
EduKit PA project kit
Complex problem definitions with
MPS PA stations or the MPS PA
Compact Workstation
Multi-layered projects with the
PA 204 complete MPS system or
the hybrid AFB training factory
282
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA System description
Filtering, mixing, tempering

and bottling as in industry
Train efficiently
Modular
Training for many areas of

application and careers
Festo The partner to the

process industry
Why stop production to

facilitate training?
Electronic engineers
Mechatronics engineers
Systems engineers
Microtechnologists
Process technicians for plastic
and rubber technology, glass
and coating technology
Experts in food, confectionery
and fruit juice technology
Experts in water supply, sewage
technology, pipe, canal and
industrial services
Chemical engineers
Pharmaceutical engineers
Biotechnicians
Paper technicians
Systems engineers for sanitary,
heating and air conditioning
technology
Festo is fast becoming a key partner

to the process industry. It is only
logical that the process automation
learning system benefits from
this know-how and is tailored
to the requirements of different
industries through its consistent
modularisation:
Water supply and disposal industry
Food industry
Bulk goods industry
Chemical and petrochemical
industries
Biotechnology/pharmaceutical
industries
Paper industry
It is prohibitively expensive to
shut down an industrial system to
facilitate training. Comprehensive
training in the individual areas
of process automation requires
industry-oriented model systems or
training installations. Learning by
doing and process orientation
are two principles that are central to
the successful imparting of the many
detailed training aims in process
technology. Simulation of a process
engineering system on a PC provides
the opportunity of using a simulation
as an actual training system.
The modularity of the learning

system enables you to realise a
diverse range of configurations
for typical production processes
from very different industries in a
safelearning environment.
283
From the kit to the training factory

Application and process-oriented learning systems
Industry-oriented basic and

further training
As practical training on actual
production and industrial systems
is seldom possible, project kits,
stations, systems and training
factories from Festo Didactic prepare
trainees for the demands of their
profession in the best possible way.
284
Measuring and controlling as in industry
The closest thing to reality

The MPS PA learning system is
based on industrial standards.
The MPS PA concept is based
on a market leaders automation
solutions and trends.
Components
Operation and configuration
Advantages
SimuBox
Simple commissioning of an
MPS PA station
Testing and commissioning of
process components or system
components of a station
Fluid Lab-PA
Commissioning and testing

of an MPS PA station
Analysis of process components
and control processes of an
MPS PA station
Monitoring and analysis of the
process sequences of a station
Testing, configuration and
optimisation of control processes
(2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)
Analysis of the control response
PLC
Programming of process
sequences and recipe controllers
Operation and monitoring using
the touch panel
Programming of PID controllers
Configuration and parameterisation of P, PI or PID
controllers
PLC with external industrial

controller
Same as PLC, plus:

Operation of an industrial
controller (manual operation,
automatic operation)
Parameterisation of industrial
controllers (P, PI or PID control
algorithm)
Configuration of measuring
ranges, setpoint value limits
and alarm limits
Self-optimisation with oscillation
or step response method
285
Understanding process automation

Through seminars and workshops
Valves and fittings

Process control valves
This course provides detailed insights into valve and fitting technology and shows how they are used
in the process industry. Participants
gain basic knowledge of the individual valve and fitting types and
components. In addition, selecting
materials and operating conditions/
limitations are described in detail.
The various types of actuators are
also explained with regard to the
individual fitting and valve types and
all relevant standards are discussed.
Basic principles and mode of
operation of industrial measuring
technology and instrumentation
This course provides detailed
and sound insights into process
engineering. The various measuring
types, as well as the different
principles, such as pressure,
flow rate, temperature and filling
level control are treated in detail.
Furthermore, control engineering is
taught in-depth based on P, I and
PID controllers, along with their
advantages and disadvantages.
Further training, with the objective
of supporting people in companies
to deal with current as well as future
problems and provide them with
new answers that is the purpose of
Festo Didactic.
Festo is developing itself to become
an important partner to the process
industry. The close coordination with
our parent company, Festo AG &
Co. KG, ensures that state-of-the-art
devices and systems are used in our
learning systems. And our trainers
have first-hand expert knowledge.
Our orientation and methods set us
apart. Our trainers and consultants
are practicians. They are familiar
with the tasks of their participants,
even those that go beyond technical
requirements.
286
We have high standards. In our courses you will realise the difference
between us and other providers:
we provide new answers to old
questions answers that help you
get that critical step ahead with your
operational plans.
Give us a call; well be happy to help.
Closed-loop control circuits

Participants gain detailed and
sound insights into process control
technology based on P, I and PID
controllers and their advantages and
disadvantages. Practical exercises
with the PA EduKit and the Fluid
Lab-PA software ensure that the
knowledge acquired is transferred
into practice.
Specific customer training, e.g.

the basic principles of control
engineering
Customised training for employees
from the areas of maintenance,
service and operational support.
With the professional training
equipment from Festo Didactic, the
following course topics are covered
by the training systems on the basis
of learning by doing:
Cross section of all controller types
(P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)
Control technologies
(Fluid Lab-PA, industrial
controllers and modern PLCs)
Do you need anything else?
Workshop with more complex tasks
for practical operational support and
maintenance. For example:
Exchange and new use of sensors
and their integration in a controlled
system
Troubleshooting with control
characteristic diagnostics
Controlled system with reaction
time (on request)
Fluid Lab-PA
Fluid Lab-PA can be used to teach

and demonstrate the fundamentals
of control technology. The main
components required for actuating
the MPS PA stations using a PC are
the EasyPort D/A and the Fluid
Lab-PA software.
Fluid Lab-PA can be easily installed
on any Microsoft Windows operating
system.
Key features
Three main functions are integrated
in Fluid Lab-PA in combination with
the EasyPort D/A:
M as in measurement
For detection and evaluation of
measured variables from 8 digital/
4 analogue input signals.
C as in open-loop control
For binary or continuous control of
8 digital/2 analogue outputs.
R as in closed-loop (regulated)
control
For freely selectable closed-loop
control functions such as 2-point, P,
I, PI and PID.
Actual process or simulation

All exercises and experiments can
be performed online on the actual
process in conjunction with the
station or offline using the preintegrated simulation.
Settings menu item
The following parameters can be
set here for the four analogue input
channels and the sensors connected
to them:
Factor
Offset
Filter
Inversion
The analogue and binary output
signals can also be switched and the
signal states of the inputs read off.
General PC system settings can also
be made here.
Process Sequence menu item
The process sequence of each
station can be easily started from
Fluid Lab-PA. All of the process
steps are visualised and can be
monitored on the flow chart.
Measuring and Control

menu item
All the functions of the MPS PA
station can be clearly and directly
controlled. The states of the process valves, pumps and sensors are
graphically recorded, which means
they can be directly evaluated. The
following functions are provided for
recording the sensor characteristics
and determining the step response:
Selection of measuring channels
Factor for physical scale
Adaptation of the time scale
Display of the input signals
Setting of output signals, switching
on/off of the manipulated variable
Printing of the measured value display or saving as a .jpg file
Analysis menu item

Analyses of a wide range of process
components can be directly performed using predefined exercises,
for example:
Recording of sensor characteristics
Recording of pump characteristics
Recording of heating characteristics
This permits a fast and thorough
understanding of the typical process
components.
2-Point Controller and
Continuous Controller menu item
For easy parameterisation of
the required controller with an
immediate effect on the process.
One click of the mouse starts various
controller functions for the selected
control system. Documentation of
the controller parameters is also
straightforward. The measured
values and characteristic curve
profiles can be easily printed out.
DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
287
Project kits for

task-based training
The significance of control technology is increasing constantly in

all areas as energy and resources
can be saved using this technology.
To achieve efficient production,
individual steps must be planned,
sequences understood and doublechecked.
With the EduKit PA project kit, the
introduction to process and control
technology is easy and safe.
288
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA MPS EduKit PA/Project kits
EduKit PA
The new project kits for process and control technology
New!
The inexpensive introduction to

process and control technology
The project kits are modular, can be
expanded flexibly and are therefore
ideally suited for exciting and practical lessons in technology. Links can
be made with industrial project work,
filling level control, flow rate control
and pressure control.
The didactic concept of EduKit PA
both supports experimental learning
as well as a structured procedure,
thanks to extensive optional training
materials with project exercises and
a lot of additional documentation on
CD ROM. EduKit PA is therefore the
inexpensive way to become familiar
with process and control technology,
both in vocation-oriented lessons
as well as for use at colleges and
universities.
289
EduKit PA
Unpack and away you go
New!
EduKit PA Basic
290
Teaches the basic principles of

project work and the fundamentals of closed-loop control manual
measurement, open and closed-loop
control without a PC and without
sophisticated control technology.
Learning content for project work
The benefits to you

Handy, easy to transport and simple to set up
Step by step construction of a functional system: start with a small
setup a tank and finish the
project with a level control system
Training documents available
Easy to use and expandable for use
with other topic areas
Water acts as a non-hazardous
teaching medium ideally suited for
closed-loop control
Consistent with existing Festo
Didactic systems
Construction, assembly, connection:

Creating sketches for the pipe
connection system
Producing an assembly diagram
Mechanical assembly
Electrical connection of pump to
24 V supply
Checking activities
Creating test logs
Planning a project:
Allocating tasks in teams
Creating a project plan with
different steps
Commissioning and measured data

acquisition:
System start-up
Recording measured values with
changed valve position, changed
voltage on the pump or different
fill heights
Observation of level, pressure and
flow, as well as time response
Presentation and documentation:

Creating assembly instructions
Documenting measured values
Graphical analysis
Presenting project process
V101
B102
V103
V102
FI
101
B101
PI
103
P101
V105
As well as electrical pneumatic diagrams, you will also learn how to understand and describe a PI diagram.
The EduKit PA Basic and EduKit PA

Advanced modular product systems
are each supplied in a Systainer.
EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer 549822
Recommended learning media
Workbook with project tasks and

solutions for EduKit PA Basic and
Advanced on:
Technological issues
Mathematics
Open-loop control
Closed-loop control
Work scheduling
1 1x Pump 170712
2 2x Tank, round
On request
3 1x Flow meter 548604

Tubing cutter
7658
Includes CD-ROM containing:

Parts lists and data sheets
RI flowcharts and circuit diagrams
Assembly instructions for mechanical construction
Checklists for commissioning
Acceptance logs
Worksheets for recording characteristic curves
Process automation WBT
Arbeitsbuch
EduKit PA
Projektbaukasten
Prozessautomation
Mit CD-ROM
Festo Didactic
563969 DE
DE 563969
EN 563971
ES 563973
FR 563975
EduKit PA Advanced
Supplements the EduKit PA Basic modular product system with the topics of
automated measurement, open and closed-loop control, sensors and electrical
interfaces. The EduKit PA Basic is required when using the components of the
EduKit PA Advanced.
EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer 564631

1 1x I/O board for EduKit PA 549823
2 2x Sensor, capacitive 549824
3 1x Sensor, ultrasound 548689
4 1x Flow sensor for EduKit PA incl. transducer 549825
5 1x Pressure sensor 0 400 mbar 549826
Recommended accessories for control
EasyPort USB 548687
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
34031
Analogue cable, parallel 2 m 529141

The open interface provides various actuation options, e.g. controllers from Siemens,
Festo, Allen Bradley and Mitsubishi.
Extension options:
Two-way ball valve for EduKit PA with quarter-turn actuator DAPS, double acting
(order no. 549828)
Float switch sensor, top (order no. 548597)
Additional components Internet
291
Compact Workstation
Optimisation relative to your space

requirement
Maybe youre restricted in the
amount of space you have available
but you want each of your training
workstations to offer a high level of
complexity.
If so then the Compact Workstation
with four integrated closed-loop control systems is the solution for you.
As shown in the flow chart, the individual control systems can be activated by simply repositioning the
ball valves. The flexible piping system enables you to change the flow
scheme or integrate other components quickly and easily.
292
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA MPS PA Compact Workstation
Compact Workstation
Level, flow rate, pressure and temperature closed-loop control systems
Function
The four control systems in the Compact Workstation can be operated
individually.
The level and flow rate control systems can be structured as a cascade
control system through the addition
of an appropriate controller.
The layout of the sensors and servo
drives permits experimentation with
both continuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID)
and discontinuous action controller types (e.g. 2-point controllers).
The pump can either be controlled
directly or operated in controlledspeed mode.
The manipulated variable of the controller in the flow rate and pressure
control systems can alternatively act
upon a proportional directional control valve. A ball valve with pneumatic drive is built into the return
between the high-level container
and the lower reservoir. The pneumatic drive can be used to simulate
a load for switching on a disturbance in the level control system
or as an on-off valve for emergency
switch-off.
293
Compact Workstation
Level, flow rate, pressure and temperature closed-loop control systems
Piping and instrument flow chart (1)

An important part of project work
in process engineering is developing a piping and instrument flow
chart. A piping and instrument flow
chart explains the electrical, measuring and control technology functions using measuring points and
final control elements. The measurement variable or another input variable, its processing, its direction of
action and directional specifications
and positions should follow from
the chart.
Mounting frame (2)
Can be equipped with accessories
for controllers, control unit and/or
touchpanel. The activation and/or
control devices can be replaced in
just seconds.
Pneumatic drive (3)

With ball valve and signal box. Training aims: Design and application areas of various metering and shut-off
devices when controlling the flow of
liquids.
Intelligent in the field closedloop control with the CPX/FEC
valve terminal and the FED 120
touchpanel (4)
The Festo Front End Controller with
integrated web server and Ethernet
interface is ideally suited to current
communication tasks.
Scope of delivery of the Compact

Workstation
Basic version including manual without actuation components
Mechanical components, fully
assembled
2 containers
Reservoir
Plug-in piping system
Aluminium profile benches
Mounting frame
Profile plate 700 x 700 x 32 mm
Sensors
2 capacitive sensors
2 float switches
1 process drive signal box
Ultrasound sensor
Flow sensor
Pressure sensor
PT100 temperature sensor
Actuation components
Pump
Proportional directional control
valve
Ball valve with pneumatic drive
Heater
Electrical components
I/O connection board with measuring transducer
Motor controller with relay
I/O terminal, SysLink, 8 I/8 O
Analogue terminal, SysLink,15-pin
Compact Workstation
On request
Commissioning and training on-site

upon request.
Accessories
Trolley
Power supply unit for the mounting frame
Control kit
294
Recommended training media:

Fluid Lab-PA including EasyPort
Web-based training program, Fundamentals of open and closed-loop
control
Control variants of the Compact Workstation
Control kit S1:

Siemens SIMATIC EduTrainer
Compact with S7-313C/314C-2DP
1 x EduTrainer Compact S7313C/314C-2DP
1 x control unit
2 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Note:
STEP 7 software and MPI cable must
be ordered separately if required.
Control kit S2:

Siemens SIPART DR19 controller
1 x SIPART DR19 with serial interface integrated in ER frame
1 x PDM software for parameterisation and configuration of the DR19
controller
1 x serial data cable
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Control kit F2:

Festo CPX-FEC valve terminal
1 x Festo CPX-FEC
1 x control unit
1 x Ethernet cable, crossover
2 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Note:
FST software and programming
cable must be ordered separately if
required.
Control kit F3:

Festo CPX-FEC withFED
1 x Festo CPX-FEC
1 x Ethernet cable, crossover
1 x FED-120 touchpanel
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Control kit PC2:

Fluid Lab-PA software licence with
EasyPort
1 x Fluid Lab-PA, individual licence
1 x EasyPort
1 x RS232 data cable
1 x mains cable
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Visualisation with WinCC or InTouch

on request.
I/O simulation box, digital/

analogue
1 x simulation box incl. mains cable
1 x I/O data cable, crossover
1 x analogue cable, crossover
Note:
FST software and programming
cable must be ordered separately if
required.
Control Kit S1: EduTrainer Compact S7-313C
On request
Control Kit PC2: Fluid Lab-PA + EasyPort
On request
Control Kit S1-DP: EduTrainer Compact S7-314C-2DP
On request
I/O simulation box, digital/analogue
On request
Control Kit S2: Siemens controller SIPART DR19
On request
Control Kit F2: Festo CPX-FEC
On request
Control Kit F3: Festo CPX-FEC + FED
On request
295
MPS PA Stations and

Complete systems
Teaching today using the

technology of tomorrow
MPS PA, an innovative learning
system equipped with the most
modern technical features and
products from market leaders.
296
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA MPS PA Stations and MPS PA 200 Complete systems
The new learning system for process automation
Practical training
The exclusive use of industrial
components underlines the
necessary practicality and ensures
a speedy transfer of knowledge
from a training scenario to practical
application.
Slide, flap or ball valve

The correct valve in use.
Sensors
Typical process engineering sensors
assume control of temperature,
level, flow rate and pressure in the
MPS PA.
Investment protection
A well thought-out modular design
with clear-cut interfaces facilitates
adaptation to future developments
in components as well as open-loop
and closed-loop control systems.
This means that the system can be
adapted to new requirements.
Boundless variety
It is only logical that the MPS PA
stations can be combined with
stations from the greater MPS
family. After all, it is this possibility
of combination with MPS stations
that makes the MPS PA an
interesting proposition for basic and
further training in many industries
which are dominated by process
automation but still require elements
from production automation.
297
Either:
Simply build it yourself
Or:
MPS PA commissioning service
Every MPS PA station comes

completely assembled and tested
on the profile plate with MPS PA
trolley, touch panel and 24 V power
pack.
To ensure that your training projects

run smoothly right from the start,
we offer:
A controller board with analogue

inputs and outputs is required
additionally.
For efficient operation in the lesson,
we also recommend:
EasyPort
Fluid Lab-PA
PID industrial controller
Workbook with tasks and solutions
Simply commission it ... and youre

ready to go!
On request, we can also commission
systems for you particularly in the
case of larger systems.
1. Complete technical
commissioning of your new system:
The range of applications of the
system and the station programs
and documentation are presented.
Depending on the equipment,
commisioning is performed for the
following products:
Station
EasyPort and Fluid Lab-PA
2. Training:
You will learn how to operate
stations and how to use them in
your lesson. Depending on the
equipment, training is provided on
the following products:
Station
Soft PID in the PLC
EasyPort and Fluid Lab-PA
The commissioning and training can
thus be adapted to suit your needs.
298
And if you wish ...

3. Useful tips on how to get the
most from the MPS PA:
Applications
Enhancements
Seminars
Are you planning a commissioning
and training session?
We recommend:
Per Station: 1.5 days
Order no. 555647
Combining stations
The new interface concept offers

many possibilities for direct
combination of individual MPS PA
stations.
Various aspects determine the
decision as to which combination
is required:
Training aims
stations
Budget
The MPS 204 Complete system
section shows a fully configured
system.
MPS PA stations can be combined

as follows:
Stations
Possible direct downstream station

Filtration
Filtration
Mixing
Reactor
Mixing
Reactor
Bottling
299
Filtration station
Function
The Filtration station filters liquids.
The filtrate is pumped from the first
tank into the second tank through
the filter using a knife gate valve. The
filtered liquid reaches the second
tank via the flap with pneumatic
semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid
can be pumped onwards to the next
station using a separate pump. The
filter can be rinsed using a rinse
program. Regulated compressed air
is additionally blown through the
filter to loosen deposits.
Measurement and control
Sensors detect the filling level of
the container in the Filtering station.
This permits lessons on simple
control exercises for monitoring
the pumps right up to complete
control projects involving complex
processes. Pressure control ensures
constantly high filter quality during
flushing. The pressure sensor with
LCD display, analogue output and
switching output always supplies the
correct measurement variable. The
controller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm ensures constantly high
filter quality during rinsing via the
proportional pressure regulator.
Control technology is clearly and
practically explained in this way.
Shutting off, opening, closing
The right selection of process valve,
drive, drive accessories and control
valve plays an important role in
complex process sequences. The
Filtering station uses an extremely
wide range of process components.
All the valve actuators are actuated
via a directly connected NAMUR
valve.
Knife gate valve with COPAC linear
actuator.
Butterfly valve with sturdy rack and
pinion COPAR rotary actuator and
large visual display.
Three-way ball valve with SYPAR
scotch yoke rotary actuator and large
visual display.
300
Filtration station 544253

(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit)
Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC:
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296
PLC board with CPX-FEC 541187
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299
Or alternative:
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018
For working with Fluid Lab-PA:
EasyPort USB 548687
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305

Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of a system for process technology
Selection, application and
actuation of process valves
Measurement of electrical and
process-related variables such as
level and pressure
Set-up and commissioning of
control circuits
Analysis of control processes and
control circuits
Parameterisation and optimisation
of P, PI or PID controllers
Drafting of open-loop and closedloop control programs
Process operation and monitoring
Inspection, maintenance and
servicing
Fluid Lab-PA
WBT Fundamentals of open and
closed-loop control
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Also order:
Workbook MPS PA
RS232 USB adapter 540699

34031

For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box:
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch

34031

For professional control using industrial controllers:
PID industrial closed-loop controller 544293
Replacement filter cartridge 544303
Power cable for power supply unit Page 146
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
301
Mixing station
Function
The mixing station mixes different
recipes from three reservoir tanks.
The liquid from one of the three
reservoir tanks is pumped into the
main tank in a controlled manner
by opening the respective two-way
ball valve. The finished mixture can
be pumped to the next station via a
second pump or pumped back to
the reservoir tank.
Using a constant flow rate, the
three raw materials are mixed to
a recipe in the mixing station. The
flow rate is recorded by means
of an electronic flow sensor with
impeller and additionally displayed
using a variable-area flowmeter. The
output signal from the flow sensor is
converted to a standard signal from
0 10 V. The mixing station can also
be actuated through binary means
using the integrated comparator.
The controller adjusts the necessary
flow rate via the pump with analogue
control using a simple two-point
controller or various dynamic
controllers such as P, PI or PID. This
permits a clear explanation of control
technology on various levels.
Always the right mixture
The component mix of the mixing
station offers a wide selection of
typical components from process
engineering. Pumps and process
valves, various sensors for signal
detection as well as electronic modules for signal conversion permit
the right training mix.
Sensors for detecting the filling level
of containers.
Signal converters convert all
analogue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 10 V.
Two-way ball valve with SYPAR
scotch yoke rotary actuator,
large optical display and directly
connected NAMUR valve.
302
Mixing station 544254

Also order:
Or alternative:
EasyPort USB 548687

Construction, wiring and
commissioning of a system for
process technology
connection of various flow sensors
level and flow rate
Design and commissioning of
control circuits
control circuits
servicing
Fluid Lab-PA
Web-based training program,
Fundamentals of open and closedloop control
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Also order:
Workbook MPS PA
34031

MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
34031

548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
303
Reactor station
Function
The reactor station brings liquid to
the right temperature. Depending
on the recipe selected, different
temperature profiles with different
stirring times are activated. A cooling
pump is activated to cool the liquid.
The tempered liquid can be pumped
onwards to the next station using a
separate pump.
Sensors detect the filling level of the
reservoir in the reactor station. This
facilitates lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Exact adherence to the various
temperature profiles when activating the recipes is achieved by
means of temperature control.
The temperature sensor (PT100
resistance thermometer) supplies
a unit signal of 0 10 V via the
measuring transducer. The controller with P, PI or PID control
algorithm can approach the setpoint temperature values via the
dynamically controlled heating
unit and keep the values constant.
Simple control exercises, for example control using the two-point
controller, can be realised using the
reactor station. Control technology
is clearly and practically explained in
this way.
Heating and stirring
Key basic operations in many
process engineering systems
involve heating and stirring. The
components of the reactor station
are designed to permit a wide range
of experiments in this area.
Infinitely adjustable heating with
control signal from 0 10 V.
Stirrer with DC motor.
Signal converters convert all
analogue signals from the station
to standard signals from 0 10 V.
Practical for the purpose of experimentation: integrated comparators
also supply purely binary signals.
304
Reactor station 544255

Also order:
Or alternative:
EasyPort USB 548687
34031

process technology
connection of temperature sensors
level and temperature
Use and connection of measuring
transducers
control circuits
control circuits
servicing
Fluid Lab-PA
Web-based training program open
and closed-loop control
Also order:
Workbook MPS PA
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch

34031

548590 DE

DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
305
Bottling station
Function
The bottling station fills bottles with
liquid. The liquid is pumped into
the dosing tank from the reservoir.
These bottles are transported to
the filling position via conveyors. A
pneumatic separator separates the
bottles. The bottles are filled with
different filling quantities from the
dosing tank in accordance with the
recipe selected.
The filling level of the dosing tank is
detected in the filling station using
an analogue filling level sensor. The
controller regulates the filling level
to the required setpoint value via the
dynamically controlled pump (0 10
V). The filling level in the dosing tank
is kept constant during filling, which
optimises the quality of the filling
process. Various control algorithms
such as P, PI or PID can be applied
and optimised during experiments.
The characteristics of the control
process can be modified using hand
valves already integrated. Control
technology is clearly and practically
explained in this way.
Transporting, separating, filling
Few segments of the diversified
process industry are associated with
such a wide range of end products
as the food industry. All foodstuffs,
whether dairy products, baked
goods, juice, beer or wine have their
own requirements with regard to the
handling and production of the corresponding end products. Transporting, separating, proportioning and
filling play an important role here.
Optical sensors, adjustable using
background suppression, monitor
transportation on the conveyors of
the bottling station.
The pneumatic separator ensures
that there is never more than one
bottle at the filling position.
The filling quantity can be easily
adjusted by selecting different
recipes.
306
Bottling station 544256

Also order:
Or alternative:
EasyPort USB 548687

process technology
Selection and application of filling
level sensors
level
control circuits
control circuits
servicing
Fluid Lab-PA
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Web-based training program,
Fundamentals of open and closedloop control
Also order:
Workbook MPS PA
34031

MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
34031

Bottle set 544302
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
307
MPS PA 204 Complete system
With a P, PI or PID control algorithm,

(closed-loop) control technology
is taught in a demonstrative and
practical manner. The temperature
sensor for the Reactor station a
PT100 resistance thermometer is
used delivers a uniform signal of 0
10 V via the measuring transducer.
By way of the continuously controllable heater the controller sets
the nominal temperatures and keeps
them constant.
308
At a constant flow rate, the three

input materials are mixed into a
recipe on the Mixing station. The
flow rate is recorded by an electronic
flow sensor with an impeller, and is
additionally displayed with a floattype flow meter. The controller sets
the required flow rate by way of the
analogue controlled pump.
The pressure regulation ensures

a constant high filtering quality
by means of back-flushing. The
pressure sensor features an LCD
display, analogue output and
switching output, always delivering
the correct value. A constant high
quality is maintained by means of
the proportional-pressure regulator.
In the Filling station the level of the

dosing tank is recorded with an
analogue level sensor. By way of the
continuously controllable pump the
controller regulates the level to the
appropriate nominal value. During
filling, the level in the dosing tank
is kept constant, thereby optimising
the filling quality.
Included in the scope of delivery:

Various facilities for measuring,
controlling and regulating
MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-FEC 544249
MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250
MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251
Simplifies commissioning,
simulation and display using
the simulation box
Multi-media measuring, controlling, regulating, operating,
monitoring and commissioning
using Fluid Lab PA.
Start processes in the PLC or
monitor them with the touch panel
The control task can be handled
by the PLC or by the industrial
controller also provided for each
station. The controller parameters
are then set on the touch panel or
directly on the industrial controller.
All process variables are displayed
in a user-friendly way including
trend graphs both on the touch
panel and on the industrial
controller.

SIMATIC S7-300
4 x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1 x programming cable
1 x STEP 7 Professional for Training programming software
4 x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set
Festo CPX-FEC
4 x Festo CPX-FEC PLC board, 1 x programming cable
1 x FST programming software, 4 x Festo CPX connecting cable set
4 x Allen Bradley PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 1 x programming cable
1 x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4 x Allen Bradley connecting cable set
Mitsubishi MELSEC
4 x PLC board with FX1N, 1 x programming cable
1 x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package programming software
4 x Mitsubishi connecting cable set
The MPS PA 204 system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame
and power supply unit
Accessories: 4 x simulation box digital/analogue, 1 x bottle set
The PA complete system MPS

provides everything needed for an
efficientstart in measurement and
control technology.
Control technology: 1 x PLC control package, 1 x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2 x EMERGENCYSTOP control panel, 4 x EasyPort, 4 x PID industrial controller
Software: 4 x FluidLab PA training software
Function
The system consists of the Filtering,
Mixing, Reactor and Filling stations.
The Filtering station filters a fluid.
The filtrate is pumped out of the
firsttank via different process valves
through the filter into the second
tank. Thefiltered fluid is added to
the first tank in the Mixing station.
The Mixingstation mixes different
recipes from three storage tanks.
The finished mixtureis pumped to
the Reactor station. The Reactor
station regulates the temperatureof
the fluid. Different temperature
profiles, with different mixing times,
arerun depending on the selected
recipe. The Filling station bottles
the fluid.The bottles are carried on
conveyor belts to the filling position.
A pneumaticseparator marshals the
bottles. The bottles are filled with
differentquantities from the dosing
tank, depending on the selected
recipe.

of a system for process technology
process engineering variables such
as level, flow rate, pressure and
temperature
Set-up and commissioning of
control circuits
Assessment of control response
Networking of process engineering
systems
Process operation and monitoring,
system management
Selection, deployment and control
of process fittings
Analysis of controlled systems and
control circuits
Parameter setting and optimisation
Writing open-loop and closed-loop
control programs
servicing
Successful project work based on

modular construction
Also order:
Workbook MPS PA
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
Learning by doing the MPS PA

system offers accessible, hands-on
processtechnology. Some project
ideas can be implemented in a flash,
and risk-free.
548590 DE
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548592
FR 548593
309
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA Accessories and optional components
1 PID industrial closed-loop

controller
The MPS PA closed-loop controller
with P, PI or PID control algorithm
permits the control of dynamic
processes in MPS PA stations.
The controller is a universal multichannel process and program
controller with a registration function
for monitoring signal curves. The
setpoint specification is transferred
to the controller via a 15-pin Sub-D
interface. A further 15-pin Sub-D
interface senses the actual value
and an actuator is controlled
using the manipulated variable.
Parameterisation and configuration
of the controller is possible using
the controller itself or using a setup
program.
Consisting of:
Device with dimensions 144 mm x
130 mm for a DIN control panel cutout measuring 92 mm x 92 mm and
an installation depth of 170 mm
Installed in a 19 control panel
Interface for RS232 and Profibus
DP, effected via a 9-pin Sub-D plug
connection
4 mm safety sockets for the 24 V
voltage supply
CD-ROM with setup program and
programming cable for convenient
configuration using a PC
The device can be integrated in a
data network using the PROFIBUS
DP interface
Modules can be retrofitted by the
user
UL certification
System requirement
for the setup program:
PC with Win95, 98, NT4.0, WIN
2000, WIN ME, WIN XP
At least Pentium 100
32 MB RAM
15 MB space on hard disk
CD-ROM drive
Order no. 544293
310
2 PLC board with CPX-FEC

PLC board with modular controller
and FST programming environment.
Power supply: 24 V DC
Digital inputs: 16 (24 V DC)
Digital outputs: 16 (24 V DC,
maximum 500 mA)
Analogue inputs: 2 (12 Bit,
0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
Analogue outputs: 2 (12 Bit,
0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
SysLink interfaces:
1x cable for connection to station,
1x cable for connection to console,
1x lead for connection to
EMERGENCY-STOP
Serial interfaces:
1x RS232 programming interface
Ethernet interfaces:
1x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s
Integrated web server
3 Set of bottles
For the filling of fluids in MPS PA
Bottling station. The set comprises
20 bottles with the diameter of 40
mm, height of 22 mm and capacity
of 50 ml.
Order no. 544302
4 PA workpiece set
To fill liquids into the MPS PA
Bottling station. The workpieces
are compatible with the MPS
stations. For example, the pot
in the Pick&Place station can
be sealed with the lid. The set
comprises 6 x housing black, 6 x
housing red, 6 x housing silver,
6 x housing transparent, 24 x lid
black. Dimensions: Height H = 25
mm, Diameter, outside D = 40 mm,
Volume V = 15 ml.
Order no. 554301
Order no. 541187
RS232 programming cable

The RS232 programming cable
for the CPX-FEC enables direct
connection to a PC.
Order no. 151915
FST for FEC

commissioning and servicing of
automation projects. The reliable
programming languages statement
list (STL) or ladder diagram (LDR) are
available for programming.
Includes user and training manuals.
Software and training manual on CDROM (DE/EN).
System requirements
CD-ROM drive
DE 537927
EN 537928
Operator unit
Touch screen for the adjustable
display of processes and data.
Scope of delivery:
Festo 5.6 256 colour FED-500
display
Programming software FED
Designer (multilingual)
RS232 programming cable for
loading projects
Angled plate for mounting onto a
slotted profile plate
Order no. 541146
Process automation and closed-loop control technology MPS PA Accessories and optional components
1 Profile plate 700/700

This board is twice as wide as the
above-mentioned board; this allows
two MPS stations to be set up on
one profile plate. Both sides have
slots, so if necessary parts can be
mounted on both sides. The slots
are compatible with the ITEM profile
system.
The plate is supplied with caps for
the sides.
Height: 32 mm
Grid spacing (from slot to slot):
50 mm
Width: 700 mm
Length: 700 mm
We recommend the use of the appropriate rubber feet for mounting on
tables, order no. 158343.
Order no. 159410
2 Trolley
The trolley makes an MPS station
a compact and mobile unit. The station is easy to mount on the trolley.
The PLC board can also be fitted. Appropriate through-holes in the side
panels enable orderly routing of cables. The front side is equipped with
mountings for the control panel. The
trolley is supplied complete with
castors.
Height (incl. castors, to bottom
edge of profile plate): 750 mm
Width: 700 mm
Depth: 700 mm
Order no. 541139
3 Tool set
The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS stations.
A practical mini-systainer includes:
200 mm steel rule
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
9, 10
Adjustable spanner
Side cutter
Insulation-stripping pliers
Wire end sleeve pliers
Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Screwdriver, cross-head,
PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Tubing cutter
Fibre-optic cable cutter
Workpiece, red, black, silver
100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
Order no. 539767
311
Hybrid training factories
312
AFB factory hybrid production...................................................................... 314
313
Hybrid training factories AFB factory Training factories for hybrid production processes
AFB factory hybrid production
Megatrend: Hybrid automation

Its a fact that production and
process automation have become inseparable in almost all
manufacturing environments.
Hybrid automation represents the
convergence of production and
process automation which is more
than logical, given the trend towards
convergence of the two automation
techniques in the so-called hybrid
industries.
314
Hybrid industries are the industries

which require systems and solutions
for both process and production
engineering. The most striking examples are the food, confectionery
and tobacco industries and the
pharmaceutical industry.
Whether process and production
oriented, or hybrid production, Festo
Didactic training factories offer a
unique range of facilities for training
in automation for all industries
from incoming goods, through
process and production engineering
departments, to outgoing goods.
The mix is the key

Mechatronics is also making its mark
outside production automation.
Intelligent drive solutions, featuring
high-precision mechanical components, a range ofdifferent drives,
measured data acquisition and
evaluation as well as integrated
communications interfaces, ensure
safe, optimised process automation
too.
Flexibility
Making processes more flexible,
systemising product quality,
responding faster to new market
trends the drinks industry has
much more to do in this dayand
age than merely quenching our
thirst. On the one hand there is
a need to establishand maintain
a broad product spectrum and
introduce new products in
order to generate new demand,
while on the other, legislation is
increasingly demanding greater
transparency of manufacturing
processes.
315
Innovative technology and innovative learning
Innovative technology
Pneumatic and electric drive
technology from Festo is a byword for innovationin industrial
and process automation from
the single product through to the
turnkey solution. With the AFB
training factory we are for the
first time delivering a learning
environment which consciously
incorporates trends and innovations
from all areas of automation
technology:
Electric and pneumatic linear
drive units
Semi-rotary drives and grippers
Valves and valve terminals
Sensors
Vision and control systems
The AFB training factory is designed
and equipped like a state-ofthe-artindustrial plant, based on
the automation know-how and
engineering experience of Festo.
Innovative learning
Only by engaging in innovative
learning using innovative technology
can trainees be optimally prepared
for their future work. Comprehensive
documentation, software tools for
simulation and visualisation and a
variety of WBTs complete the AFB
range of facilities.
316
In focus: the production process for six-packs
Six-packs are produced in four zones

of the hybrid training factory. The
following processes are mapped:
Production of the liquid
Production and feed of the caps
Bottle feed
Transport
Packaging
Storage
Order compilation
Logistics
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Zone 3
Production automation
Zone 1
Process automation
Zone 2
Filling
and
packing
317
The production zones
Zone 1
Process automation
Filtering, mixing, temperature
control; recording, evaluating and
controlling typical process variables
such as temperature, level, pressure
or flow rate; pumping fluids;
shutting off pipelines; installing,
commissioning or maintaining
butterfly valves, slide valves or
ball valves. These are just some
examples of the wide variety of
possibilities in this section of the
training factory.
318
Specialist knowledge of programming, such as recipe preparation, or of plant documentation,

such as reading and drafting R-I flowcharts or EMSR location diagrams
are key focus areas in the training.
Control technology plays a key role
in process automation, in order to
ensure high product quality. The
processes selected for the training
factory and the transparent design
of the stations enables control
technology to be taught in a practical
and visual manner.
Zone 2
Filling and packing
Not only dosing, filling, capping and
packing, but also the acquisition,
storage and reliable management
of product and quality data are key
tasks in this section of the training
factory.
Technologies such as RFID are
becoming ever more prevalent in
the production environment, in
order to cope with the continually
increasing number of product
variants and to comply with the
more stringent legal requirements
in terms of product quality in the
food or pharmaceuticals sector.
Full recording of all ingredients or
components used and the factors
influencing the manufacture of a
product must be ensured. Vision and
sensor systems also play a key role
in improving product quality and
production flexibility.
In the training factory, for example,

the position and fill level of each
bottle and the state of completion
of each lot is recorded by various
optical sensors and a high-speed
camera. The production data can
be fully tracked by means of RFID
tags in the bottle caps. A range of
automation components, such as
belts with electric drives, various
handling units, programmable logic
controllers and the latest operator
control and monitoring tools,
trainees are provided with an ideal
platform to learn these key aspects.
Zone 3
Production automation
Fast cycle times, part gripping,
handling, detection, differentiation,
separation and mounting are
characteristic features of production
automation the classic world
of the mechatronics engineer.
Programming controllers, adjusting
sensors, operating, maintaining and
servicing individual lines in a plant
are typical activities.
In the training factory in this

section the caps are produced,
tested and fed to the bottles by the
filling station. Programmable logic
controllers monitor and control
the production process. Various
sensors record the end positions
of the actuators or identify and
differentiate between the workpieces. Typical actuators used in
production automation, such as
linear cylinders, swivel cylinders,
motors, parallel grippers or vacuum
suction cups ensure fast, precise
movement.
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Almost all production facilities need
logistics functions such as materials
transportation or warehousing. At
the AFB training factory, too, this
is a key aspect: Empty six-packs
have to be conveyed to the order
compilation station or placed in
storage. Completed six-packs are
delivered just in time, or stored in an
interim facility.
Chaotic or systematic warehousing,

optimisation of the material flow,
planning and prioritisation of orders
are the key areas of focus in this
section of the factory.
Particular demands are placed on
line automation in this section too,
however:
Signals from the transport systems
must be sent over long distances
to the transport controller.
High-performance drive units and
positioning systems ensure fast,
precise movement in the automatic
warehouse.
The communications required for
this are based on systems such as
the AS interface or CAN.
319
AFB training factory
Optimum operator control

Whether via touch panel, visualisation system or control panel,
all the stations and the entire
training factory can be operated and
monitored in a highly user-friendly
way.
320
Everything in hand
Whether bottle or six-pack, the
professional handling units in the
AFB training factory ensure a safe,
precise, fast material flow.
Tried and proven

The MPS stations, which have
been deployed for training purposes thousands of times all over
the world, supply the caps in
the training factory. The stations
particularly enable an optimum level
of highly sophisticated training in
mechatronics.
New
Automation technology is taught
using state-of-the-art equipment;
not just the new MPS PA stations,
but also the automatic warehouse,
the filling station and the order
compilation station.
AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB
Visualisation
Either an overview of the complete
plant or access to each individual
station is available; the visualisation
system at the AFB training factory
permits monitoring of all signals
and provides trend graphs of the
analogue process variables, with
remote access to the various
functions and monitoring of all
processes. All stations communicate
via TCP-IP with the visualisation
computer.
On request
Package
Comprising:
Stations
Zone 1: MPS PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations
Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations
Zone 3: MPS distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling
stations**
Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB automatic warehouse and AFB incoming goods
and outgoing goods stations.
Software and media
STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, CIROS Automation Suite, Fluid Lab-PA,
Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC
RFID option
Full tracking and documentation
of the entire production process is
demanded in more and more areas
of industry. The AFB training factory
also makes this possible: Production
data such as the recipe or batch
identifier are stored on the mobile
data carriers fixed to each individual
bottle and can be checked prior to
shipping. This means that state-ofthe-art RFID technology can now be
integrated highly demonstratively
into automation training.
* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 PLC board.
** Including mobile base frame, MPS control panel and S7-300 PLC board.
Function
The AFB training factory produces
complete six-packs. All the production steps involved are covered, from
production of the liquid through to
packing of the containers and storage
and shipping of the finished product.
The process automation section
of the plant is where the liquid
is produced: Raw materials are
filtered, mixed together with other
ingredients according to different
recipes, temperature-controlled and
stored ready for use. In-line samples
can be taken from the ongoing
process before the liquid reaches
the filling station. Bottles from a belt
conveyor are filled and capped on
a rotary indexing table. The bottles
are then sealed with machined and
tested caps and packed into sixpacks. Depending on the order, the
completed six-packs can be placed

in interim storage via the belt
rotation system or delivered for
shipping. Empty six-packs can be
conveyed back into the system on
roller conveyors and either placed
in storage or fed directly into the
production process.
Training content
The multitude of stations and the
technologies embedded in them
permit an investigation of almost
all relevant areas of control and
automation technology.
Use of RFID technology
Vision systems and camera
inspection
Use and programming of PLCs
Application of various handling
devices and grippers
Application of various electrical
drives (DC, AC)
Application of frequency converters

Use of multi-axis handling systems
for handling and palletising
Networking sensors and actuators
via AS-interface
Use and commissioning of a CAN
network
Networking automated systems
with Ethernet TCP-IP
Measurement and control of
electrical and process engineering
variables such as level, flow rate,
pressure and temperature
Process operation and monitoring,
system management
Selection, deployment and control
of process fittings
321
AFB filling station
The filling station includes a large

number of functions typical to
the foodindustry: Bottle feed by
conveyor, dosing with a dosing
cylinder and filling and capping on a
rotary indexing table.
The station can be operated both as
a stand-alone unit orin conjunction
with other stations.
In stand-alone operation the caps
must be fed manually. When
operated inconjunction with other
stations, the caps can be fed by way
of a handlingstation (MPS). Filled
and capped bottles are forwarded by
conveyor to the next station (order
compilation).
The liquid being filled is stored
in a tank on the station. The tank
can befilled manually or way of
additional process stations (e.g.
MPS PA).
The station is controlled by a
PLC unit and operator control is
via touch panel. Individual step
and continuous cycle options are
available. Status and messagesare
indicated graphically on the panel.
of an automated station
Use of pneumatic linear units with
variable stroke
Use of pneumatic linear swivel
units
Controlling and monitoring
material flow on a conveyor and a
rotary indexing table
Dosing and filling
Order no.
322
On request
AFB order compilation station
With a high-precision 2-axis

industrial handling system, 2 by 3
bottles are packed into each six-pack
on the order compilation station.
The bottles are carried on conveyor
belts to the handling station. A highspeed camera checks the six-packs.
The camera features a built-in
controller which handles the
complete image evaluation process.
With its TCP-IP interface and the

additional CAN master interface,
the camera enables wide-ranging
communication options.
The station is controlled via a PLC
board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.
Specific training content
Use of pneumatic handling unit
with gripper
material flow by conveyor
Vision systems, quality and
process control with intelligent
cameras
Order no.
On request
323
AFB automatic warehouse station
The automatic warehouse can hold

up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each
with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis
handling system is used for stock
movement. 2 toothed belt axes are
driven by intelligent servomotors
with an integrated servo amplifier,
controller and CAN bus interface.
The third axis is executed as a
rodless linear unit with precision
guides.
The station is controlled by a PLC
board with CAN master. The colour
touch panel of the automatic
warehouse provides user-friendly
operation and monitoring.
Items can be easily taught-in, and
stock levels clearly initialised and
modified.
Use of pneumatic linear units
Electric drive and control
technology
Intelligent CAN bust technology
Warehousing and logistics
Order no.
324
On request
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station
Full six-packs awaiting shipping

are placed by the pneumatic 3-axis
handling unit on one of the two
outgoing goods ramps. The handling
unit features a pneumatic linear
gripper to grip the six-packs.
The axes used are pneumatic
linear axes developed specially for
industrial assembly and handling
systems.
Empty six-packs can be fed in by way
of the incoming goods conveyor.
The station is controlled by a PLC
board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.
Use of pneumatic handling units
with gripper
Handling technology
material flow by conveyor belt
and roller conveyor
Order no.
On request
325
AFB pallet transport system
The material flow within the AFB

lines is implemented by the pallet
transport system. The six-packs are
conveyed to the individual stations
on pallets which are equipped
with an identification system. The
transport system features 4 stop
points, and can be expanded at any
time.
The belt segments are driven by
4 AC motors.
The control is handled by a PLC with
frequency inverter professionally
housed in the control cabinet.
Communication with the stop points
is via AS interface. The pneumatic
stoppers are controlled using industrial valve terminals.
Use of AC motors
Electrical drive technology
Use of frequency inverters
Pallet identification
AS interface fieldbus technology
Material flow and logistics
Protection circuits
Design of industrial control
cabinets
Order no.
326
On request
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods

New!
Found everywhere!
There is a worldwide market behind
the term bulk goods. In almost
every branch of production, bulk
goods can be found as raw materials,
semi-finished materials or finished
parts. Whether building materials,
such as sand, gravel and cement,
or foodstuffs, such as grain and
sugar bulk goods must be stored,
dispensed, weighed, transported or
packaged.
Practical training
The handling of bulk goods requires
special know-how. The exclusive use
of typical industrial components in
the learning stations emphasises
the required hands-on experience
and ensures the quick transfer of
knowledge from training to practice.
Conveying of bulk goods or

complete production process?
The stations are specially designed
for training on bulk goods and can
be used individually as well as in a
network with the stations of the AFB
factory. This offers a training factory
that includes the complete process
chain, from providing and preparing
raw materials, to quality testing,
packaging, storage and finally the
processing of customer orders.
Everything under control

Stations are controlled using the
most modern automation and
computer technology. With system
visualisation the entire system can
be viewed or each individual station
can be accessed; it enables the
monitoring of signal statuses, the
remote access of different functions
and the monitoring of all processes,
directly on the system using a touch
panel or via the master computer.
327
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods

New!
Different types of conveying

A wide range of processes are used
in production systems for handling
bulk goods. It therefore makes sense
that these can also be found in the
AFB training stations for dispensing
and sorting:
Conveying with a conveyor
In the dispensing station, the
conveyor acts as a pressure feed.
Corn is dispensed from its container
via the conveyor to a funnel and is
transported to the next station by
means of compressed air.
Screw conveyor
With the screw conveyor, the bulk
goods are carefully conveyed,
making optimal dispensing possible.
The dispensing screw is driven by a
servo motor with a built-in controller.
High-speed quality checking
and diagnostics
Imperfect grains are detected
during conveying and automatically
separated. This requires the quick
detection and reaction of the
actuators, which the human eye
can hardly follow. To support the
diagnostics and commissioning of
these fast motion sequences, an
intelligent compact camera system
with up to 2000 images per second
are used in the AFB factory. This
means that the latest diagnostic
techniques can be taught.
AFB station dispensing bulk goods

Order no.
On request
AFB station sorting bulk goods

Order no.
328
On request
One training factory over 100 different training systems
More than 15 stations can be

integrated into the AFB training
factory. Inaddition to the new AFB
stations it also features stations from
the MPS familyand stations from
the new MPS PA product line.
The unique interface and communications concept enables quick

and easymodification of the factory
layout.
This means the stations can be

deployed at any time individually
or in smallgroups for teaching
purposes, and the AFB training
factory can be assembled indifferent
project stages.
329
Need to meet special requirements?

Numerous installations worldwide
have resulted in a number of
solutions specially focussed on
hybrid automation.
Contact us with your requirements.
We will design your optimum
learning environment and implement
it in a way closely linked to the
actual process. We look forward
to designing solutions with you for
specific areas such as:
Water treatment
Cooling and refrigeration
technology
pH value measurement
Conductivity measurement
Integration of process control
engineering
Palletising
Identification systems (RFID,
barcode)
With our know-how in project
planning, instrumentation,
design and selection of process
components, system integration and
programming, through to didactic
implementation, we will help you to
put your ideas into practice quickly,
reliably and cost-effectively.
330
Index alphabetical
19 Blank panel for the control panel.............................................................252

19 Communication panels............................................................................250
19 Control panel...........................................................................................250
19 EMERGENCY STOP panel.........................................................................252
19 Mounting frame.......................................................................................250
19 simulation module..................................................................................131
19 Spare panel.............................................................................................250
3/2-way roller lever valve, normally open......................................................148
4/2-way double solenoid valve......................................................................152
5-fold plug socket strip with switch................................................................146
5-way distributor............................................................................................151
5-way distributor with pressure gauge...........................................................151
5S Workstation organisation.........................................................................26
A
A hydraulic power unit according to your specifications................................154
A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55................275
A4 ER mounting frame.....................................................................................81
A4 mounting frame..........................................................................................79
A4 table mounting frame..................................................................................81
Accessory box................................................................................................148
Accumulator filling device..............................................................................151
Actuators DC motor.......................................................................................20
Adaptable Buffer station................................................................................204
Add-on for the robot assembly station...........................................................208
AFB automatic warehouse station..................................................................324
AFB factory hybrid production........................................................................314
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods...................................................................327
AFB filling station...........................................................................................322
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station................................................325
AFB order compilation station........................................................................323
AFB pallet transport system...........................................................................326
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods.................................................328
AFB training factory........................................................................................320
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer Compact ML1200.................................................137
Allen-Bradley ML 1500...................................................................................248
Aluminium profile plate.............................................................. 79, 81, 146, 253
Analogue cable, crossover.....................................................................155, 247
Analogue cable, parallel.........................................................................155, 247
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A.........................................................247
Analogue terminal..................................................................................217, 247
Analogue upgrade FX1N.................................................................................249
Analogue upgrade ML 1500...........................................................................248
Angled slide module......................................................................................207
AS-interface addressing cable........................................................................156
AS-interface addressing device......................................................................156
AS-interface diffuse sensor............................................................................197
AS-interface master CP343-2.........................................................................135
AS-interface upgrade FX1N............................................................................249
AS-interface valve connector..........................................................................197
AS-interface valve terminal............................................................................197
Assembly kit for cylinders..............................................................................152
Automating with SIMATIC................................................................................63
Automation project work................................................................................184
Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBD..........................................................63
Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCL...........................................................63
B
Basic mobile unit.............................................................................................78
Basic stationary unit........................................................................................78
Basic the functional lab equipment system for electrical engineering...........86
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ...........................................................................207
332
BIBB hydraulics equipment set:

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course lessons A-H.......................................118
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set:
Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course..............................................108
BIBB Hydraulics course Fundamentals and equipment,
calculations and application examples........................................................57
BIBB Hydraulics course, booklet for instructor.................................................57
BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises and log sheets...........................................57
BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises for students...............................................57
BIBB Hydraulics equipment set, additional exercises....................................118
BIBB pneumatics equipment set: Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course........106
Book of solutions for the sample exercises from the CNC text book.................67
Bottle set.......................................................................................................310
Bottling station..............................................................................................306
C
Cabinet systems...............................................................................................86
Cable BNC 4 mm..........................................................................................147
Cable BNC BNC............................................................................................147
Cable duct set................................................................................................157
Cable guide........................................................................................ 79, 81, 151
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs..................................................147
Case of cutaway pneumatic models.................................................................69
Changer module.............................................................................................195
Choose your process model...........................................................................126
CIROS Mechatronics.......................................................................................38
CIROS Automation Suite..................................................................... 36, 39, 40
CIROS Automation Suite additional licences..................................................41
CIROS Robotics..............................................................................................38
Clamping/ejecting module.............................................................................201
Classroom Manager: Administration, Evaluation.............................................28
Closed-loop hydraulics............................................................................. 56, 121
Closed-loop pneumatics.......................................................................... 50, 109
CNC textbook...................................................................................................67
CNC training: An investment in the future......................................................274
Colour sensor.................................................................................................223
Combining stations................................................................................ 192, 299
Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions............................65
Compact Workstation with level, flow rate, pressure and
temperature closed-loop control systems..........................................293, 294
Compressor....................................................................................................147
Compressor accessories................................................................................147
Connecting cable...........................................................................................252
Connecting cable for solenoid valves with M8 central plug............................150
Connection unit, analogue.............................................................................156
Control and networking with all industrial standards.....................................174
Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP and SINAMICS G120
frequency converter...................................................................................184
Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter....................................184
Control console..............................................................................................250
Control systems and PLC modules.................................................................131
Control variants of the Compact Workstation.................................................295
Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice.........................244
Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted
assembly board with unbeatable advantages on your
tried-and-tested laboratory furniture too...................................................159
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor.............................................................221
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor.............................................................205
Conveyor, unassembled.................................................................................185
COSIMIR turns into CIROS Save on updates now.......................................41
Coupling nipple (nominal size 4)....................................................................151
Coupling socket (nominal size 4)...................................................................151
Index alphabetical
Courseware......................................................................................................37
CP input module.............................................................................................215
Cushioning cylinder.......................................................................................152
Customer orientation.......................................................................................27
D
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP................................................................63
Dictionary of Automation Technology..............................................................68
Diffuse sensor........................................................................................ 203, 205
Diffuse sensor, analogue...............................................................................221
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O...................................................................247
Digital multimeter..........................................................................................147
Digital training programmes: Well-prepared knowledge..................................14
Digital upgrade ML 1500................................................................................248
DIN H-rail set..................................................................................................157
Discover MPS 200..........................................................................................22
Distributing station with AS interface: A single cable, many signals..............196
Distributing station: Getting started with MPS.............................................194
Double-acting cylinder 16/10/300.................................................................152
Drawing template.............................................................................................69
Drill hole monitoring module.........................................................................180
Drilling module...................................................................................... 181, 201
DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics, Basic level.............................. 52, 54
E
EasyPort USB An interface for measuring, open-loop control,
closed-loop control. Connects the simulation to the real world...................30
Edukit PA Advanced.......................................................................................291
EduKit PA: the new project kits for process and control technology...............289
EduKit PA: Unpack and away you go..............................................................290
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with analogue value processing.....................129
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack without analogue value processing................129
EduTrainer Compact.....................................................................................132
EduTrainer Universal A4 with analogue value processing............................129
EduTrainer Universal: individual configuration of holders,
modules and PLCs.....................................................................................128
Either: Simply build it.....................................................................................298
Ejection module, pneumatic...........................................................................182
Electrical engineering 1....................................................................................17
Electrical engineering 2....................................................................................17
Electrical mini slide SLTE................................................................................223
Electrical signal input/output.........................................................................157
Electrohydraulics.............................................................................................16
Electrohydraulics, Advanced level.............................................................. 55, 99
Electrohydraulics, Basic level............................................................. 54, 55, 113
Electronics 1....................................................................................................18
Electronics 2....................................................................................................18
Electropneumatic control technology...............................................................51
Electropneumatics...........................................................................................15
Electropneumatics, Advanced level............................................................ 49, 99
Electropneumatics, Basic level............................................................. 48, 49, 96
EMERGENCY-STOP technology.......................................................................252
Empty EduTrainer ER housing......................................................................156
EPLAN Education: Classroom licence...............................................................34
EPLAN Education: Software Service package...................................................34
Equipment set PneuPos: Configuration, programming and
control of pneumatic axes..........................................................................110
Equipment set TP 101 Basic level: Basic pneumatics training.......................92
Equipment set TP 102 Advanced level:
Advanced pneumatics training.....................................................................94
Equipment set TP 1110: Sensors for object detection....................................122

Equipment set TP 111: Basic closed-loop pneumatics training......................109
Equipment set TP 201 Basic level: Basic electropneumatics training............96
Advanced electropneumatics training..........................................................98
Equipment set TP 210 Advanced level: Measurement and control in
pneumatics with Fluid Lab-P Version 2.....................................................100
Equipment set TP 220 Advanced level: Drives in pneumatics......................102
Equipment set TP 240 Advanced level: Sensors in pneumatics...................104
Equipment set TP 301: Programmable logic controllers.................................139
Equipment set TP 401-ASI: Fieldbus technology AS-interface........................141
Equipment set TP 402: Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP...............................142
Equipment set TP 501 Basic level: Basic hydraulics training.......................111
Equipment set TP 502 Advanced level: Advanced hydraulics training.........112
Equipment set TP 511: Basis closed-loop hydraulics training........................121
Equipment set TP 601 Basic level: Basic electrohydraulics training............113
Advanced electrohydraulics training..........................................................115
Measurement in hydraulics with Fluid Lab-H............................................116
Equipment set TP 701 Basic level:
Basic proportional hydraulics training.......................................................119
Advanced proportional hydraulics training................................................120
Equipment set TP 801: Basics of servo motor drive technology.....................144
Equipment set TP 802: Basics of stepper motor drive technology..................145
Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training............................................127
ER mounting frame..........................................................................................79
Ethernet upgrade FX1N..................................................................................249
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500.............................................................................248
F
FC 100 EduTrainer........................................................................................138
FEC EduTrainer Compact FST/MWT with Ethernet interface........................137
FEC starter kit FST/MWT with Ethernet interface..........................................138
Fieldbus technology.........................................................................................21
Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP................................ 61, 127, 128
Filtering, mixing, tempering and bottling as in industry.................................283
Filtration station.............................................................................................300
Final Sorting station.......................................................................................212
Finding your way in the learning field jungle....................................................67
Fixed drawer unit for installation in mobile workstations.................................78
Flexibility Separating station.......................................................................220
Fluid Lab-PA.................................................................................................287
Fluidic Muscle Press module..........................................................................217
FluidSIM 4.2 Hydraulics, individual and multiple licenses..............................32
FluidSIM 4.2 Pneumatics, individual and multiple licenses............................32
Focus on sensors Testing station...................................................................198
Frequency converter starter kit......................................................................138
From a kit to a training factory:
Application and process-oriented learning systems...................................284
From training programme to knowledge portal................................................13
Front-panel connector............................................................................135, 247
FST for FEC..................................................................................... 43, 246, 310
Function generator.........................................................................................147
Fundamentals of electrohydraulics..................................................................58
Fundamentals of electropneumatics................................................................52
Fundamentals of hydraulics.............................................................................58
Fundamentals of pneumatic control engineering.............................................48
Fundamentals of pneumatics...........................................................................52
Fundamentals of proportional hydraulics.........................................................58
Funnel for filling various devices with oil.......................................................153
333
Index alphabetical
G
Glossary of electrical drive technology.............................................................62
GRAFCET..........................................................................................................22
GRAFCET drawing template..............................................................................68
Gripper, pneumatic........................................................................................207
H
Handles for Systainer/container inserts A F................................................158
Holder module...............................................................................................203
Holder systems..............................................................................................130
Hose holder....................................................................................... 79, 81, 151
Hose line with quick release couplings..........................................................151
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)...............................................................................153
Hydraulic power unit with single pump..........................................................154
Hydraulic power unit, double pump with one motor......................................154
Hydraulic power unit, with two individual pumps and two motors.................154
Hydraulic punch station.................................................................................211
Hydraulics........................................................................................................16
Hydraulics power the Punching station..........................................................210
Hydraulics, Advanced level........................................................................ 55, 96
Hydraulics, Basic level....................................................................... 54, 55, 111
I
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and
bare cable-end sleeves..............................................................................155
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends....................155
I/O data cable, analogue................................................................................155
I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket.............................................155
I/O terminal (SysLink)....................................................................................219
iCIM 3000 the complete training system with potential...............................270
iCIM engineering service................................................................................272
iCIM The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training.
With perfectly matched software. For effective planning and
engineering................................................................................................268
Ideal interfaces..............................................................................................188
iFactory: Training factory for production planning and
factory organisation...................................................................................276
In and out, electrically Storing station.........................................................222
In focus: the production process for six-packs...............................................317
Individual solutions AFB factory.....................................................................330
Individual solutions iCIM................................................................................273
Inductive sensor.............................................................................................213
Industrial quality in the Robot station............................................................206
Innovative technology and innovative learning..............................................316
Innovative training packages with detailed practical functions........................90
Inspection camera module.............................................................................183
Instructional material for Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals.........64
Interactive learning with Robotino View.......................................................163
Internet search.................................................................................................25
InTouch............................................................................................................45
L
LabCreator: the new, professional design programme for laboratories............87
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering:
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems...............................................................82
learn2work Professional..................................................................................42
Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking professions..............................................67
Learnline laboratory trolley for transfer line...................................................183
Learnline mobile: More versatile than ever!.....................................................74
Learntop The low-cost desktop mounting system.........................................80
Learntop-A.......................................................................................................80
Learntop-L........................................................................................................80
334
Learntop-S.......................................................................................................80
Lifting module................................................................................................199
Linear potentiometer.....................................................................................152
Linear potentiometer, 450 mm stroke............................................................152
Logistics Kit....................................................................................................166
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact..........................................................................136
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact TP.....................................................................136
LOGO! manual..................................................................................................64
LOGO! PC cable set........................................................................................135
LOGO! programming cable.............................................................................155
LOGO! Soft Comfort..........................................................................................45
LOGO! Trainer Package 230 V.........................................................................135
LOGO! Trainer Package 24 V..........................................................................135
LOGO! Training.................................................................................................21
M
Machine Vision................................................................................................23
Magnetic symbol sets......................................................................................69
Manual Siemens S7-300..................................................................................64
Measuring and controlling as in industry.......................................................285
Measuring case..............................................................................................153
Measuring container for hydraulics................................................................153
Measuring module.........................................................................................199
Measuring module, analogue........................................................................181
Mechatronics...................................................................................................66
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 2.0................................................. 46, 191
Mechatronics Assistant version 2............................................................. 46, 191
Micro Memory Card........................................................................................135
MicroFMS: CNC and robot technology similar to industry...................... 255, 256
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package.................................................................43, 249
Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N the small controller with
the big range of functions..........................................................................249
Mixing station................................................................................................302
Motor controller SFC-DC.................................................................................223
Mounting adapter..........................................................................................151
Mounting frame/mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate.........78
Mounting frame/mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate.........78
Mounting kit for hydraulic cylinder with weight...............................................81
Mounting profile............................................................................................151
MPS The modular production system........................................................156
MPS 200 Complete systems with blended learning package and
modular expansion options.......................................................................224
MPS 202 Mechatronics Small but complete with
blended learning package, FluidSIM, Mechatronics Assistant and
web-based training programs....................................................................226
MPS 202-Robotics Handling and assembly with CIROS Robotics.............234
MPS 203 Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technology with
visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant..............................228
MPS 203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis with
visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant....................................230
MPS 205-Mechatronics Everything you need for project work with
FluidSIM, Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs......232
MPS 210-Mechatronics The all-rounder with an all-inclusive
media package..........................................................................................236
MPS 500-FMS: Flexible production compatible, modular and versatile.....238
MPS 501-505 FMS The entry-level systems...............................................242
MPS 512-FMS Get started right away with a complete and
customised package..................................................................................243
MPS 516-FMS The complete package for demanding
training scenarios......................................................................................240
MPS commissioning service.........................................................................190
MPS PA 204 Complete system......................................................................308
Index alphabetical
MPS PA commissioning Service....................................................................298

MPS PA workbook..........................................................................................66
MPS PA The Modular Production System...................................................282
MPS PA The new learning system for process automation.........................297
MPS Transfer system:
Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training.............................172
MR5 Milling cell with robot loading.............................................................259
MTLR5 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis...................................260
MultiFMS: decentralised control technology..................................................264
Multifunctional: MultiFMS. The mechatronics learning platform that
integrates MPS, a transport system and CNC...........................................263
Multimedia workstations.................................................................................86
Multiple tubing holder strip set......................................................................149
MULTIPROG for FEC 3x...................................................................................43
Multitalented Handling station......................................................................202
N
NorthStar navigation system........................................................................166
O
Offers for fieldbus training.............................................................................140
Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation...........................................................81
Oil spillage/protective mat...................................................................... 79, 153
On-off valve with filter regulating valve..........................................................195
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m..........................................................149
One training factory over 100 different training systems.............................329
One-way flow control valve............................................................................150
Online configurator (in preparation)..............................................................130
Open- and closed-loop control.........................................................................20
Operating and observing the right solution for every operating task...........250
Operating panel OP 177B...............................................................................251
Operator unit.................................................................................................310
Oscilloscope..................................................................................................147
P
PA workpiece set............................................................................................310
PC adapter..................................................................................... 135, 155, 247
PC data cable RS232......................................................................................155
Personnel management...................................................................................27
PicAlfa module...............................................................................................203
Pick&Place module........................................................................................219
PID industrial closed-loop controller..............................................................310
Piston pallet...................................................................................................209
Plastic tubing.................................................................................................148
PLC board with CPX-FEC...............................................................................310
PLC board with FEC The robust minicontroller with integrated
Ethernet interface......................................................................................246
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300 The industry standard...............................247
PLC starter kit.................................................................................................138
Plug-in adapter set................................................................................... 81, 146
Plug-in adapter, electrical..............................................................................155
Pneumatic control engineering, exercises and solutions..................................51
Pneumatic control technology, exercises for trainees......................................51
Pneumatic drives, TP 220......................................................................... 49, 102
Pneumatic positioning system SPC 200...........................................................64
Pneumatic slide module.................................................................................199
Pneumatics......................................................................................................15
Pneumatics, Advanced level.............................................................................49
Pneumatics, Basic level..............................................................................48, 49
PneuPos 1: Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller..............110
Poka Yoke........................................................................................................26
Power cable...................................................................................................146
Power supply unit for mounting frame...........................................................146
Powerful Fluidic Muscle Press station.........................................................216
Practical knowledge: Basic pneumatic controllers...........................................48
Practical knowledge: GRAFCET.........................................................................68
Pressure relief unit.........................................................................................151
Pressure sensor..................................................................................... 152, 217
Process automation.........................................................................................24
Professional software for MultiFMS...............................................................266
Professional training in virtual learning environments.....................................36
Profibus cable................................................................................................155
Profibus DP CP valve terminal........................................................................215
Profile plate 350 x 700...................................................................................253
Profile plate 700 x 700...................................................................................311
Profile plate connector...................................................................................253
Programmable logic controllers in practice......................................................61
Programmable logic controllers, Basic level............................................. 61, 125
Programming cable FX1N...............................................................................249
Programming cable ML 1500..........................................................................248
Programming cable TTL-RS232......................................................................246
Project management........................................................................................25
Projects for teaching the topics of Automation, Operation technology,
Mechatronics, Part 1, Training topics 1 6..................................................65
Projects for teaching the topics of Automation, Operation technology,
Mechatronics, Part 2, Training topics 7 13................................................65
Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level..........................................................56
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level........................................................... 54, 56
Protective cover for weight............................................................................151
Proximity sensors: Textbook............................................................................60
Purely electrical Processing station................................................................200
Q
Quality with a certificate....................................................................................4
R
Reactor station...............................................................................................304
Recognition module.......................................................................................199
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF..........................................................279
Relay, time-delay relay...................................................................................157
Releasing tool................................................................................................148
Retaining module...........................................................................................207
Retro-reflective sensor...................................................................................213
RFID module...................................................................................................182
Robot interface box................................................................................ 209, 253
Robot RV-2AJ..................................................................................................207
Robotino project ideas.................................................................................167
Robotino Workbook............................................................................... 62, 165
Robotino: Experiencing, understanding and using technology.....................162
Rotary indexing table module........................................................................201
Rotary/linear transfer module........................................................................217
RS232 programming cable.............................................................................310
RSLogix 500 Starter.................................................................................43, 248
Rubber feet...................................................................................... 81, 146, 253
S
S7 CP343-2 AS-interface master for the S7 300; up to 62 slaves can
be connected; supports all AS-i master functions as in the
extended V2.1 specification.......................................................................247
Safety engineering...........................................................................................23
Sensor technology 1........................................................................................19
Sensor technology 2........................................................................................19
335
Index alphabetical
Sensor tester.................................................................................................156
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs....................................246
Sensors for object detection: Workbook..........................................................60
Sensors in pneumatics: Workbook...................................................................60
Separating module (springs)..........................................................................209
Separator module, pneumatic........................................................................205
Service with Value added...................................................................................6
Servo motor MTR-DCI.....................................................................................223
Servopneumatic positioning.................................................................... 50, 110
Set of posters on hydraulics.............................................................................59
Set of posters on pneumatics...........................................................................53
Siemens AS-Interface master...........................................................................64
Siemens ET 200S Manual................................................................................64
Silencer and sealing rings..............................................................................148
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact..................................................................133
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S...................................................................134
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Start........................................................................134
Simple handling or complex assembly processes..........................................189
Simply build it yourself..................................................................................298
Simulation box, digital...................................................................................156
Simulation box, digital/analogue...................................................................156
Slide module..................................................................................................203
Slotted mounting plate............................................................................ 81, 146
Small is beautiful Pick&Place station..........................................................218
Soft Stop SPC 11..............................................................................................64
Software from Festo Didactic...........................................................................12
Solenoid valves with M8 central plug.............................................................150
Solution sections..................................................................................... 61, 139
Sorting gate module, electrical......................................................................181
Sorting gate module, pneumatic............................................................ 182, 213
Sorting gate/separator module, electrical.....................................................219
Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic...................................................221
Sorting station with Profibus DP....................................................................214
Special mounting adapters............................................................................149
Stacking magazine module.................................................................... 180, 195
Stacking magazine module (end caps)................................................... 209, 211
Starting current limiter...................................................................................221
Stationary Learnline: Ergonomic and flexible...................................................76
STEP 7 Fundamentals.......................................................................................64
STEP 7 Professional for Training......................................................................44
STEP 7 Software for Students..........................................................................44
STEP 7 Trainer Package....................................................................................44
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade.....................................................................44
Stepper module, expansion...........................................................................149
Stopper module.............................................................................................213
Storage plate...................................................................................................79
Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive.....................................145
Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive..................................144
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and
Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.................114
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301...................................139
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics,
Basic level TP 501 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601........................114
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics,
Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201.......................97
Swing Configuration example........................................................................84
Systainer........................................................................................................158
Systainer/container insert A..........................................................................158
Systainer/container insert B..........................................................................158
Systainer/container insert C..........................................................................158
Systainer/container insert D..........................................................................158
Systainer/container insert E...........................................................................158
336
Systainer/container insert F...........................................................................158

System overview Transfer system..................................................................176
T
T-connector (Quick Star quick push-in fitting)................................................148
T-connector BNC............................................................................................147
T-head nut M5................................................................................................157
Table extension................................................................................................79
Tabletop power supply unit...................................................................146, 253
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits..................................................................51
Team performance...........................................................................................27
Temperature sensor.......................................................................................152
Terminal strip.................................................................................................157
Testing module..............................................................................................201
The amazing world of pneumatics....................................................................50
The complete Robotino package..................................................................164
The fascination of technology..........................................................................24
The modules..................................................................................................278
The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM.......................................49
The production zones.....................................................................................318
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance...........................186
The universal laboratory furniture: Learnline and Learntop.............................72
Threaded coupling.........................................................................................151
Through beam sensor....................................................................................205
Time management...........................................................................................25
Tool set.................................................................................................. 253, 311
Touch panel TP 177B.....................................................................................251
TP 400 component set...................................................................................143
TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP......................................................143
TR5 Turned parts with robot loading...........................................................258
Train efficiently..............................................................................................283
Trainer package CPU315F-2 PN/DP Profinet................................................135
Trainer package ET 200S Profinet................................................................135
Trainer package F technology ET 200S Profinet...........................................135
Trainer package F technology S7-300 Profinet............................................135
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with
CD-ROM.............................................................................................135, 247
Training and Consulting.....................................................................................8
Training document Process optimisation......................................................65
Training documentation: MPS Conveyor project kit........................................66
Training documentation: MPS Distribution Station........................................66
Training documentation: MPS Sorting Station...............................................66
Training project on presses, CD-ROM for students...........................................67
Training project on presses, CD-ROM for trainers.............................................67
Training project on presses, student manual...................................................67
Training project on presses, trainer manual.....................................................67
Transfer line: Combine and expand................................................................178
Transparency set Fundamentals of PLCs.........................................................62
Transparency set Sensors................................................................................60
Trolley.................................................................................................... 253, 311
Tubing cutter..................................................................................................148
Turning module..............................................................................................180
U
Understanding process automation through seminars and workshops.......286
Universal adapter...........................................................................................149
Universal bracket..................................................................................... 79, 153
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink)...................................................156
V
Vacuum switch...............................................................................................195
Value stream analysis and mapping.................................................................26
Index alphabetical
Vernier caliper................................................................................................147
W
Wheel set for mounting on the tank...............................................................154
Wheeled drawer unit for stationary workstations.............................................78
WinCC..............................................................................................................45
WinPisa for SPC 200.........................................................................................45
Workbook for EduKit PA........................................................................... 66, 291
Workbook: BIBB Hydraulics course..................................................................57
Workpiece insert Clock...............................................................................254

Workpiece insert Hygrometer.....................................................................254
Workpiece insert Thermometer..................................................................254
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps................................................................254
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies...................................................................254
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly..........................................................254
Workpiece set Housings.............................................................................254
Workpiece set Reject bodies.......................................................................254
Workpiece set Reject housings...................................................................254
337
Index numerical
Order no.
Page
2307............................................ 148
4499............................................ 159
4645............................................ 148
7658............................................ 148
14572.......................................... 153
18959.......................................... 156
18960.......................................... 156
33840.......................................... 148
34031.......................................... 155
34035.......................................... 219
34634.......................................... 148
35653.......................................... 147
35681.......................................... 147
53977............................................ 50
54085............................................ 50
56975............................................ 68
80147.......................................... 118
80148.......................................... 118
80246.......................................... 111
80247.......................................... 112
90021............................................ 69
90022............................................ 69
90070.................................... 51, 106
90090.................................... 51, 106
90850............................................ 48
90851............................................ 48
90872............................................ 48
90877............................................ 48
91030.......................................... 147
91180............................................ 48
91181............................................ 48
92491.......................................... 151
93024............................................ 57
93045............................................ 60
93046............................................ 60
93070.................................... 51, 108
93080.................................... 51, 108
93130............................................ 48
93131............................................ 48
93132............................................ 48
93280............................................ 54
93281............................................ 54
93282............................................ 54
93287............................................ 54
93310............................................ 61
93311............................................ 61
93313.................................... 61, 139
93314.................................... 61, 139
93315.................................... 61, 139
93316.................................... 61, 139
93317............................................ 61
93610............................................ 54
93611............................................ 54
93680............................................ 57
93685............................................ 57
93690............................................ 57
93960............................................ 60
94014.................................... 55, 112
94015.................................... 55, 112
94342............................................ 60
338
Order no.
Page
94347.................................... 50, 109

94348.................................... 56, 121
94351.................................... 55, 113
94352.................................... 56, 119
94368.................................... 56, 121
94377............................................ 54
94378............................................ 54
94384............................................ 48
94404.................................... 56, 119
94421............................................ 66
94427.................................... 61, 139
94428.................................... 55, 111
94429.................................... 55, 112
94440.................................... 61, 139
94450.................................... 56, 120
94454.................................... 55, 111
94455.................................... 55, 113
94456.................................... 55, 115
94457.................................... 56, 119
94458.................................... 56, 120
94459.................................... 50, 109
94460.................................... 56, 121
94465.................................... 50, 109
94468.................................... 55, 111
94469.................................... 56, 121
94470.................................... 55, 113
94471.................................... 55, 115
94472.................................... 56, 119
94473.................................... 56, 120
94524.................................... 61, 139
94536............................................ 66
94537.................................... 61, 139
94558............................................ 57
95000............................................ 52
95001............................................ 52
95003............................................ 52
95010............................................ 52
95011............................................ 52
95021............................................ 62
95040............................................ 58
95041............................................ 58
95043............................................ 58
95050............................................ 58
95051............................................ 58
95060............................................ 58
95061............................................ 58
95246............................................ 52
102725........................................ 147
119352........................................ 151
120856........................................ 253
150768........................................ 221
151496........................................ 148
151508.......................................... 48
151915........................................ 310
152295........................................ 152
152584........................................ 148
152881........................................ 150
152885........................................ 149
152894........................................ 187
152917........................................ 147
Order no.
Page
152918........................................ 147
152919........................................ 147
152960........................................ 151
152962........................................ 154
152963........................................ 148
152970........................................ 151
152971........................................ 151
152973........................................ 151
153056........................................ 148
153128........................................ 148
153251........................................ 148
153267........................................ 148
153291........................................ 148
153304........................................ 148
153327........................................ 159
153333........................................ 148
153376........................................ 148
158343.......................... 81, 146, 253
158352........................................ 151
158357........................................ 147
158419........................................ 148
158481........................................ 156
158962................................ 150, 155
159298........................................ 147
159328........................................ 154
159331.................................. 81, 146
159333........................................ 146
159339........................................ 149
159340................................ 149, 159
159342................................ 149, 159
159347................................ 149, 159
159350................................ 149, 159
159360................................ 149, 159
159378................................ 149, 159
159382........................................ 146
159386........................................ 151
159395........................................ 151
159396........................................ 146
159409.................................. 79, 146
159410.......................... 79, 146, 311
159411............................ 79, 81, 146
159662........................................ 148
159663........................................ 148
160786........................................ 155
162228........................................ 253
162231........................................ 156
162239........................................ 254
162240........................................ 254
162247........................................ 156
162267........................................ 148
162305........................................ 155
162340.......................................... 69
162341.......................................... 69
162352........................................ 211
162353........................................ 211
162360.......................... 81, 146, 159
162380................................ 146, 253
162381................................ 146, 253
162382................................ 146, 253
162385........................................ 187
Order no.
Page
162386................................ 146, 253

162387........................................ 187
162405........................................ 209
162411........................................ 146
162412........................................ 146
162413........................................ 146
162414........................................ 146
162415........................................ 146
162416................................ 146, 253
162417................................ 146, 253
162418................................ 146, 253
162419................................ 146, 253
167020........................................ 148
167021........................................ 254
167090........................................ 152
167091........................................ 147
167101........................................ 139
167102........................................ 139
167104........................................ 114
167105........................................ 114
167122........................................ 155
167132........................................ 137
167186................................ 151, 159
167197........................................ 155
167278........................................ 209
170095.......................................... 45
170097.......................................... 45
170245.......................................... 64
170246.......................................... 64
170395................................ 146, 253
170643........................................ 156
177468........................................ 153
178410........................................ 148
178417........................................ 148
178424........................................ 148
184455........................................ 151
184462........................................ 108
184463........................................ 113
184464........................................ 115
184465........................................ 119
184466........................................ 120
184467........................................ 109
184471........................................ 121
184488........................................ 152
184489........................................ 152
184490........................................ 152
184554........................................ 135
184555................................ 135, 155
184557.......................................... 64
184558.......................................... 64
184563.......................................... 64
184564.......................................... 64
184565.......................................... 64
184566.......................................... 64
185692........................................ 155
186085........................................ 154
186087........................................ 154
186095........................................ 148
186116........................................ 148
186294........................................ 148
Index numerical
Order no.
Page
188935........................................ 218
189551........................................ 155
192108.......................................... 45
192215........................................ 153
192490........................................ 110
192496........................................ 110
192502........................................ 110
192503.................................. 50, 110
192778........................................ 138
192883.......................................... 64
193129.......................................... 53
193130.......................................... 64
193131.......................................... 64
193132.......................................... 64
193133.......................................... 64
193449.......................................... 61
193730........................................ 137
194039.......................................... 63
194040.......................................... 63
194041.......................................... 63
194043.......................................... 63
195224................................ 149, 159
195225................................ 149, 159
195439.......................................... 45
195442.......................................... 45
195760........................................ 196
195761........................................ 214
195764........................................ 250
195765........................................ 250
195766........................................ 250
195767........................................ 250
195769........................................ 252
195773........................................ 201
195777........................................ 203
195779........................................ 199
195780........................................ 195
195781........................................ 199
195782........................................ 200
195783........................................ 202
195784........................................ 204
195786........................................ 212
195787........................................ 210
195788........................................ 206
195789........................................ 208
196083........................................ 196
196723.......................................... 64
196724.......................................... 64
196948.......................................... 59
196949.................................. 50, 110
196953.................................. 55, 113
196954.................................. 55, 115
196959........................................ 205
196960........................................ 205
196962........................................ 205
196968........................................ 213
196969........................................ 213
196971........................................ 213
196973........................................ 187
196974........................................ 201
197118........................................ 148
Order no.
Page
197160........................................ 218
247661........................................ 146
254490........................................ 157
255851........................................ 148
342046........................................ 151
342047........................................ 151
350362........................................ 146
350363........................................ 146
350364........................................ 146
350366........................................ 146
350367........................................ 146
357283.......................................... 81
374038........................................ 153
376931........................................ 147
376932........................................ 147
376934........................................ 147
376935........................................ 147
376936........................................ 147
376937........................................ 147
376938........................................ 147
376939........................................ 147
376940........................................ 147
376941........................................ 147
380707........................................ 146
525951........................................ 152
525953........................................ 152
525954........................................ 152
525963........................................ 152
525964........................................ 152
526095.................................. 55, 111
526205........................................ 204
526206........................................ 250
526212........................................ 203
526213........................................ 217
526215........................................ 203
526218........................................ 201
526228........................................ 204
526230........................................ 213
526337........................................ 149
526504........................................ 155
526505.......................................... 45
526506.......................................... 64
526507.......................................... 64
526714........................................ 158
526715........................................ 158
526716........................................ 158
526717........................................ 158
526814........................................ 158
526847.......................................... 81
526850........................................ 199
526853........................................ 135
526861........................................ 209
526863........................................ 156
526875........................................ 246
526879........................................ 207
527424........................................ 133
527425........................................ 134
527433........................................ 136
528612.......................................... 64
529138........................................ 203
Order no.
Page
529141........................................ 155
532200........................................ 159
532929........................................ 196
532934........................................ 203
532935........................................ 204
532952........................................ 219
532954........................................ 199
533014........................................ 158
533018........................................ 133
533019........................................ 133
533020........................................ 133
533021........................................ 133
533022........................................ 133
533023........................................ 133
533027........................................ 135
533029.......................................... 64
533030........................................ 135
533031.......................................... 64
533035........................................ 155
533036........................................ 155
533039........................................ 155
533498.................................. 50, 110
533499.................................. 50, 109
533520.......................................... 64
533521.......................................... 64
533526........................................ 247
533527........................................ 247
533662........................................ 159
533663........................................ 159
534270.................................. 61, 141
534271.................................. 61, 142
534272.................................. 61, 141
534273.................................. 61, 142
534362........................................ 185
534363........................................ 138
534364................................ 209, 253
534367........................................ 221
534368........................................ 254
534619........................................ 254
534620........................................ 254
534621........................................ 254
534622........................................ 254
534623........................................ 254
534624........................................ 138
534625........................................ 207
534630........................................ 252
534631........................................ 252
535239........................................ 196
535242........................................ 215
535243........................................ 215
535245........................................ 252
535246........................................ 218
535247........................................ 219
535248........................................ 216
535249........................................ 217
535250........................................ 136
535251........................................ 217
535255........................................ 134
535811........................................ 137
535812............................ 79, 81, 151
Order no.
Page
535814........................................ 250
535820........................................ 248
535822........................................ 248
535827........................................ 248
535829........................................ 248
535832.......................................... 78
535833.......................................... 78
535834.......................................... 78
535835.......................................... 78
536200.......................................... 81
536582.......................................... 81
536740........................................ 135
536905........................................ 133
536906........................................ 133
536907........................................ 133
537000........................................ 207
537465........................................ 223
537927.................................. 43, 310
537928.................................. 43, 310
538236........................................ 223
538395........................................ 275
538487.................................... 52, 54
538913........................................ 223
538957.......................................... 66
539004........................................ 154
539005.......................................... 43
539006................................ 135, 155
539007.......................................... 69
539015........................................ 145
539016........................................ 144
539017........................................ 145
539021.......................................... 79
539022.......................................... 79
539023.......................................... 76
539025.......................................... 76
539026.......................................... 78
539028.......................................... 74
539030.......................................... 74
539032.......................................... 78
539033.......................................... 79
539111........................................ 190
539265.......................................... 62
539308.......................................... 66
539311.......................................... 66
539729.......................................... 79
539731.......................................... 78
539733........................................ 154
539735.......................................... 78
539736.................................. 79, 153
539737............................ 79, 81, 151
539739........................................ 144
539755.......................................... 79
539760.......................................... 67
539761.......................................... 67
539762.......................................... 67
539763.......................................... 67
539764.......................................... 67
539765.......................................... 67
539767................................ 253, 311
539780........................................ 101
339
Index numerical
Order no.
Page
539934.......................................... 65
540668.......................................... 80
540669.......................................... 80
540670.......................................... 80
540671.................................... 49, 93
540672.................................... 49, 95
540673.................................... 49, 96
540674.................................... 49, 99
540681........................................ 249
540683........................................ 249
540686.......................................... 63
540687.......................................... 63
540688.......................................... 63
540689.......................................... 63
540692.......................................... 67
540693.......................................... 67
540697.......................................... 78
540698.......................................... 78
540702........................................ 116
540703................................ 150, 155
540705........................................ 190
540706........................................ 190
540710.......................................... 92
540711.......................................... 94
540712.......................................... 96
540713.......................................... 98
540717.......................................... 97
540719........................................ 221
540899.......................................... 24
540901.......................................... 24
540905.......................................... 25
540907.......................................... 25
540911.......................................... 15
540913.......................................... 15
540917.......................................... 16
540919.......................................... 16
540923.......................................... 15
540925.......................................... 15
540929.......................................... 16
540931.......................................... 16
540941.......................................... 21
540943.......................................... 21
540947.......................................... 20
540949.......................................... 20
540953.......................................... 20
540955.......................................... 20
540959.......................................... 21
540961.......................................... 21
541088.................................... 49, 93
541089.................................... 49, 95
541090.................................... 49, 96
541091.................................... 49, 99
541096........................................ 141
541097........................................ 142
541098........................................ 143
541099........................................ 143
541113........................................ 222
541114........................................ 154
541115........................................ 154
541116........................................ 154
340
Order no.
Page
541117........................................ 154
541118........................................ 154
541120........................................ 221
541122.................. 81, 146, 149, 259
541126........................................ 248
541127........................................ 248
541128........................................ 249
541129........................................ 249
541131........................................ 249
541133.................................. 79, 153
541134........................................ 153
541135........................................ 151
541139........................................ 311
541146........................................ 310
541149........................................ 249
541152........................................ 157
541153........................................ 157
541154........................................ 157
541155........................................ 157
541156........................................ 157
541157........................................ 157
541158........................................ 157
541161........................................ 226
541162........................................ 226
541163........................................ 226
541164........................................ 226
541165........................................ 228
541166........................................ 230
541167........................................ 232
541168........................................ 232
541169........................................ 232
541170........................................ 232
541171........................................ 234
541172........................................ 236
541173........................................ 236
541174........................................ 236
541175........................................ 236
541179........................................ 156
541184........................................ 102
541187........................................ 310
541499........................................ 156
542503.................................... 49, 93
542504.................................... 49, 95
542505.................................... 49, 96
542506.................................... 49, 99
542507.................................... 49, 93
542508.................................... 49, 95
542509.................................... 49, 96
542510.................................... 49, 99
542682.......................................... 22
543068.......................................... 65
543081........................................ 138
544143.......................................... 32
544145.......................................... 32
544146.......................................... 32
544147.......................................... 32
544149.......................................... 32
544150.......................................... 32
544151.......................................... 32
544153.......................................... 32
Order no.
Page
544154.......................................... 32
544155.......................................... 32
544157.......................................... 32
544158.......................................... 32
544247........................................ 164
544248........................................ 308
544249........................................ 308
544250........................................ 308
544251........................................ 308
544253........................................ 300
544254........................................ 302
544255........................................ 304
544256........................................ 306
544293........................................ 310
544294........................................ 251
544295........................................ 251
544300........................................ 248
544301........................................ 249
544302........................................ 310
544304........................................ 287
544306.................................. 62, 165
544307.................................. 62, 165
544317........................................ 149
544371........................................ 152
544372........................................ 152
544373........................................ 152
544375........................................ 158
544380........................................ 150
544381........................................ 150
544382........................................ 150
548571........................................ 150
548573.......................................... 44
548574.......................................... 44
548575.......................................... 44
548576.......................................... 44
548590...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309
548591...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309
548592...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309
548593...66, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309
548606.................................. 62, 165
548607.................................. 62, 165
548635........................................ 207
548637........................................ 157
548638........................................ 157
548676........................................ 138
548678.......................................... 68
548679.......................................... 68
548680.......................................... 68
548681.......................................... 68
548685........................................ 184
548686........................................ 184
548687.......................................... 30
549241.......................................... 58
549242.......................................... 58
549623.......................................... 17
549625.......................................... 17
549626.......................................... 17
549628.......................................... 17
549629.......................................... 18
549631.......................................... 18
Order no.
Page
549632.......................................... 18
549634.......................................... 18
549752.......................................... 19
549755.......................................... 19
549758.......................................... 19
549759.......................................... 25
549761.......................................... 19
549763.......................................... 25
549766.......................................... 23
549767.......................................... 25
549769.......................................... 23
549771.......................................... 25
549822........................................ 290
549833........................................ 166
549834.......................................... 22
549835........................................ 135
549836........................................ 135
549837........................................ 135
549840........................................ 106
549848........................................ 135
549982.................................. 49, 102
550522........................................ 184
550583........................................ 184
550584.......................................... 65
550585.......................................... 65
550804.......................................... 29
550805.......................................... 29
551010.......................................... 59
551011.......................................... 59
551012.......................................... 59
551013.......................................... 53
551014.......................................... 53
551015.......................................... 53
554301........................................ 310
555647........................................ 298
555706.................................. 62, 165
555707.................................. 62, 165
555708.................................. 62, 165
555709.................................. 62, 165
556228........................................ 100
556235........................................ 135
556236........................................ 135
556237........................................ 135
556250.......................................... 42
556251.......................................... 42
556252.......................................... 42
556253.......................................... 42
556928.......................................... 32
556930.......................................... 32
556931.......................................... 32
556932.......................................... 32
556934.......................................... 32
556935.......................................... 32
556937.......................................... 32
556939.......................................... 32
556940.......................................... 32
556941.......................................... 32
556943.......................................... 32
556944.......................................... 32
557688.......................................... 22
Index numerical
Order no.
Page
557689.......................................... 22
557691.......................................... 23
557692.......................................... 23
559880.................................. 49, 102
559881.................................. 49, 102
559882.................................. 49, 102
560621.......................................... 29
562162.............................. 36, 39, 40
562169.......................................... 38
562171.......................................... 38
562474.......................................... 68
562481.......................................... 68
562482.................................. 46, 191
562483.................................. 46, 191
563358.................................. 46, 191
563359.................................. 46, 191
563969.................................. 66, 291
563971.................................. 66, 291
563973.................................. 66, 291
563975.................................. 66, 291
564179........................................ 166
564623.......................................... 26
564624.......................................... 26
564631........................................ 291
564917-A....................................... 41
564917-M...................................... 41
564917-P....................................... 41
564917-R....................................... 41
564917-S....................................... 41
565018.......................................... 26
565019.......................................... 26
565020.......................................... 26
565021.......................................... 26
565025.......................................... 65
565026.......................................... 65
565440........................................ 147
Order no.
Page
Order no.
Page
565812.......................................... 41
565940.......................................... 41
565941.......................................... 41
566435.......................................... 79
566900.......................................... 34
566902.......................................... 34
566903.......................................... 34
566908........................................ 104
566909.................................. 60, 105
566910.................................. 60, 105
566912.................................. 60, 105
566913.................................. 60, 105
566914.................................. 60, 105
566915.................................. 60, 105
566916.................................. 60, 105
566917.................................. 60, 105
566918........................................ 122
566919.................................. 60, 123
566920.................................. 60, 123
566921.................................. 60, 123
566922.................................. 60, 123
566923.................................. 60, 123
566924.................................. 60, 123
566925.................................. 60, 123
566926.................................. 60, 123
567098........................................ 129
567099........................................ 129
567100........................................ 129
567101........................................ 129
567102........................................ 129
567103........................................ 129
567104........................................ 129
567105........................................ 129
567106........................................ 129
567107........................................ 129
567108........................................ 129
567109........................................ 129
567110........................................ 129
567111........................................ 131
567112........................................ 131
567113........................................ 131
567114........................................ 131
567116........................................ 131
567118........................................ 131
567119........................................ 131
567122........................................ 131
567123........................................ 131
567124........................................ 131
567125........................................ 131
567126........................................ 131
567340.......................................... 27
567341.......................................... 27
567342.......................................... 27
567343.......................................... 27
567344.......................................... 27
567345.......................................... 27
567705.......................................... 24
567706.......................................... 24
653393........................................ 203
654972........................................ 201
656858........................................ 203
656859........................................ 199
660546........................................ 207
660560........................................ 135
679598........................................ 217
680041........................................ 151
683012........................................ 158
683464........................................ 158
687455........................................ 158
687461........................................ 158
687927........................................ 158
687929........................................ 158
As a result of continuous development and research work technical

specifications and illustrations are
subject to change. They are not binding. The specified data serves purely
as a product description and is no
guarantee in a legal sense.
All of the texts, diagrams, illustrations and drawings featured in this

publication are the property of
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG and
are thus protected under copyright.
Any reproduction, revision, translation, microfilming in any form, or
storage and processing in electronic
systems can only be undertaken
with the written permission of Festo
Didactic GmbH & Co. KG.
Order no.
Page
689087........................................ 158
689089........................................ 221
696719........................................ 223
701309........................................ 158
709844........................................ 158
C93100........................................ 178
C93101........................................ 178
C93102........................................ 178
C93200........................................ 180
C93201........................................ 180
C93202........................................ 180
C93203........................................ 180
C93204........................................ 180
C93205........................................ 180
C93206........................................ 180
C93207........................................ 180
C93208........................................ 180
C93209........................................ 181
C93210........................................ 181
C93211........................................ 181
C93212........................................ 181
C93213........................................ 181
C93214........................................ 181
C93215........................................ 181
C93216........................................ 181
C93217........................................ 181
C93218........................................ 182
C93219........................................ 182
C93220........................................ 182
C93221........................................ 182
C93222........................................ 182
C93223........................................ 182
C93224........................................ 182
C93225........................................ 183
Publisher:
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstrae 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0
Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500
Edition: January 2009
341
Festo worldwide
Argentina
Festo S.A.
Edison 2392
(B1640 HRV) Martinez
Prov. Buenos Aires
Tel. ++54 (0)11/47 17 82 00, Fax 47 17 82 82
E-mail: [email protected]
Australia
Festo Pty. Ltd.
Head Office (Melbourne)
179-187 Browns Road, P.O. Box 261
Noble Park Vic. 3174
Call Toll Free 1300 88 96 96
Fax Toll Free 1300 88 95 95
Tel. ++ 61(0)3/97 95 95 55, Fax 97 95 97 87
Austria
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H.
Linzer Strae 227
1140 Wien
Tel. ++43 (0)1/9 10 75-0, Fax 9 10 75-250
Belarus
IP Festo
Minsk, 220035
Mascherov Prospekt, 78
Belarus
Tel. ++375 (0)17/204 85 58, Fax 204 85 59
Belgium
Festo Belgium sa/nv
Rue Colonel Bourg 101
1030 Bruxelles/Brussel
Tel. ++32 (0)2/702 32 11, Fax 702 32 09
Brazil
Festo Automao Ltda.
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76
KM 12,5 - Via Anchieta
04183-080 So Paulo SP-Brazl
Tel. ++55 (0)11/50 13 16 00, Fax 50 13 18 68
Bulgaria
Festo EOOD
1592 Sofia
9, Christophor Kolumb Blvd.
Tel. ++359 (0)2/960 07 12, Fax 960 07 13
Canada
Festo Inc.
5300 Explorer Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4
Tel. ++1 (0)905/624 90 00, Fax 624 90 01
Chile
Festo S.A.
Mapocho 1901
6500151 Santiago de Chile
Tel. ++56 (0)2/690 28 00, Fax 695 75 90
China
Festo (China) Ltd.
1156 Yunqiao Road
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone
Pudong,
201206 Shanghai, PRC
Tel. ++86 (0)21/58 54 90 01, Fax 58 54 03 00
Colombia
Festo Ltda.
Avenida El Dorado No. 98-43
Bogot
Tel. ++57 (0)1/404 80 88, Fax 404 81 01
Estonia
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal
Laki 11B
12915 Tallinn
Tel. ++372 666 15 60, Fax ++372 666 15 61
Japan
Festo K.K.
1-26-10 Hayabuchi, Tsuzuki-ku
Yokohama 224-0025
Tel. ++81 (0)45/593 56 10, Fax 593 56 78
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
6 Kian Teck Way
Singapore 628754
Tel. ++65/62 64 01 52, Fax 62 61 10 26
Finland
Festo OY
Mkituvantie 9, P.O. Box 86
01511 Vantaa
Tel. ++358 (09)/87 06 51, Fax 87 06 52 00
Korea South
Festo Korea Co., Ltd.
470-1 Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-gu
Seoul #153-803
Tel. ++82 (0)2/850 71 14, Fax 864 70 40
Slovakia
Festo spol. s r.o.
Gavlovicov ul. 1
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. ++421 (0)2/49 10 49 10, Fax 49 10 49 11
France
Festo Eurl
Numro Indigo Tel. 0820/204640, Fax 204641
ZA des Maisons Rouges
8 rue du Clos Sainte Catherine
94367 Bry-sur-Marne cedex
Tel. ++33 (0)1/48 82 64 00, Fax 48 82 64 01
Latvia
Festo SIA
Deglava 60
1035 Riga
Tel. ++371 67/57 78 64, Fax 57 79 46
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
1236 Trzin
Tel. ++386 (0)1/530 21 00, Fax 530 21 25
Lithuania
Festo UAB
Karaliaus Mindago pr. 22
3000 Kaunas
Tel. ++370 (8)7/32 13 14, Fax 32 13 15
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue, P.O. Box 255
Isando 1600
Tel. ++27 (0)11/971 55 00, Fax 974 21 57
Malaysia
Festo Sdn.Berhad
10 Persiaran Industri
Bandar Sri Damansara, Wilayah Persekutuan
52200 Kuala Lumpur
Tel. ++60 (0)3/62 86 80 00, Fax 62 75 64 11
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Tel. 901243660 Fax 902243660
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito econmico Granvia L'H
ES-08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona
Tel. ++ 3493/261 64 00, Fax 261 64 20
Germany
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstrae 3
73734 Esslingen
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0
Fax ++49 (0)711/347-54 88500
Greece
Festo Ltd.
40 Hamosternas Ave.
11853 Athens
Tel. ++30 210/341 29 00, Fax 341 29 05
Hong Kong
Festo Ltd.
Unit C&D, 7/F, Leroy Plaza
15 Cheung Shun Street
Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel. ++ 852/27 43 83 79, Fax 27 86 21 73
Hungary
Festo Kft.
Csillaghegyi t 32-34.
1037 Budapest
Tel. ++36 1/436 51 11, Fax 436 51 01
India
Festo Controls Private Ltd.
237B,
Bommasandra Industrial Area,
Bangalore Hosur Highway,
Bangalore 560 099
Tel. ++91 (0)80/22 89 41 00, Fax 783 20 58
Indonesia
PT. Festo
JL. Sultan Iskandar Muda No.68
Arteri Pondok Indah
Jakarta 12240
Tel. ++62 (0)21/27 50 79 00, Fax 27 50 79 98
Iran
Festo Pneumatic S.K.
# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue,
Tehran 1581975411
Km 8, Special Karaj Road, P.O.Box 15815-1485
Tehran 1389793761
Tel. ++98 (0)21 44 52 24 09,
Fax ++98 (0)21 44 52 24 08
Mexico
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Av. Ceyln 3
Col. Tequesquinahuac
54020 Tlalnepantla, Edo. de Mxico
Tel. ++52 (01)55/53 21 66 00, Fax 53 21 66 55
Sweden
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1, P.O. Box 21038
20021 Malm
Tel. ++46 (0)40/38 38 40, Fax 38 38 10
Netherlands
Festo B.V.
Schieweg 62
2627 AN Delft
Tel. ++31 (0)15/251 88 99, Fax 261 10 20
Switzerland
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon ZH
Tel. ++41 (0)44/744 55 44, Fax 744 55 00
New Zealand
Festo Limited
MT. Wellington
Auckland NZ
Tel. ++64 (0)9/574 10 94, Fax 574 10 99
Taiwan
Festo Co., Ltd.
Head Office
24450, No. 9, Kung 8th Road
Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Linkou Hsiang, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Tel. ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 81,
Fax ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
Nigeria
Festo Automation Ltd.
Motorways Centre, First Floor, Block C
Alausa, Ikeja,
Lagos, NIGERIA
Tel. ++234 (0)1/794 78 20, Fax 555 78 94
Norway
Festo AS
Ole Deviks vei 2
0666 Oslo, Norway
Tel. ++47 22 72 89 50, Fax ++47 22 72 89 51
Peru
Festo S.R.L.
Calle Amador Merino Reyna #480, San Isidro
Lima, Per
Tel. ++51 (0)1/222 15 84, Fax 222 15 95
Philippines
Festo Inc.
KM 18, West Service Road
South Superhighway
1700 Paranaque City, Metro Manila
Tel. ++63 (0)2/776 68 88, Fax 823 42 19
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
67/1 Moo 6 Phaholyothin Road
Klong 1, Klong Luang,
Pathumthani 12120
Tel. ++66 29 01 88 00, Fax ++66 29 01 88 33
Turkey
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Tuzla Mermerciler Organize
Sanayi Blgesi, 6/18 TR
34956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. ++90 (0)216/585 00 85, Fax 585 00 50
Ukraine
Festo Ukraina
Borisoglebskaja 11
Kiev 04070
Tel. ++380 (0)44/239 24 33, Fax 463 70 96
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre, Caswell Road
Brackmills Trading Estate
Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604/66 70 00, Fax 66 70 01
Croatia
Festo d.o.o.
Nova Cesta 181
10000 Zagreb
Tel. ++385 (0)1/619 19 69, Fax 619 18 18
Ireland
Festo Limited
Unit 5 Sandyford Park
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18
Tel. ++ 353(0)1/295 49 55, Fax 295 56 80
Czech Republic
Festo, s.r.o.
Modansk 543/76
147 00 Praha 4
Tel. ++420 261 09 96 11, Fax 241 77 33 84
Israel
Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd.
P.O. Box 1076, Ha'atzma'ut Road 48
Yehud 56100
Tel. ++972 (0)3/632 22 66, Fax 632 22 77
Romania
Festo S.R.L.
St. Constantin 17
010217 Bucuresti
Tel. ++40 (0)21/310 29 83, Fax 310 24 09
United States
Festo Corporation (New York)
Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
395 Moreland Road, P.O.Box 18023
Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788
Tel. ++ 1(0)314/770 01 12, Fax 770 16 84
Denmark
Festo A/S
Islevdalvej 180
2610 Rdovre
Tel. ++45 70 21 10 90, Fax ++45 44 88 81 10
Italy
Festo S.p.A
Via Enrico Fermi 36/38
20090 Assago (MI)
Tel. ++39 02/45 78 81, Fax 488 06 20
Russia
Festo-RF OOO
Michurinskiy prosp., 49
119607 Moskow
Tel. ++7 495/737 34 00, Fax 737 34 01
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23, Esquina calle 71, No. 22-62
Maracaibo, Edo. Zulia
Tel. ++58 (0)261/759 09 44, Fax 759 04 55
Poland
Festo Sp. z o.o.
Janki k/Warszawy, ul. Mszczonowska 7
05090 Raszyn
Tel. ++48 (0)22/711 41 00, Fax 711 41 02
343
53084 en 2009 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG

The current range of products from Festo Didactic

Catálogo FESTO PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catálogo FESTO PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catálogo FESTO PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Learning Systems 2009/2010

53084 en 2009 Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG

Learning Systems 2009/2010

Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century

Technology-orientated training packages..................................................... 88

Robotino Learning and researching with mobile robots.......................... 160

Mechatronics and factory automation.......................................................... 168

Process automation and closed-loop control technology............................ 280

Hybrid training factories.............................................................................. 312

Quality with a certificate

Here too, we guarantee 100%

The awards speak for themselves:

Service with Value added

We have defined Value added

The Internet marketplace for

Create your customised threedimensional training lab with

Our quality pays off. Thats why all

Training and Consulting

Success with the right combination

Consistently adding value

Festo Training and Consulting:

Identifying and optimising valueadded processes.

Various projects in over 53 countries

Together we trace the flow of information and products through your

You can find information,

Software from Festo Didactic

Excellent solutions for ...

Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs

From training programme to training portal

Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs

Digital training programmes

Festo Didactic training programmes

Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Overview of our programmes:

Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs

Everything on the subject of pneumatics in about 12 hours of learning.

From the contents:

From the contents:

Further languages on request.

Training time: approx. 12 hours

Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs

Everything on the subject of hydraulics in about 12 hours of training.

From the contents:

From the contents:

Training time: approx. 12 hours

Further languages on request.

Media Software Digital training programmes/WBTs

The Electrical Engineering 1 training program is one of a series of new

The Electrical Engineering 2 training program is one of a series of new

Trainees experience a regular exchange of input and output, with

Progress monitoring exercises are

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

Order no. 549623

Order no. 549626

with network licence connector DE/EN/

with network licence connector DE/EN/

Order no. 549625

Order no. 549628